Home

TNC 620 - heidenhain

1. o o 3 3 N Ke Ke A A O O e e UJ gt Complex Contour Formula Area of inclusion Both surfaces and B are to be machined including the overlapping area E The surfaces A and B must be programmed in separate programs without radius compensation E In the contour formula the surfaces A and B are processed with the joined with function Contour definition program HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 T o D Q l Y o i Area of exclusion Surface A is to be machined without the portion overlapped by B The surfaces and B must be entered in separate programs without radius compensation E In the contour formula the surface B is subtracted from the surface A with the without function Contour definition program Complex Contour Formula gt D D 5 e D o D o em o Only the area where A and B overlap is to be machined The areas covered by A or B alone are to be left unmachined The surfaces A and B must be entered in separate programs without radius compensation E In the contour formula the surfaces A and B are processed with the intersection with function Contour definition program 9 1 SL Cycles Contour machining with SL Cycles The complete contour is machined with the SL Cycles 20 to 24 see Overview on pagel 70 N 18 Fixed Cycles Contour Pocket with Contour F
2. 46 Defining a single row 47 Defining a single pattern 48 Defining individual frames 49 Defining a full circle 50 Defining a circular arc 51 2 3 Point Tables 52 Application 52 Creating a point table 52 Hiding single points from the machining process 53 Selecting a point table in the program 54 Calling a cycle in connection with point tables 55 14 3 1 Fundamentals 58 Overview 58 3 2 CENTERING Cycle 240 DIN ISO G240 Advanced Programming Features Software Option Cycle run 59 Please note while programming 59 Cycle parameters 60 3 3 DRILLING Cycle 200 61 Cycle run 61 Please note while programming 61 Cycle parameters 62 3 4 REAMING Cycle 201 DIN ISO G201 Advanced Programming Features Software Option 63 Cycle run 63 T 59 Please note while programming 63 Cycle parameters 64 3 5 BORING Cycle 202 DIN ISO G202 Advanced Programming Features Software Option Cycle run 65 Please note while programming 66 Cycle parameters 67 3 6 UNIVERSAL DRILLING Cycle 203 DIN ISO G203 Advanced Programming Features Software Option 69 Cycle run 69 Please note while programming 70 Cycle parameters 71 3 7 BACK BORING Cycle 204 DIN ISO G204 Advanced Programming Features Software Option 73 Cycle run 19 ae 65 Please note while pro
3. 258 Effect 259 Please note while programming 259 Cycle parameters 259 Reset 259 Position the axis of rotation 260 Position display in the tilted system 262 Workspace monitoring 262 Positioning in a tilted coordinate system 262 Combining coordinate transformation cycles 263 Procedure for working with Cycle 19 WORKING PLANE 264 11 10 Programming Examples 265 12 1 Fundamentals 268 Overview 268 12 2 DWELL TIME Cycle 9 DIN ISO G04 269 Function s 269 Cycle parameters 269 12 3 PROGRAM CALL Cycle 12 DIN ISO G39 270 Cycle function 270 Please note while programming 270 Cycle parameters 271 12 4 ORIENTED SPINDLE STOP Cycle 13 DIN ISO G36 272 Cycle function 272 Please note while programming 212 Cycle parameters 2 2 12 5 TOLERANCE Cycle 32 DIN ISO G62 273 Cycle function 273 Influences of the geometry definition in the CAM system 274 Please note while programming 2 5 Cycle parameters 276 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 25 i 13 1 General Information about Touch Probe Cycles 278 Method of function 278 Consider a basic rotation in the Manual Operation mode 2 8 Cycles in the Manual and El Handwheel Modes 278 Touch probe cycles for automatic operation 2 9 13 2 Before You Start Working with Touch Probe Cycles 281 Maximum trave
4. 1 Ihe TNC positions the touch probe to the starting point 1 at rapid traverse value from FMAX column following the positioning logic see Executing touch probe cycles on page 283 The TNC calculates the touch points from the data in the cycle and the safety clearance from the SET UP column of the touch probe table 2 Ihen the touch probe moves to the entered measuring height and probes the first touch point at the probing feed rate column F The TNC derives the probing direction automatically from the programmed starting angle 3 Then the touch probe moves in a circular arc either at measuring height or at clearance height to the next starting point 2 and probes the second touch point 4 The INC positions the probe to starting point 3 and then to starting point 4 to probe the third and fourth touch points 5 Finally the TNC returns the touch probe to the clearance height and processes the determined datum depending on the cycle parameters 0303 and Q305 see Saving the calculated datum on page 312 and saves the actual values in the Q parameters listed below 6 lfdesired the TNC subsequently measures the datum in the touch probe axis in a separate probing Q151 Actual value of center in reference axis Q152 Actual value of center in minor axis Q153 Actual value of diameter Please note while programming Danger of collision To prevent a collision between touch probe and workpiece enter a high estimate for the nomi
5. 175 Area of inclusion 174 Area of exclusion 175 Area of intersection 175 7 4 CONTOUR DATA Cycle 20 DIN ISO G120 Advanced Programming Features Software Option 176 Please note while programming 176 Cycle parameters 177 7 5 PILOT DRILLING Cycle 21 DIN ISO G121 Advanced Programming Features Software Option 178 Cycle run 178 Please note while programming 178 Cycle parameters 179 7 6 ROUGH OUT Cycle 22 DIN ISO G122 Advanced Programming Features Software Option 180 Cycle run 180 Please note while programming 181 Cycle parameters 192 7 7 FLOOR FINISHING Cycle 23 DIN ISO G123 Advanced Programming Features Software Option 183 Cycle run 183 Please note while programming 183 Cycle parameters 183 7 8 SIDE FINISHING Cycle 24 DIN ISO G124 Advanced Programming Features Software Option 184 Cycle run 184 Please note while programming 184 Cycle parameters 185 7 9 CONTOUR TRAIN Cycle 25 DIN ISO G125 Advanced Programming Features Software Option 196 Cycle run 186 Please note while programming 186 Cycle parameters 197 7 10 Programming Examples 188 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 19 il 8 1 Fundamentals 196 Overview of cylindrical surface cycles 196 8 2 CYLINDER SURFACE Cycle 27 DIN ISO G127 Software Option 1 197 Execution of cycle 197 Please note
6. 184 Fixed Cycles Contour Pocket il Cycle parameters 24 Direction of rotation Clockwise 1 O9 ep t Machining direction 1 Counterclockwise 1 Clockwise Plunging depth O10 incremental Infeed per cut Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Feed rate for plunging O11 Traversing speed of the tool during plunging Input range O to 99999 9999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ Feed rate for roughing O12 Milling feed rate Input range 0 to 99999 9999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ Finishing allowance for side O14 incremental Enter the allowed material for several finish milling operations If you enter O14 0 the remaining finishing allowance will be cleared Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Example NC blocks ing es Software Option o LL G124 Advanced Programm 7 8 SIDE FINISHING Cycle 24 DIN ISO o i ing es Software Option anced Programm Adv O LO LL eN q 79 CONTOUR TRAIN Cycle 25 DIN ISO 79 CONTOUR TRAIN Cycle 25 DIN ISO G125 Advanced Programming Features Software Option Cycle run In conjunction with Cycle 14 CONTOUR GEOMETRY this cycle facilitates the machining of open and closed contours Cycle 25 CONTOUR TRAIN offers considerable advantages over machining a contour using positioning blocks The TNC monitors the operation to prevent undercuts and surface blemishes It is recommended that you run a
7. 299 Cycle parameters 300 14 6 SET BASIC ROTATION Cycle 404 DIN ISO G404 302 Cycle run 302 Cycle parameters 302 14 7 Compensating Workpiece Misalignment by Rotating the C Axis Cycle 405 DIN ISO G405 303 Cycle run 303 Please note while programming 304 Cycle parameters 305 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 27 i 15 1 Fundamentals 310 Overview 310 Characteristics common to all touch probe cycles for datum setting 311 15 2 SLOT CENTER REF PT Cycle 408 DIN ISO G408 313 Cycle run 313 Please note while programming 314 Cycle parameters 314 15 3 DATUM RIDGE CENTER Cycle 409 DIN ISO G409 317 Cycle run 317 Please note while programming 317 Cycle parameters 319 15 4 DATUM FROM INSIDE OF RECTANGLE Cycle 410 DIN ISO G410 320 Cycle run scx 320 Please note while programming 321 Cycle parameters 321 15 5 DATUM FROM OUTSIDE OF RECTANGLE Cycle 411 DIN ISO G411 324 Cycle run 324 Please note while programming 325 Cycle parameters 325 15 6 DATUM FROM INSIDE OF CIRCLE Cycle 412 DIN ISO G412 328 Cycle run 328 Please note while programming 329 Cycle parameters 329 15 7 DATUM FROM OUTSIDE OF CIRCLE Cycle 413 DIN ISO G413 332 Cycle run 332 Please note while programming SoZ Cycle parameters 333 15 8 DATUM FROM OUTSIDE OF CORNER Cycle 4
8. HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 2 3 Point EB 2 3 point Miles Selecting a point table in the program In the Programming and Editing mode of operation select the program for which you want to activate the point table Press the PGM CALL key to call the function for EE selecting the point table Press the POINT TABLE soft key Enter the name of the point table and confirm your entry with the END key If the point table is not stored in the same directory as the NC program you must enter the complete path Example NC block Using Fixed Cycles i Calling a cycle in connection with point tables last defined even if you defined the point table in a eX With CYCL CALL PAT the TNC runs the point table that you program that was nested with CALL PGM If you want the TNC to call the last defined fixed cycle at the points defined in a point table then program the cycle call with CYCLE CALL PAT To program the cycle call press the CYCL CALL key CALL Press the CYCL CALL PAT soft key to call a point table Enter the feed rate at which the TNC is to move from point to point if you make no entry the TNC will move at the last programmed feed rate FMAX not valid If required enter a miscellaneous function M then confirm with the END key The TNC retracts the tool to the safety clearance between the starting points Depending on which is greater the TNC uses either the spindle axis coordinate from the cycle call o
9. Tool compensation This function works only If the tool table is active If tool monitoring is switched on in the cycle enter a tool name or Q330 unequal to 0 Select the tool name input by soft key The TNC no longer displays the right single quotation mark If you perform several compensation measurements the TNC adds the respective measured deviation to the value stored in the tool table The TNC always compensates the tool radius in the DR column of the tool table even if the measured deviation lies within the given tolerance You can inquire whether re working is necessary via Parameter Q181 in the NC program 0181 1 must be reworked For Cycle 427 If an axis of the active working plane is defined as measuring axis Q272 1 or 2 the TNC compensates the tool radius as described above From the defined traversing direction Q267 the TNC determines the direction of compensation If the touch probe axis is defined as measuring axis 0272 3 the TNC compensates the tool length 368 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Workpiece Inspection il Tool breakage monitoring The TNC will output an error message and stop program run if the measured deviation is greater than the breakage tolerance of the tool At the same time the tool will be deactivated in the tool table column TL 2 L Reference system for measurement results The TNC transfers all the measurement results to the result parameters and the protoc
10. 1 climb milling 1 up cut milling Depth Q201 incremental Distance between workpiece surface and bottom of pocket Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Plunging depth Q202 incremental Infeed per cut Enter a value greater than 0 Input range O to 99999 9999 Finishing allowance for floor O369 incremental Finishing allowance in the tool axis Input range O to 99999 9999 Feed rate for plunging O206 Traversing speed of the tool while moving to depth in mm min Input range O to 99999 999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ Infeed for finishing O338 incremental Infeed per cut Q33820 Finishing in one infeed Input range 0 to 99999 9999 5 3 CIRCULAR POCKET Cycle 252 DIN ISO 134 Fixed Cycles Pocket Milling Stud Milling Slot Milling il Setup clearance O200 incremental Distance between tool tip and workpiece surface Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Workpiece surface coordinate O203 absolute Absolute coordinate of the workpiece surface Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 2nd setup clearance O204 incremental Coordinate in the spindle axis at which no collision between tool and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range O to 99999 9999 Path overlap factor 0370 0370 x tool radius stepover factor k Input range 0 1 to 1 9999 Plunging strategy O366 Type of plunging strategy E 0 vertical plunging The TNC plunges perpendicularly regardless of the plunging angle ANGLE defined i
11. 2 Then the probe moves to the entered measuring height and probes four points to find the first hole center 3 The touch probe returns to the clearance height and then to the position entered as center of the second hole 2 4 The TNC moves the touch probe to the entered measuring height and probes four points to find the second hole center 5 The touch probe returns to the clearance height and then to the position entered as center of the third hole 3 6 The TNC moves the touch probe to the entered measuring height and probes four points to find the third hole center 7 Finally the TNC returns the touch probe to the clearance height and processes the determined datum depending on the cycle parameters Q303 and Q305 see Saving the calculated datum on page 312 and saves the actual values in the O parameters listed below 8 lfdesired the TNC subsequently measures the datum in the touch probe axis in a separate probing Q151 Actual value of center in reference axis Q152 Actual value of center in minor axis Q153 Actual value of bolt hole circle diameter HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 G416 15 10 iU CIRCLE CENTER Cycle 416 DIN ISO j il G416 15 10 Nus CIRCLE CENTER Cycle 416 DIN ISO Please note while programming Before a cycle definition you must have programmed a tool call to define the touch probe axis Cycle parameters 346 Center in 1st axis Q273 absolute Bolt hole circle center nominal value
12. O0 JU ing es Software Option anced Programm Adv O LL eN q 7 8 SIDE FINISHING Cycle 24 DIN ISO 78 SIDE FINISHING Cycle 24 DIN ISO G124 Advanced Programming Features Software Option Cycle run The subcontours are approached and departed on a tangential arc Each subcontour is finished separately Please note while programming he sum of allowance for side O14 and the radius of the finish mill must be smaller than the sum of allowance for side O3 Cycle 20 and the radius of the rough mill This calculation also holds if you run Cycle 24 without having roughed out with Cycle 22 in this case enter 0 for the radius of the rough mill You can use Cycle 24 also for contour milling Then you must define the contour to be milled as a single island without pocket limit and enter the finishing allowance Q3 in Cycle 20 to be greater than the sum of the finishing allowance Q14 radius of the tool being used The TNC automatically calculates the starting point for finishing The starting point depends on the available space in the pocket and the allowance programmed in Cycle 20 The starting point calculated by the TNC also depends on the machining sequence If you select the finishing cycle with the GOTO key and then start the program the starting point can be at a different location from where it would be if you execute the program in the defined sequence
13. Probe TS axis Coord 3rd axis 0384 absolute Coordinate of the probe point in the touch probe axis at which point the reference point is to be set in the touch probe axis Only effective if 0381 1 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 New datum in TS axis 0333 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which the TNC should set the datum Default setting 0 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 m X D 3 c O 9 o 9 T Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Datum Setting i 15 9 DATUM FROM INSIDE OF CORNER Cycle 415 DIN ISO G415 Cycle run Touch Probe Cycle 415 finds the intersection of two lines and defines it as the datum If desired the TNC can also enter the intersection into a datum table or preset table 1 Following the positioning logic see Executing touch probe cycles on page 283 the TNC positions the touch probe at rapid traverse value from FMAX column to the first touch point 1 see figure at upper right that you have defined in the cycle The TNC offsets the touch probe by the safety clearance in the direction opposite the respective traverse direction 2 Then the touch probe moves to the entered measuring height and probes the first touch point at the probing feed rate column F The probing direction is derived from the number by which you identify the corner 3 Then the touch probe moves to the next starting position 2 and probes th
14. m X D 3 D c O S o o 9 o HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Pro a u B fuil a amp quance Programming Set up clearance BEGIN PGM EX11 MM 1 5 L Z 20 RO FMAX M3 p __CYCL DEF 200 DRILLING n Q200 SET UP CLEARANCE Q201 15 DEPTH Q206 150 FEED RATE FOR PLNGNG PLUNGING DEPTH DMELL TIME RT TOP SURFRCE COORDINATE 32ND SET UP CLEARANCE DWELL TIME AT DEPTH 7 L X 0 Y 0 RO FMAX M99 gt TOOL PATH OVERLAP RLLOURNCE FOR SIDE RLLOURNCE FOR FLOOR gt SURFACE COORDINATE SET UP CLEARANCE gt CLEARANCE HEIGHT DIAGNOSIS ROUNDING RADIUS ROTRTIONRL DIRECTION 41 th Fixed Ma ing wi 2 1 Work T th Fixed cyo ing wi 2 1 Work Calling cycles The following cycles become effective automatically as soon as they are defined in the part program These cycles cannot and must not be called E Cycle 220 for point patterns on circles and Cycle 221 for point patterns on lines SL Cycle 14 CONTOUR GEOMETRY SL Cycle 20 CONTOUR DATA Cycle 32 TOLERANCE Coordinate transformation cycles Cycle 9 DWELL TIME All touch probe cycles You can call all other cycles with the functions described as follows 42 Using Fixed Cycles i Calling a cycle with CYCL CALL The CYCL CALL function calls the most recently defined fixed cycle once The starting point of the cycle is the position that was programmed last before the CYCL CALL block To program the cycle call press t
15. 3 lf defined the tool remains at the centering depth 4 Finally the tool moves to setup clearance or if programmed to the 2nd setup clearance at rapid traverse FMAX Please note while programming Program a positioning block for the starting point hole center in the working plane with radius compensation RO The algebraic sign for the cycle parameter 0344 diameter or 0201 depth determines the working direction If you program the diameter or depth O the cycle will not be executed Danger of collision Use the machine parameter displayDepthErr to define whether if a positive depth is entered the TNC should output an error message on or not off Keep in mind that the TNC reverses the calculation for pre positioning when a positive diameter or depth is entered This means that the tool moves at rapid traverse in the tool axis to setup clearance below the workpiece surface HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 O1 me 3 2 CENTERING Cycle 240 DIN ISO atures ption T Softwa In G240 Advanced Programmi Cycle parameters gt Setup clearance Q200 incremental Distance between tool tip and workpiece surface Enter a positive value Input range O to 99999 9999 Select Depth Diameter 0 1 0343 Select whether centering is based on the entered diameter or depth 5 atures ption me e If the TNC is to center based on the entered diameter y 2 the point angle of the tool must be
16. 4 The TNC positions the probe to starting point 3 and then to starting point 4 to probe the third and fourth touch points 5 Finally the TNC returns the touch probe to the clearance height and processes the determined datum depending on the cycle parameters Q303 and Q305 see Saving the calculated datum on page 312 6 lfdesired the TNC subsequently measures the datum in the touch probe axis in a separate probing and saves the actual values in the following O parameters Q151 Actual value of center in reference axis Q152 Actual value of center in minor axis Q154 Actual value of length in the reference axis 0155 Actual value of length in the minor axis 15 4 DATUM OF RECTANGLE Cycle 410 DIN ISO 320 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Datum Setting il Please note while programming Danger of collision G410 To prevent a collision between touch probe and workpiece enter low estimates for the lengths of the 1st and 2nd sides If the dimensions of the pocket and the safety clearance do not permit pre positioning in the proximity of the touch points the TNC always starts probing from the center of the pocket In this case the touch probe does not return to the clearance height between the four measuring points Before a cycle definition you must have programmed a tool call to define the touch probe axis Cycle parameters Center in 1st axis O321 absolute Center of the pocket in the reference axis of t
17. Contour subprogram 3 square left island Contour subprogram 4 triangular right island Fixed Cycles Contour Pocket i Examples HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Definition of workpiece blank Tool call Diameter 20 Retract the tool Define contour subprogram Define machining parameters Cycle call Retract in the tool axis end program D 7 10 j i 7 10 BE amming Examples Contour subprogram 1 94 Fixed Cycles Contour Pocket i 8 1 Fundamentals 8 1 Fundamentals Overview of cylindrical surface cycles 27 CYLINDER SURFACE ae Page 197 Pale 28 CYLINDER SURFACE slot milling Page 200 29 CYLINDER SURFACE ridge milling Page 203 196 Fixed Cycles Cylindrical Surface il 8 2 CYLINDER SURFACE Cycle 27 DIN ISO G127 Software Option 1 Execution of cycle This cycle enables you to program a contour in two dimensions and then roll it onto a cylindrical surface for 3 D machining Use Cycle 28 if you want to mill guideways on the cylinder The contour is described in a subprogram identified in Cycle 14 CONTOUR GEOMETRY In the subprogram you always describe the contour with the coordinates X and Y regardless of which rotary axes exist on your machine This means that the contour description is independent of your machine configuration The path functions L CHF CR RND and CT are available The dimensions for the rotary axis X coordinates can be ente
18. Cycle 430 only monitors for tool breakage no automatic tool compensation HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 401 il G430 EAS BOLT HOLE CIRC Cycle 430 DIN ISO Cycle parameters 430 aje E 402 Center in 1st axis O273 absolute Bolt hole circle center nominal value in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Center in 2nd axis O274 absolute Bolt hole circle center nominal value in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Nominal diameter 0262 Enter the bolt hole circle diameter Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Angle of 1st hole O291 absolute Polar coordinate angle of the first hole center in the working plane Input range 360 0000 to 360 0000 Angle of 2nd hole O292 absolute Polar coordinate angle of the second hole center in the working plane Input range 360 0000 to 360 0000 Angle of 3rd hole O293 absolute Polar coordinate angle of the third hole center in the working plane Input range 360 0000 to 360 0000 02 74 0280 0273 9279 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Workpiece Inspection il Measuring height in the touch probe axis 0261 absolute Coordinate of the ball tip center touch point in the touch probe axis in which the measurement is to be made Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Clearance height O260 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which no collision between touch probe and workpiece fi
19. Cycle call End of subprogram 409 16 14 Programming Examples 16 14 Programming Examples Tool call for touch probe Retract the touch probe Nominal length in X Nominal length in Y JI 10 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Workpiece Inspection i 16 14 Programming Examples HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Maximum limit in X Minimum limit in X Maximum limit in Y Minimum limit in Y Permissible position deviation in X Permissible position deviation in Y Save measuring log to a file Do not display an error message in case of a tolerance violation No tool monitoring Retract in the tool axis end program i i 16 14 Programming Examples 412 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Workpiece Inspection il Touch Probe Cycles Special Functions 17 1 Fundamentals 17 1 Fundamentals Overview The TNC must be specially prepared by the machine tool e builder for the use of a 3 D touch probe The touch probe cycles are available only with the Touch probe function software option option number 1 7 The TNC provides a cycle for the following special purpose 3 MEASURING Cycle for defining OEM E 2 Page 415 cycles 414 Touch Probe Cycles Special Functions il 17 2 MEASURING Cycle 3 Cycle run Touch Probe Cycle 3 measures any position on the workpiece in a selectable direction Unlike other measuring cycles Cycle 3 enables you to enter the measuring path DIS
20. Touch Probe Cycles a pum Automatic Tool 18 1 Fundamentals Overview The TNC and the machine tool must be set up by the F machine tool builder for use of the TT touch probe Some cycles and functions may not be provided on your machine tool Refer to your machine tool manual The touch probe cycles are available only with the Touch probe function software option option number 17 18 1 Fundamentals In conjunction with the TNC s tool measurement cycles the tool touch probe enables you to measure tools automatically The compensation values for tool length and radius can be stored in the central tool file TOOL T and are accounted for at the end of the touch probe cycle The following types of tool measurement are provided Tool measurement while the tool is at standstill Tool measurement while the tool is rotating Measuring individual teeth You can program the cycles for tool measurement in the Programming and Editing mode of operation via the TOUCH PROBE key The following cycles are available Calibrating the TT Cycles 30 and 480 a Page 423 A can Measuring the tool length Cycles 31 and 481 as 21 Page 424 a Measuring the tool radius Cycles 32 and 482 32 Page 426 z Ex Measuring the tool length and radius Cycles 33 and 483 Page 428 H X The measuring cycles can be used only when the central tool file TOOL T is active Before working with the measuring cycles you must first
21. 0 Monitoring not active 20 Tool number in the tool table TOOL T HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 m X D 3 D c O za a T 58 MEAS RECTAN OUTSIDE Cycle 424 ISO 39 EI G424 G425 OT INSIDE WIDTH Cycle 425 DIN ISO 16 9 MEASURE INSIDE WIDTH Cycle 425 DIN ISO G425 Cycle run Touch Probe Cycle 425 measures the position and width of a slot or pocket If you define the corresponding tolerance values in the cycle the TNC makes a nominal to actual value comparison and saves the deviation value in a system parameter 1 The INC positions the touch probe to the starting point 1 at rapid traverse value from FMAX column following the positioning logic see Executing touch probe cycles on page 283 The TNC calculates the touch points from the data in the cycle and the safety clearance from the SET UP column of the touch probe table 2 Then the touch probe moves to the entered measuring height and probes the first touch point at the probing feed rate column F 1 The first probing is always in the positive direction of the programmed axis 3 Ifyou enter an offset for the second measurement the TNC then moves the touch probe if required at clearance height to the next starting point 2 and probes the second touch point If the nominal length is large the TNC moves the touch probe to the second touch point at rapid traverse If you do not enter an offset the TNC measures the width in the exact opposite d
22. 16 5 MEASURE HOLE Cycle 421 DIN ISO 378 Measuring height in the touch probe axis O261 absolute Coordinate of the ball tip center 2 touch point in the touch probe axis in which the measurement is to be made Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Setup clearance O320 incremental Additional distance between measuring point and ball tip Q320 is added to SET UP touch probe table Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Clearance height O260 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which no collision between touch probe and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Traversing to clearance height O301 Definition of how the touch probe is to move between the measuring points 0 Move at measuring height between measuring points 1 Move at clearance height between measuring points Maximum limit of size for hole O275 Maximum permissible diameter for the hole circular pocket Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Minimum limit of size for hole O276 Minimum permissible diameter for the hole circular pocket Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Tolerance for center 1st axis O279 Permissible position deviation in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Tolerance for center 2nd axis O280 Permissible position deviation in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Workpiece Inspection il Measuring log 0281 Definition of
23. Call the centering tool tool radius 4 Move tool to clearance height enter a value for F The TNC positions to the clearance height after every cycle Define all drilling positions in the point pattern 3 11 Programming 3 11 Programming Examples 6 CYCL DEF 240 CENTERING 0200 2 SETUP CLEARANCE 0343 0 sSELECT DEPTH DIA Q201 2 DEPTH Q344 10 DIAMETER Q206 150 FEED RATE FOR PLNGN 0211 20 DWELL TIME AT DEPTH Q203 0 SURFACE COORDINATE Q204 50 2ND SETUP CLEARANCE 7 CYCL CALL PAT F5000 M13 8 L Z 100 RO FMAX 9 TOOL CALL 2 Z S5000 10 L Z 10 RO F5000 11 CYCL DEF 200 DRILLING 0200 2 SETUP CLEARANCE Q201 25 DEPTH Q206 150 FEED RATE FOR PECKING Q202 5 PLUNGING DEPTH Q210 0 DWELL TIME AT TOP Q203 0 SURFACE COORDINATE Q204 50 2ND SETUP CLEARANCE Q211 0 2 DWELL TIME AT DEPTH 12 CYCL CALL PAT F5000 M13 13 L Z 100 RO FMAX 14 TOOL CALL 3 Z S200 15 L Z 50 RO FMAX 16 CYCL DEF 206 TAPPING NEW 0200 2 SETUP CLEARANCE Q201 25 DEPTH OF THREAD Q206 150 FEED RATE FOR PECKING Q211 0 DWELL TIME AT DEPTH Q203 0 SURFACE COORDINATE Q204 50 2ND SETUP CLEARANCE 17 CYCL CALL PAT F5000 M13 18 L Z 100 RO FMAX M2 19 END PGM 1 MM 90 Cycle definition CENTERING Call the cycle in connection with point pattern Retract the tool change the tool Call the drilling tool radius 2 4 Move tool to clearance height enter a value for F Cycle definition drilling Call the cycle in connection with
24. E The TNC recognizes an island if the tool path lies outside the contour for example if you machine the contour clockwise with radius compensation RL The subprograms must not contain spindle axis coordinates Always program both axes in the first block of the subprogram E f you use Q parameters then only perform the calculations and assignments within the affected contour subprograms 168 Example Program structure Machining with SL cycles Fixed Cycles Contour Pocket i Characteristics of the fixed cycles The TNC automatically positions the tool to the setup clearance before a cycle Each level of infeed depth is milled without interruptions since the cutter traverses around islands instead of over them The radius of inside corners can be programmed the tool keeps moving to prevent surface blemishes at inside corners this applies for the outermost pass in the Rough out and Side Finishing cycles The contour is approached on a tangential arc for side finishing For floor finishing the tool again approaches the workpiece on a tangential arc for tool axis Z for example the arc may be in the Z X plane The contour is machined throughout in either climb or up cut milling The machining data such as milling depth finishing allowance and setup clearance are entered as CONTOUR DATA in Cycle 20 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 71 SL Cycles j d 7 1 SL
25. Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 1st meas point 2nd axis 0264 absolute Coordinate of the first touch point in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 2nd meas point 1st axis O265 absolute Coordinate of the second touch point in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 2nd meas point 2nd axis 0266 absolute Coordinate of the second touch point in the minor axis 0263 of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Measuring axis 0272 Axis in which the measurement is to be made 1 Reference axis measuring axis 2 Minor axis 2 measuring axis 3 Touch probe axis 2 measuring axis Traverse direction 1 O267 Direction in which the probe is to approach the workpiece 1 Negative traverse direction 1 Positive traverse direction Measuring height in the touch probe axis O261 absolute Coordinate of the ball tip center touch point in the touch probe axis in which the measurement is to be made Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Setup clearance O320 incremental Additional distance between measuring point and ball tip 0320 is added to SET UP touch probe table Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Measurement of Workpiece Misalignment il 0265 non Clearance height 0260 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which no collision between touch probe and workpiece fixtu
26. Measured values in the touch probe axis first to third measurement G431 NH MEASURE PLANE Cycle 431 DIN ISO o d G431 16 13 MEASURE PLANE Cycle 431 DIN ISO Please note while programming Before a cycle definition you must have programmed a tool call to define the touch probe axis For the TNC to be able to calculate the angular values the three measuring points must not be positioned on one straight line The spatial angles that are needed for tilting the working plane are saved in parameters Q170 Q172 With the first two measuring points you also specify the direction of the reference axis when tilting the working plane The third measuring point determines the direction of the tool axis Define the third measuring point in the direction of the positive Y axis to ensure that the position of the tool axis in a clockwise coordinate system is correct Cycle parameters 431 45 406 1st meas point 1st axis 0263 absolute Coordinate of the first touch point in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 1st meas point 2nd axis 0264 absolute Coordinate of the first touch point in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 1st meas point 3rd axis 0294 absolute Coordinate of the first touch point in the touch probe axis Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 2nd meas point 1st axis Q265 absolute Coordinate of the se
27. Software Option x o S Please note while programming Q 5 Machining data for the subprograms describing the subcontours are a a entered in Cycle 20 coy Cycle 20 is DEF active which means that it becomes o effective as soon as it is defined in the part program The algebraic sign for the cycle parameter DEPTH determines the working direction If you program O DEPTH 0 the TNC performs the cycle at the depth O S The machining data entered in Cycle 20 are valid for g Cycles 21 to 24 g If you are using the SL cycles in Q parameter programs the cycle parameters Q1 to Q20 cannot be used as program parameters 7 4 CONTOUR DATA Cycle 20 DIN ISO 176 Fixed Cycles Contour Pocket il Cycle parameters ing es Software Option m CNN gt Milling depth O1 incremental Distance between DATA workpiece surface and bottom of pocket Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Path overlap factor O2 Q2 x tool radius stepover factor k Input range 0 0001 to 1 9999 7 gt Finishing allowance for side O3 incremental Finishing allowance in the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt Finishing allowance for floor O4 incremental Finishing allowance in the tool axis Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt Workpiece surface coordinate O5 absolute Absolute coordinate of the workpiece surface Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 anced Programm
28. Sz oZ qo LL LO N g 5 5 CIRCULAR SLOT Cycle 254 DIN ISO j d ing G254 Advance Programm Features Software Option 5 5 CIRCULAR SLOT Cycle 254 DIN ISO Please note while programming o 142 With an inactive tool table you must always plunge vertically Q366 0 because you cannot define a plunging angle Pre position the tool in the machining plane with radius compensation RO Define Parameter 0367 Reference for slot position appropriately The TNC automatically pre positions the tool in the tool axis Note Parameter 0204 2nd setup clearance At the end of the cycle the TNC returns the tool to the starting point center of the circular arc in the working plane Exception if you define a slot position not equal to 0 then the TNC only positions the tool in the tool axis to the 2nd setup clearance In these cases always program absolute traverse movements after the cycle call The algebraic sign for the cycle parameter DEPTH determines the working direction If you program DEPTH 0 the cycle will not be executed If the slot width is greater than twice the tool diameter the TNC roughs the slot correspondingly from inside out You can therefore mill any slots with small tools too The slot position O is not allowed if you use Cycle 254 Circular Slot in combination with Cycle 221 Danger of collision Use the machine parameter displayDepthErr to define whether if a positive depth is ente
29. The TNC returns the tool at FMAX to the setup clearance dwells there if a dwell time was entered and then moves at FMAX to the setup clearance above the first plunging depth The tool then advances with another infeed at the programmed feed rate F The TNC repeats this process 2 to 4 until the programmed depth Is reached The tool is retracted from the hole bottom to the setup clearance or Iif programmed to the 2nd setup clearance at FMAX Please note while programming center in the working plane with radius compensation RO e Program a positioning block for the starting point hole The algebraic sign for the cycle parameter DEPTH determines the working direction If you program DEPTH O the cycle will not be executed Danger of collision Use the machine parameter displayDepthErr to define whether if a positive depth is entered the TNC should output an error message on or not off Keep in mind that the TNC reverses the calculation for pre positioning when a positive depth is entered This means that the tool moves at rapid traverse in the tool axis to setup clearance below the workpiece surface HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 3 3 DRILLING 200 3 3 DRILLING Ml 200 Cycle parameters zeo gt Setup clearance Q200 incremental Distance De between tool tip and workpiece surface Enter a positive value Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Depth O201 incremental Distance between workpiece surface and bottom
30. The advanced stop distance is automatically calculated by the control At a total hole depth up to 30 mm t 2 0 6 mm At a total hole depth exceeding 30 mm t hole depth 50 Maximum advanced stop distance 7 mm The tool then advances with another infeed at the programmed feed rate F The TNC repeats this process 1 to 4 until the programmed depth Is reached After a dwell time at the hole bottom the tool is returned to the starting position at rapid traverse FMAX for chip breaking Application Cycle 21 is for PILOT DRILLING of the cutter infeed points It accounts for the allowance for side and the allowance for floor as well as the radius of the rough out tool The cutter infeed points also serve as starting points for roughing Please note while programming e Before programming note the following When calculating the infeed points the TNC does not account for the delta value DR programmed in a TOOL CALL block In narrow areas the TNC may not be able to carry out pilot drilling with a tool that is larger than the rough out tool 178 Fixed Cycles Contour Pocket il Cycle parameters 21 Plunging depth O10 incremental Dimension by which the tool drills in each infeed negative sign for negative working direction Input range 99999 9999 10 99999 9999 gt Feed rate for plunging Q11 Drilling feed rate in mm min Input range O to 99999 9999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ gt Rough out tool number
31. The soft key structure of the SPEC FCT function was changed and adapted to the ITNC 530 10 Table of Contents HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 M Fundamental Overviews D Using Fixed Cycles Fixed Cycles Drilling Fixed Cycles Tapping Thread Milling Fixed Cycles Pocket Milling Stud Milling Slot Milling 0 Fhed Cycles Pattern Definitions Fixed Cycles Contour Pocket M Fhed Cycles Cylindrical Surface Fixed Cycles Contour Pocket with Contour Formula D Fhed Cycles Multipass Milling cycles Coordinate Transformations Cycles Special Functions I Using Touch Probe Cycles Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Measure ment of Workpiece Misalignment Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Datum Setting Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Workpiece Inspection Touch Probe Cycles Special Functions Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Tool Measurement 11 1 1 Introduction 36 1 2 Available Cycle Groups 37 Overview of fixed cycles 37 Overview of touch probe cycles 38 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 13 i 2 1 Working with Fixed Cycles 40 Machine specific cycles Advanced programming features software option 40 Defining a cycle using soft keys 41 Defining a cycle using the GOTO function 41 Calling cycles 42 2 2 Pattern Definition PATTERN DEF 44 Application 44 Entering PATTERN DEF definitions 45 Using PATTERN DEF 45 Defining individual machining positions
32. This manual describes functions and features provided by TNCs as of the following NC software numbers TNC 620 340 560 02 TNC 620E 340 560 02 TNC 620Programming Station 340 560 02 The suffix E indicates the export version of the TNC The export version of the TNC has the following limitations simultaneous linear movement in up to 4 axes The machine tool builder adapts the usable features of the TNC to his machine by setting machine parameters Some of the functions described in this manual may therefore not be among the features provided by the TNC on your machine tool TNC functions that may not be available on your machine include Tool measurement with the TT Please contact your machine tool builder to become familiar with the features of your machine Many machine manufacturers as well as HEIDENHAIN offer programming courses for the TNCs We recommend these courses as an effective way of improving your programming skill and sharing information and ideas with other TNC users User s Manual All TNC functions that have no connection with cycles are described in the User s Manual of the TNC 620 Please contact HEIDENHAIN if you require a copy of this User s Manual Conversational Programming User s Manual ID 679 351 xx DIN ISO User s Manual ID 679 355 xx Software options The TNC 620 features various software options that can be enabled by your machine tool builder Each option is to be enabled separately
33. Traversing speed of the tool during countersinking in mm min Input range O to 99999 999 alternatively FAUTO FU Feed rate for milling O207 Traversing speed of the tool during milling in mm min Input range O to 99999 999 alternatively FAUTO 265 c mr O o n 4 9 HELICAL THREAD DRILLING MILLING Cycle 265 DIN ISO Advanced Programming Features So HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 D Q z gt lt G 4 10 OUTSIDE THREAD MILLING Cycle 267 DIN ISO Programming Features Software Opt ion 4 10 OUTSIDE THREAD MILLING Cycle 267 DIN ISO G267 Advanced Programming Features Software Option Cycle run 1 The TNC positions the tool in the spindle axis to the entered setup clearance above the workpiece surface at rapid traverse FMAX Countersinking at front 2 5 The TNC moves in the reference axis of the working plane from the center of the stud to the starting point for countersinking at front The position of the starting point is determined by the thread radius tool radius and pitch The tool moves at the feed rate for pre positioning to the countersinking depth at front The TNC positions the tool without compensation from the center on a semicircle to the offset at front and then follows a circular path at the feed rate for countersinking The tool then moves on a semicircle to the starting point Thread milling 6 10 11 The TNC positions th
34. absolute Center of the stud in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Center in 2nd axis 0322 absolute Center of the stud in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 First side length O323 incremental Stud length parallel to the reference axis of the working plane Input range 0 to 99999 9999 2nd side length O324 incremental Stud length parallel to the minor axis of the working plane Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Measuring height in the touch probe axis O261 absolute Coordinate of the ball tip center 2 touch point in the touch probe axis in which the measurement is to be made Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Setup clearance O320 incremental Additional distance between measuring point and ball tip 0320 is added to SET UP touch probe table Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Clearance height O260 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which no collision between touch probe and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 STR ESOS ela ES ES G411 15 5 DATUM FROM y i OF RECTANGLE Cycle 411 DIN ISO j d G411 IDE OF RECTANGLE Cycle 411 DIN ISO 15 5 DATUM FROM Ot 326 Traversing to clearance height O301 Definition of how the touch probe is to move between the measuring points 0 Move at measuring height between measuring points 1 Move at cleara
35. absolute Coordinate of the ball tip center 2 touch point in the touch probe axis in which the measurement is to be made Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Setup clearance O320 incremental Additional distance between measuring point and ball tip Q320 is added to SET UP touch probe table Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Clearance height O260 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which no collision between touch probe and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Traversing to clearance height 0301 Definition of how the touch probe is to move between the measuring points 0 Move at measuring height between measuring points 1 Move at clearance height between measuring points Maximum limit of size for stud O277 Maximum permissible diameter for the stud Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Minimum limit of size for the stud O278 Minimum permissible diameter for the stud Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Tolerance for center 1st axis O279 Permissible position deviation in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Tolerance for center 2nd axis O280 Permissible position deviation in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Workpiece Inspection il Measuring log 0281 Definition of whether the TNC Is to create a measuring log 0 No measuring log 1 Generate measuring log the TNC saves the log file TCH
36. definition and confirm with the END key 14 CONTOUR GEOMETRY is no longer necessary if you use SEL e Program a SEL CONTOUR block before the SL cycles Cycle CONTOUR Defining contour descriptions With the DECLARE CONTOUR function you enter in a program the path for programs from which the TNC draws the contour descriptions In addition you can select a separate depth for this contour description FCL 2 function Show the soft key row with special functions FCT CONTOUR select the menu for functions for contour and point MACHINING machining DECLARE Press the DECLARE CONTOUR soft key Enter the number for the contour designator QC and confirm with the ENT key Enter the full name of the program with the contour description and confirm with the END key or if desired define a separate depth for the selected contour With the given contour designators QC you can Include the various contours in the contour formula If you program separate depths for contours then you must assign a depth to all subcontours assign the depth O if necessary 214 Fixed Cycles Contour Pocket with Contour Formula il Entering a complex contour formula You can use soft keys to interlink various contours in a mathematical formula Show the soft key row with special functions FCT CONTOUR Select the menu for functions for contour and point MACHINING machining CONTOUR Press the CONTOUR FORMULA soft key The TNC FORMULA then
37. e The memory capacity for programming an SL cycle all Complex Contour Formula The SL cycles with contour formula presuppose a structured program layout and enable you to save frequently used contours in individual programs Using the contour formula you can connect the subcontours to a complete contour and define whether it applies to a pocket or island In its present form the SL cycles with contour formula function requires input from several areas in the TNC s user interface This function is to serve as a basis for further development m 5 8 2 Q 5 o J o 6 O0 3 D 9 o3 A5 oc oc e amp O Ha ES 9 5 To gt o r 9 1 SL Cycles 212 Fixed Cycles Contour Pocket with Contour Formula i Properties of the subcontours Example Program structure Calculation of the subcontours with contour formula E By default the TNC assumes that the contour is a pocket Do not program a radius compensation The TNC ignores feed rates F and miscellaneous functions M Coordinate transformations are allowed If they are programmed within the subcontour they are also effective in the following subprograms but they need not be reset after the cycle call E Although the subprograms can contain coordinates in the spindle axis such coordinates are ignored m The working plane is defined in the first coordinate block of the subprogram You
38. exact length and radius of the calibrating tool into the tool table TOOL T The position of the TT within the machine working space must be defined by setting the Machine Parameters centerPos gt 0 to 2 If you change the setting of any of the Machine Parameters centerPos 0 to 2 you must recalibrate Cycle parameters Clearance height Enter the position in the spindle Example NC blocks in old format nts axis at which there is no danger of collision with the ase workpiece or fixtures The clearance height is eae referenced to the active workpiece datum If you enter such a small clearance height that the tool tip would lie below the level of the probe contact the TNC automatically positions the tool above the level of the probe contact safety zone from Example NC blocks in new format safetyDistStylus Inout range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 423 G480 18 2 Calibrating the TT Cycle 30 or 480 DIN ISO G481 18 Miteasuring the Tool Length Cycle 31 or 481 DIN ISO 18 3 Measuring the Tool Length Cycle 31 or 481 DIN ISO G481 Cycle run To measure the tool length program the measuring cycle TCH PROBE 31 or TCH PROBE 480 see also Differences between Cycles 31 to 33 and Cycles 481 to 483 on page 419 Via input parameters you can measure the length of a tool by three methods If the tool diameter is larger than the diameter of the measuring surface of the TT you
39. in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Center in 2nd axis Q274 absolute Bolt hole circle center nominal value in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Nominal diameter Q262 Enter the approximate bolt hole circle diameter The smaller the hole diameter the more exact the nominal diameter must be Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Angle of 1st hole 0291 absolute Polar coordinate angle of the first hole center in the working plane Input range 360 0000 to 360 0000 Angle of 2nd hole O292 absolute Polar coordinate angle of the second hole center in the working plane Input range 360 0000 to 360 0000 Angle of 3rd hole O293 absolute Polar coordinate angle of the third hole center in the working plane Input range 360 0000 to 360 0000 Measuring height in the touch probe axis O261 absolute Coordinate of the ball tip center 2 touch point in the touch probe axis in which the measurement is to be made Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Clearance height O260 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which no collision between touch probe and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Datum Setting il Datum number in table O305 Enter the number in the datum or preset table in which the TNC is to save the coordinates of the bolt hole circle center If you enter
40. is added to SET UP touch probe table Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Traversing to clearance height O301 Definition of how the touch probe is to move between the measuring points 0 Move at measuring height between measuring points 1 Move at clearance height between measuring points m X D 3 c O T 9 T Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Workpiece Inspection i 16 10 MEASURE RIDGE WIDTH Cycle 426 ISO G426 Cycle run Touch Probe Cycle 426 measures the position and width of a ridge If you define the corresponding tolerance values in the cycle the TNC makes a nominal to actual value comparison and saves the deviation value in system parameters 1 Ihe INC positions the touch probe to the starting point 1 at rapid traverse value from FMAX column following the positioning logic see Executing touch probe cycles on page 283 The TNC calculates the touch points from the data in the cycle and the safety clearance from the SET UP column of the touch probe table 2 hen the touch probe moves to the entered measuring height and probes the first touch point at the probing feed rate column F 1 The first probing is always in the negative direction of the programmed axis 3 hen the touch probe moves at clearance height to the next starting position and probes the second touch point 4 Finally the TNC returns the touch probe to the clearance height and saves the actual va
41. see User s Manual Test Run and Program Run sections HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 EF LLI E a INITION 2 2 Pattern Def Defining individual machining positions LL LLI entry with the ENT key e You can enter up to 9 machining positions Confirm each LLI If you have defined a workpiece surface in Z not equal to E 0 then this value is effective in addition to the workpiece surface Q203 that you defined in the machining cycle p t Q m gt X coord of machining position absolute Enter X Example NC blocks S coordinate I Y coord of machining position absolute Enter Y c coordinate Le gt Workpiece surface coordinate absolute Enter Z O coordinate at which machining is to begin e Manual operation Programm i ng X coord of machining position 2 BEGIN PGM PAT MM 6 END PGM PAT MM 0 N N 46 Using Fixed Cycles i Defining a single row EF 0 then this value is effective in addition to the workpiece e If you have defined a workpiece surface in Z not equal to surface Q203 that you defined in the machining cycle ROW Starting point in X absolute Coordinate of the Example NC blocks starting point of the row in the X axis Starting point in Y absolute Coordinate of the starting point of the row in the Y axis LLI E A Spacing of machining positions incremental Distance between the machining positions You can enter a positive or negative value Manual operation P ro
42. 0320 incremental Additional distance between measuring point and ball tio 0320 is added to SET_UP touch probe table Inout range 0 to 99999 9999 Clearance height 0260 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which no collision between touch probe and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Traversing to clearance height O301 Definition of how the touch probe is to move between the measuring points 0 Move at measuring height between measuring points 1 Move at clearance height between measuring points Max size limit 1st side length O284 Maximum permissible length of the pocket Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Min size limit 1st side length O285 Minimum permissible length of the pocket Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Max size limit 2nd side length Q286 Maximum permissible width of the pocket Input range O to 99999 9999 Min size limit 2nd side length O287 Minimum permissible width of the pocket Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Tolerance for center 1st axis 0279 Permissible position deviation in the reference axis of the working plane Input range O to 99999 9999 Tolerance for center 2nd axis 0280 Permissible position deviation in the minor axis of the working plane Input range O to 99999 9999 SAUTER CEE Q320 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Workpiece Inspection il Measuring log 0281 Definition of whether the TNC Is to create a measuring log 0 No measuring log
43. 1 Generate measuring log the TNC saves the log file TCHPR423 TXT by default in the directory TNCA 2 Interrupt the program run and display the measuring log on the screen Resume program run with NC Start PGM stop if tolerance error O309 Definition of whether in the event of a violation of tolerance limits the TNC is to interrupt the program run and output an error message 0 Do not interrupt program run no error message 1 Interrupt program run output an error message G423 Tool number for monitoring O330 Definition of whether the TNC is to monitor the tool see Tool monitoring on page 368 Input range 0 to 32767 9 alternatively tool name with max 16 characters 0 Monitoring not active 20 Tool number in the tool table TOOL T m X D 3 D c O za o a T MEAS RECTAN INSIDE Cycle 423 DIN ISO HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 387 i 16 8 MEAS RECTAN OUTSIDE Cycle 424 ISO G424 G424 5 8 MEAS RECTAN OUTSIDE Cycle 424 ISO Cycle run Touch Probe Cycle 424 finds the center length and width of a rectangular stud If you define the corresponding tolerance values in the cycle the TNC makes a nominal to actual value comparison and saves the deviation value in system parameters 1 The INC positions the touch probe to the starting point 1 at rapid traverse value from FMAX column following the positioning logic see Executing touch probe cycles on page 283 The TNC calculates the touch point
44. 2nd axis 0238 incremental Spacing between each line gt Number of columns 0242 Number of machining operations on a line Number of lines 0243 Number of passes Rotational position O224 absolute Angle by which the entire pattern is rotated The center of rotation lies in the starting point G221 Advanced Programm Setup clearance O200 incremental Distance between tool tip and workpiece surface gt Workpiece surface coordinate O203 absolute Coordinate of the workpiece surface gt 2nd setup clearance O204 incremental Coordinate in the spindle axis at which no collision between tool and workpiece fixtures can occur Moving to clearance height O301 Definition of how the tool is to move between machining processes 0 Move to the setup clearance between operations 1 Move to the 2nd setup clearance between machining operations Example NC blocks 6 3 LINEAR PATTERN Cycle 221 DIN ISO HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 16 Examples o D O Q j 3 ITI x Q j DT D o ming pe Q Definition of workpiece blank Tool call Retract the tool Cycle definition drilling dh 64 Fixed Cycles Pattern Definitions i Define cycle for circular pattern 1 CYCL 200 is called automatically Q200 0203 and 0204 are effective as defined in Cycle 220 Examples D 6 4 Progre Define cycle for circular
45. 33 and Cycles 481 to 483 on page 419 Via input parameters you can measure the radius of a tool by two methods Measuring the tool while it is rotating Measuring the tool while it is rotating and subsequently measuring the individual teeth The TNC pre positions the tool to be measured to a position at the side of the touch probe head The distance from the tip of the milling tool to the upper edge of the touch probe head is defined in offsetToolAxis The TNC probes the tool radially while it is rotating If you have programmed a subsequent measurement of individual teeth the control measures the radius of each tooth with the aid of oriented spindle stops Please note while programming following data on the tool into the tool table TOOL T the approximate radius the approximate length the number of teeth and the cutting direction e Before measuring a tool for the first time enter the Cylindrical tools with diamond surfaces can be measured with stationary spindle To do so define the number of teeth CUT with O in the tool table and adjust the machine parameter CfgToolMeasurement Refer to your machine tool manual 426 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Tool Measurement il Cycle parameters Measure tool 0 Check tool 1 Select whether the tool is to be measured for the first time or whether a tool that has already been measured is to be inspected If the tool is being measured for the first time the TNC overw
46. 999 alternatively FMAX FAUTO Climb or up cut 0351 Type of milling operation with M3 1 climb milling 1 up cut milling Setup clearance Q200 incremental Distance between tool tip and workpiece surface Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Setup clearance to the side 0357 incremental Distance between tool tooth and the wall of the hole Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Depth at front 0358 incremental Distance between tool tip and the top surface of the workpiece for countersinking at the front of the tool Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Countersinking offset at front O359 incremental Distance by which the TNC moves the tool center away from the hole center Input range O to 99999 9999 Fixed Cycles Tapping Thread Milling il gt Workpiece surface coordinate 0203 absolute Coordinate of the workpiece surface Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt 2nd setup clearance O204 incremental Coordinate in the spindle axis at which no collision between tool and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range O to 99999 9999 Feed rate for countersinking O254 Traversing speed of the tool during countersinking in mm min Input range O to 99999 999 alternatively FAUTO FU Feed rate for milling O207 Traversing speed of the tool during milling in mm min Input range O to 99999 9999 alternatively FAUTO G263 c mr O o im m X D 3 D c O 9 a T 4 7 THR
47. 9999 Setup clearance O320 incremental Additional distance between measuring point and ball tip 0320 is added to SET UP touch probe table Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Clearance height O260 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which no collision between touch probe and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Nominal length O31 1 Nominal value of the length to be measured Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Maximum dimension 0288 Maximum permissible length Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Minimum dimension O289 Minimum permissible length Input range O to 99999 9999 X Quis EE Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Workpiece Inspection il Measuring log 0281 Definition of whether the TNC Is to create a measuring log 0 No measuring log 1 Generate measuring log The TNC saves the log file TCHPR426 TXT by default in the directory TNC X 2 Interrupt the program run and display the measuring log on the screen Resume program run with NC Start PGM stop if tolerance error O309 Definition of whether in the event of a violation of tolerance limits the TNC is to interrupt the program run and output an error message 0 Do not interrupt program run no error message 1 Interrupt program run output an error message Tool number for monitoring O330 Definition of whether the TNC is to monitor the tool see Tool monitoring on page 368 Input range 0 to 32767 9 alternatively tool n
48. 9999 to 99999 9999 Probe TS axis Coord 3rd axis 0384 absolute Coordinate of the probe point in the touch probe axis at which point the reference point is to be set in the touch probe axis Only effective if 0381 1 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 New datum in TS axis 0333 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which the TNC should set the datum Default setting 0 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 m X D 3 D c O za o a T G409 15 3 B RIDGE CENTER Cycle 409 DIN ISO i 15 4 DATUM FROM INSIDE OF RECTANGLE Cycle 410 DIN ISO G410 G410 Cycle run Touch Probe Cycle 410 finds the center of a rectangular pocket and defines its center as datum If desired the TNC can also enter the coordinates into a datum table or the preset table 1 The TNC positions the touch probe to the starting point 1 at rapid traverse value from FMAX column following the positioning logic see Executing touch probe cycles on page 283 The TNC calculates the touch points from the data in the cycle and the safety clearance from the SET UP column of the touch probe table 2 Then the touch probe moves to the entered measuring height and probes the first touch point at the probing feed rate column F 3 Then the touch probe moves either paraxially at the measuring height or linearly at the clearance height to the next starting point 2 and probes the second touch point
49. Cycle 401 DIN ISO 14 3 BASIC ROTATIOI 294 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Measurement of Workpiece Misalignment il gt Preset number in table 0305 Enter the preset Example NC blocks number in the table in which the TNC is to save the determined basic rotation If you enter Q305 0 the TNC automatically places the determined basic rotation in the ROT menu of the Manual Operation mode The parameter has no effect if the misalignment is to be compensated by a rotation of the rotary table Q402z1 In this case the misalignment is not saved as an angular value Input range 0 to 2999 G401 Basic rotation alignment O402 Specify whether the TNC should compensate misalignment with a basic rotation or by rotating the rotary table 0 Set basic rotation 1 Rotate the rotary table When you select rotary table the TNC does not save the measured misalignment not even when you have defined a table line in parameter Q305 O Y lt Z e e JT O gt 2 T 2 gt Set to zero after alignment 0337 Definition of whether the TNC should set the display of the aligned rotary axis to zero 0 Do not reset the display of the rotary axis to O after alignment 1 Reset the display of the rotary axis to O after alignment The TNC sets the display to 0 only if you have defined Q40221 14 3 BASIC ROTA HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 295 i 14 4 BASIC ROTATION over Two Studs Cycle 402 DIN ISO G402
50. Example NC blocks TNC multiplies the coordinates and radii by the SCL factor as described under Effect above Input range 0 000000 to 99 999999 SCALING Cycle 11 DIN ISO HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 255 i SCALING Cycle 26 11 8 AXIS SPECIFIC SCALING Cycle 26 Effect With Cycle 26 you can account for shrinkage and oversize factors for each axis The SCALING FACTOR becomes effective as soon as it is defined in the program It is also effective in the Positioning with MDI mode of operation The active scaling factor is shown in the additional status display Reset Program the SCALING FACTOR cycle once again with a scaling factor of 1 for the same axis Please note while programming Coordinate axes sharing coordinates for arcs must be enlarged or reduced by the same factor You can program each coordinate axis with its own axis specific scaling factor In addition you can enter the coordinates of a center for all scaling factors The size of the contour is enlarged or reduced with reference to the center and not necessarily as in Cycle 11 SCALING with reference to the active datum 256 Cycles Coordinate Transformations il Cycle parameters 25 cc Axis and scaling factor Select the coordinate axis axes by soft key and enter the factor s involved in enlarging or reducing Input range 0 000000 to 99 999999 Center coordinates Enter the center of the axis specific enlarg
51. For flat rectangular surfaces LJ 231 RULED SURFACE Page 229 For oblique inclined or twisted surfaces 232 FACE MILLING For level rectangular surfaces with Page 233 indicated oversizes and multiple infeeds 226 Fixed Cycles Multipass Milling il 10 2 MULTIPASS MILLING Cycle 230 DIN ISO G230 Advanced Programming Features Software Option Cycle run 1 From the current position in the working plane the TNC positions the tool at rapid traverse FMAX to the starting point 1 the TNC moves the tool by its radius to the left and upward 2 The tool then moves at FMAX in the tool axis to the setup clearance From there it approaches the programmed starting position in the tool axis at the feed rate for plunging 3 Thetool then moves at the programmed feed rate for milling to the end point 2 The TNC calculates the end point from the programmed starting point the program length and the tool radius 4 The TNC offsets the tool to the starting point in the next pass at the stepover feed rate The offset is calculated from the programmed width and the number of cuts 5 The tool then returns in the negative direction of the first axis 6 Moultipass milling is repeated until the programmed surface has been completed 7 Atthe end of the cycle the tool is retracted at FMAX to the setup clearance Please note while programming the starting point first in the working plane and then in the e From the current pos
52. G421 16 5 MEASURE HOLE Cycle 421 DIN ISO 16 5 MEASURE HOLE Cycle 421 DIN ISO G421 Cycle run Touch Probe Cycle 421 measures the center and diameter of a hole or circular pocket If you define the corresponding tolerance values in the cycle the TNC makes a nominal to actual value comparison and saves the deviation value in system parameters 1 The INC positions the touch probe to the starting point 1 at rapid traverse value from FMAX column following the positioning logic see Executing touch probe cycles on page 283 The TNC calculates the touch points from the data in the cycle and the safety clearance from the SET UP column of the touch probe table 2 Then the touch probe moves to the entered measuring height and probes the first touch point at the probing feed rate column F The TNC derives the probing direction automatically from the programmed starting angle 3 Then the touch probe moves in a circular arc either at measuring height or at clearance height to the next starting point 2 and probes the second touch point 4 The TNC positions the probe to starting point 3 and then to starting point 4 to probe the third and fourth touch points 5 Finally the TNC returns the touch probe to the clearance height and saves the actual values and the deviations in the following O parameters _Parameternumber Meaning 0151 Actual value of center in reference axis 0152 Actual value of cent
53. Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt Pitch O239 Pitch of the thread The algebraic sign differentiates between right hand and left hand threads right hand thread left hand thread Input range 99 9999 to 99 9999 gt Workpiece surface coordinate 0203 absolute Coordinate of the workpiece surface Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt 2nd setup clearance 0204 incremental Coordinate in the spindle axis at which no collision between tool and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range O to 99999 9999 Retracting after a program interruption If you interrupt program run during thread cutting with the machine stop button the TNC will display the MANUAL OPERATION soft key If you press the MANUAL OPERATION key you can retract the tool under program control Simply press the positive axis direction button of the active spindle axis HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Wi Nij at SN ently M m NAI K VV Cycle 207 SO G207 DI Tap Holder NE 4 3 RIGID TAPPING without a Floating E O Q O c gt O lt G2 4 4 TAPPING WITH CHIP BREAKING Cycle 209 DIN ISO Programming Features Software Opt ion 4 4 TAPPING WITH CHIP BREAKING Cycle 209 DIN ISO G209 Advanced Programming Features Software Option Cycle run The TNC machines the thread in several passes until it reaches the programmed depth You can define in a parameter whether the tool
54. Please note while programming 137 Cycle parameters 138 5 5 CIRCULAR SLOT Cycle 254 DIN ISO G254 Advanced Programming Features Software Option 141 Cycle run 141 Please note while programming 142 Cycle parameters 143 5 6 RECTANGULAR STUD Cycle 256 DIN ISO G256 Advanced Programming Features Software Option 146 Cycle run 146 Please note while programming 147 Cycle parameters 148 5 7 CIRCULAR STUD Cycle 257 DIN ISO G257 Advanced Programming Features Software Option 150 Cycle run 150 Please note while programming 151 Cycle parameters 152 5 8 Programming Examples 154 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 17 i 6 1 Fundamentals 158 Overview 158 6 2 CIRCULAR PATTERN Cycle 220 DIN ISO G220 Advanced Programming Features Software Option 159 Cycle run 159 Please note while programming 159 Cycle parameters 160 6 3 LINEAR PATTERN Cycle 221 DIN ISO G221 Advanced Programming Features Software Option 162 Cycle run 162 Please note while programming 162 Cycle parameters 163 6 4 Programming Examples 164 18 7 1 SL Cycles 168 Fundamentals 168 Overview 170 7 2 CONTOUR GEOMETRY Cycle 14 DIN ISO G37 171 Please note while programming 171 Cycle parameters 171 7 3 Overlapping Contours 172 Fundamentals 1 72 Subprograms overlapping pockets
55. Programming Features Software Opt ion 4 7 THREAD MILLING COUNTERSINKING Cycle 263 DIN ISO G263 Advanced Programming Features Software Option Cycle run 1 The TNC positions the tool in the spindle axis to the entered setup clearance above the workpiece surface at rapid traverse FMAX Countersinking 2 The tool moves at the feed rate for pre positioning to the countersinking depth minus the setup clearance and then at the feed rate for countersinking to the countersinking depth If a safety clearance to the side has been entered the TNC immediately positions the tool at the feed rate for pre positioning to the countersinking depth Then depending on the available space the TNC makes a tangential approach to the core diameter either tangentially from the center or with a pre positioning move to the side and follows a circular path Countersinking at front 5 6 7 The tool moves at the feed rate for pre positioning to the countersinking depth at front The TNC positions the tool without compensation from the center on a semicircle to the offset at front and then follows a circular path at the feed rate for countersinking The tool then moves in a semicircle to the hole center Thread milling 8 9 The TNC moves the tool at the programmed feed rate for pre positioning to the starting plane for the thread The starting plane is determined from the thread pitch and the type of milling climb
56. Q218 90 FIRST SIDE LENGTH e 0424 100 WORKPC BLANK SIDE 1 219 80 2ND SIDE LENGTH v 0425 100 WORKPC BLANK SIDE 2 Lu 0220 0 CORNER RADIUS Oo 0368 0 ALLOWANCE FOR SIDE Q224 0 ROTATIONAL POSITION 0367 0 STUD POSITION Q207 250 FEED RATE FOR MILLING Q351 1 CLIMB OR UP CUT S Q201 30 DEPTH a Q202 5 PLUNGING DEPTH co 02062250 FEED RATE FOR PLNGNG LO 0200 2 SETUP CLEARANCE Q203 0 SURFACE COORDINATE 0204 20 2ND SET UP CLEARANCE 0370 1 TOOL PATH OVERLAP 8 L X 50 Y 50 RO FMAX M99 Call CIRCULAR POCKET MILLING cycle 9 L Z 250 RO FMAX M6 Tool change HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 j d Call slotting mill Define SLOT cycle No pre positioning in X Y required Starting point for 2nd slot 5 8 Progr lil ing Examples Call SLOT cycle Retract in the tool axis end program 56 Fixed Cycles Pocket Milling Stud Milling Slot Milling i v Fundamentals 6 1 Fundamentals Overview The TNC provides two cycles for machining point patterns directly 220 CIRCULAR PATTERN 220 Page 159 e 221 LINEAR PATTERN 221 Page 162 You can combine Cycle 220 and Cycle 221 with the following fixed cycles gt Cycle 200 Cycle 201 Cycle 202 Cycle 203 Cycle 204 Cycle 205 Cycle 206 Cycle 207 Cycle 208 Cycle 209 Cycle 240 Cycle 251 Cycle 252 Cycle 253 Cycle 254 Cycle 256 Cycle 257 Cycle 262 Cycle 263 Cycle 264 Cycle 265
57. TNC probes the tool radially during rotation to determine the starting angle for measuring the individual teeth It then measures the length of each tooth by changing the corresponding angle of spindle orientation To activate this function program TCH PROBE 31 1 for CUTTER MEASUREMENT 424 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Tool Measurement il Please note while programming following data on the tool into the tool table TOOL T the approximate radius the approximate length the number of teeth and the cutting direction e Before measuring a tool for the first time enter the You can run an individual tooth measurement of tools with up to 20 teeth Cycle parameters n Measure tool 0 Check tool 1 Select whether the E tool is to be measured for the first time or whether a m tool that has already been measured is to be E inspected If the tool is being measured for the first time the TNC overwrites the tool length L in the central tool file TOOL T by the delta value DL O If you wish to inspect a tool the TNC compares the measured length with the tool length L that is stored in TOOL T It then calculates the positive or negative deviation from the stored value and enters it into TOOL T as the delta value DL The deviation can also be used for O parameter Q115 If the delta value is greater than the permissible tool length tolerance for wear or break detection the TNC will lock the tool status L in TOOL T Para
58. You can enter a positive or negative value BEGIN PGM PRT MM BLK FORM 0 1 Z X Y 0 2 25 M BLK FORM 0 2 X 150 Y 109 Z 0 TOOL CALL 5 Z 53500 L Z 100 RO FMAX M3 PATTERN DEF PRT1C END FEM BAT MM E E uu HE E is ee o 1 Number of columns Total number of columns in the pattern 2 2 Pattern Def Number of lines Total number of rows in the pattern Rot position of entire pattern absolute Angle of rotation by which the entire pattern is rotated around the entered starting point Reference axis Major axis of the active machining plane e g X for tool axis Z You can enter a positive or negative value Xy Rotary pos ref ax Angle of rotation around which only the principal axis of the machining plane is distorted with respect to the entered starting point You can enter a positive or negative value Rotary pos minor ax Angle of rotation around which only the minor axis of the machining plane is distorted with respect to the entered starting point You can enter a positive or negative value Workpiece surface coordinate absolute Enter Z coordinate at which machining is to begin 48 Using Fixed Cycles Defining individual frames EF 0 then this value is effective in addition to the workpiece e If you have defined a workpiece surface in Z not equal to surface Q203 that you defined in the machining cycle The Rotary pos ref ax and Rotary pos minor ax parame
59. a reduction of machining time Tolerance for rotary axes TA Permissible position error of rotary axes in degrees when M128 is active The TNC always reduces the feed rate in such a way that if more than one axis is traversed the slowest axis moves at its maximum feed rate Rotary axes are usually much slower than linear axes You can significantly reduce the machining time for programs for more than one axis by entering a large tolerance value e g 10 since the TNC does not always have to move the rotary axis to the given nominal position The contour will not be damaged by entering a rotary axis tolerance value Only the position of the rotary axis with respect to the workpiece surface will change Input range O to 179 9999 5 TOLERANCE Cycle 32 DIN ISO your machine you have software option 2 active HSC e The HSC MODE and TA parameters are only available if on machining 276 Cycles Special Functions il Using Touch Probe Cycles 13 1 General Information about Touch Probe Cycles builder for the use of a 3 D touch probe The machine tool e The TNC must be specially prepared by the machine tool manual provides further information The touch probe cycles are available only with the Touch probe function software option option number 17 Method of function Whenever the TNC runs a touch probe cycle the 3 D touch probe approaches the workpiece in one linear axis This is also true during an active basic ro
60. always rotated in the same sequence for calculating the tilt of the plane The TNC first rotates the A axis then the B axis and finally the C axis Cycle 19 becomes effective as soon as itis defined in the program As soon as you move an axis in the tilted system the compensation for this specific axis is activated You must move all axes to activate compensation for all axes If you set the function Tilting program run to Active in the Manual Operation mode the angular value entered in this menu is overwritten by Cycle 19 WORKING PLANE 258 Cycles Coordinate Transformations il Please note while programming the TNC and the machine tool by the machine tool builder With some swivel heads and tilting tables the machine tool builder determines whether the entered angles are interpreted as coordinates of the rotary axes or as mathematical angles of a tilted plane Refer to your machine tool manual e The functions for tilting the working plane are interfaced to interpreted as unchanged you should always define all e Because nonprogrammed rotary axis values are three spatial angles even if one or more angles are at zero The working plane is always tilted around the active datum If you use Cycle 19 when M120 is active the TNC automatically rescinds the radius compensation which also rescinds the M120 function Cycle parameters 15 AD Rotary axis and tilt angle Enter the axes of rotation together with the ass
61. an island 172 Example NC blocks Fixed Cycles Contour Pocket i Subprograms overlapping pockets subprograms that are called by Cycle 14 CONTOUR e The subsequent programming examples are contour GEOMETRY in a main program Pockets A and B overlap The TNC calculates the points of intersection S4 and S5 They do not have to be programmed The pockets are programmed as full circles Subprogram 1 Pocket A o c C T amp 3 N J o e 00 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 i i Area of inclusion Both surfaces and B are to be machined including the overlapping area The surfaces A and B must be pockets E The first pocket in Cycle 14 must start outside the second pocket o o c c h h o o D D w gt 74 Fixed Cycles Contour Pocket i Area of exclusion Surface A is to be machined without the portion overlapped by B E Surface A must be a pocket and B an island A must start outside of B B must start inside of A Surface A o urface B Area of intersection Only the area where A and B overlap is to be machined The areas covered by A or B alone are to be left unmachined A and B must be pockets E A must start inside of B Surface A Surface B HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 i i DT 74 CONTOUR DATA Cycle 20 z S DIN ISO G120 Advanced c 2 Programming Features
62. and contains the following respective functions TNC Model Software and Features Additional axis for 4 axes and open loop spindle Additional axis for 5 axes and open loop spindle Cylinder surface interpolation Cycles 27 28 and 29 Feed rate in mm min for rotary axes M116 Tilting the machining plane plane functions Cycle 19 and 3D ROT soft key in the Manual Operation mode Circle in 3 axes with tilted working plane Block processing time 1 5 ms instead of 6 ms 5 axis interpolation 3 D machining M128 Maintaining the position of the tool tip when positioning with swivel axes TCPM M144 Compensating the machine s kinematics configuration for ACTUAL NOMINAL positions at end of block Additional parameters for finishing roughing and tolerance for rotary axes in Cycle 32 G62 LN blocks 3 D compensation Touch probe cycles Compensation of tool misalignment in manual mode Compensation of tool misalignment in automatic mode Datum setting in manual mode Datum setting in automatic mode Automatic workpiece measurement Automatic tool measurement HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 TNC Model Software and Features FK free contour programming Programming in HEIDENHAIN conversational format with graphic support for workpiece drawings not dimensioned for NC Fixed Cycles Peck drilling reaming boring counterboring centering Cycles 201 to 205 208 240 241 Milling of internal and external threads Cycles 262 to 2
63. are used simultaneously it is important to prevent overwriting of transfer parameters already in use Use the following procedure As a rule always program DEF active cycles before CALL active cycles If you do want to program a DEF active cycle between the definition and call of a CALL active cycle do it only if there is no common use of specific transfer parameters 40 Using Fixed Cycles il Defining a cycle using soft keys CYCL DEF DRILLING THRERD i 8 The soft key row shows the available groups of cycles Press the soft key for the desired group of cycles for example DRILLING for the drilling cycles Select the desired cycle for example THREAD MILLING The TNC initiates the programming dialog and asks all required input values At the same time a graphic of the input parameters is displayed in the right screen window The parameter that is asked for in the dialog prompt is highlighted Enter all parameters requested by the TNC and conclude each entry with the ENT key The TNC ends the dialog when all required data has been entered Defining a cycle using the GOTO function CYCL DEF g o The soft key row shows the available groups of cycles The TNC shows an overview of cycles in a pop up window Choose the desired cycle with the arrow keys or Enter the cycle number and confirm it with the ENT key The TNC then initiates the cycle dialog as described above
64. at center of minor axis 0163 Deviation from diameter Please note while programming Before a cycle definition you must have programmed a tool call to define the touch probe axis The smaller the angle the less accurately the TNC can calculate the dimensions of the stud Minimum input value 5 380 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Workpiece Inspection il Cycle parameters N N a22 Center in 1st axis 0273 absolute Center of the stud et Ka in the reference axis of the working plane Input range SET UP TCHPROBE TP g 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Center in 2nd axis 0274 absolute Center of the stud in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Nominal diameter O262 Enter the diameter of the stud Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Starting angle 0325 absolute Angle between the reference axis of the working plane and the first touch point Input range 360 0000 to 360 0000 Stepping angle O247 incremental Angle between two measuring points The algebraic 0273 0279 sign of the stepping angle determines the direction of rotation negative clockwise If you wish to probe a circular arc instead of a complete circle then program the stepping angle to be less than 90 Input range 120 0000 to 120 0000 EAS CIRCLE OUTSIDE Cycle 422 DIN ISO q HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 381 il G422 EAS CIRCLE OUTSIDE Cycle 422 DIN ISO 382 Measuring height in the touch probe axis 0261
65. at the feed rate for pre positioning from the setup clearance to the deepened starting point Inout range 0 to 99999 9999 ming ption m X D 3 p D c O T 9 T Features Software Feed rate for pre positioning O253 Traversing velocity of the tool during positioning from the setup clearance to a deepened starting point in mm min Effective only if Q379 is entered not equal to O Input range O to 99999 999 alternatively FMAX FAUTO G205 Advanced Pro 3 8 UNIVERSAL PECKING Cycle 205 DIN ISO 80 Fixed Cycles Drilling i 3 9 BORE MILLING Cycle 208 Advanced Programming Features Software Option Cycle run 1 The TNC positions the tool in the spindle axis at rapid traverse FMAX to the programmed setup clearance above the workpiece surface and then moves the tool to the bore hole circumference on a rounded arc if enough space is available The tool mills in a helix from the current position to the first plunging depth at the programmed feed rate F When the drilling depth is reached the TNC once again traverses a full circle to remove the material remaining after the initial plunge The TNC then positions the tool at the center of the hole again Finally the TNC returns to the setup clearance at FMAX If programmed the tool moves to the 2nd setup clearance at FMAX HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 tures ption um Softwa 3 9 BORE MILLING Cycle 208 Advance
66. beginning of the cycle 290 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Measurement of Workpiece Misalignment il Cycle parameters 1st meas point 1st axis 0263 absolute Coordinate of the first touch point in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 1st meas point 2nd axis 0264 absolute Coordinate of the first touch point in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 2nd meas point 1st axis 0265 absolute Coordinate of the second touch point in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 2nd meas point 2nd axis 0266 absolute Coordinate of the second touch point in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Measuring axis O272 Axis in the working plane in which the measurement is to be made 1 Reference axis measuring axis 2 Minor axis 2 measuring axis Traverse direction 1 O267 Direction in which the probe is to approach the workpiece 1 Negative traverse direction 1 Positive traverse direction Measuring height in the touch probe axis O261 absolute Coordinate of the ball tip center 2 touch point in the touch probe axis in which the measurement is to be made Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Setup clearance O320 incremental Additional distance between measuring point and ball tip Q320 is added to SET UP touch probe table Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Clearanc
67. can define subcontours with various depths as needed Characteristics of the fixed cycles The TNC automatically positions the tool to the setup clearance before a cycle E Each level of infeed depth is milled without interruptions since the cutter traverses around islands instead of over them The radius of inside corners can be programmed the tool keeps moving to prevent surface blemishes at inside corners this applies for the outermost pass in the Rough out and Side Finishing cycles The contour is approached on a tangential arc for side finishing For floor finishing the tool again approaches the workpiece on a tangential arc for tool axis Z for example the arc may be in the Z X plane E The contour is machined throughout in either climb or up cut milling Complex Contour Formula The machining data such as milling depth finishing allowance and setup clearance are entered as CONTOUR DATA in Cycle 20 T o gt Q l Y o HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 213 i Complex Contour Formula 9 1 SL Cycles Selecting a program with contour definitions With the SEL CONTOUR function you select a program with contour definitions from which the TNC takes the contour descriptions Show the soft key row with special functions FCT sue select the menu for functions for contour and point MACHINING machining SEL Press the SEL CONTOUR soft key Enter the full name of the program with the contour
68. compensation Also define the feed rate and the clearance Activate compensation for the spindle axis Activate compensation for the working plane DIN ISO 11 9 WORKING PLANE Cycle 19 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 261 i G80 Software Option 1 o e 11 9 WORKING PLANE Cycle Position display in the tilted system On activation of Cycle 19 the displayed positions ACTL and NOML and the datum indicated in the additional status display are referenced to the tilted coordinate system The positions displayed immediately after cycle definition might not be the same as the coordinates of the last programmed position before Cycle 19 Workspace monitoring The TNC monitors only those axes in the tilted coordinate system that are moved If necessary the TNC outputs an error message Positioning in a tilted coordinate system With the miscellaneous function M130 you can move the tool while the coordinate system is tilted to positions that are referenced to the non tilted coordinate system Positioning movements with straight lines that are referenced to the machine coordinate system blocks with M91 or M92 can also be executed in a tilted working plane Constraints Positioning is without length compensation Positioning is without machine geometry compensation Tool radius compensation is not permitted 262 Cycles Coordinate Transformations il Combining coordinate transformation cycles When combining coordin
69. cycles 251 to 257 were introduced for milling pockets studs and slots see Overview on page 126 Touch Probe Cycle 412 Additional parameter Q365 type of traverse see DATUM FROM INSIDE OF CIRCLE Cycle 412 DIN ISO G412 on page 328 Touch Probe Cycle 413 Additional parameter Q365 type of traverse see DATUM FROM OUTSIDE OF CIRCLE Cycle 413 DIN ISO G413 on page 332 Touch Probe Cycle 416 Additional parameter Q320 setup clearance see DATUM CIRCLE CENTER Cycle 416 DIN ISO G416 on page 345 Touch Probe Cycle 421 Additional parameter Q365 type of traverse see MEASURE HOLE Cycle 421 DIN ISO G421 on page 376 Touch Probe Cycle 422 Additional parameter Q365 type of traverse see MEAS CIRCLE OUTSIDE Cycle 422 DIN ISO G422 on page 380 Touch Probe Cycle 425 MEASURE SLOT was expanded by parameters Q301 Move to clearance height and Q320 setup clearance see MEASURE INSIDE WIDTH Cycle 425 DIN ISO G425 on page 392 In the machine operating modes Program Run Full Sequence and Program Run Single Block datum tables can now also be selected STATUS M The definition of feed rates in fixed cycles can now also include FU and FZ values The PLANE function for flexible definition of a tilted working place was introduced see User s Manual for Conversational Programming The context sensitive help system TNCguide was introduced see User s Manual for Conversational Programmi
70. defined in FMAX or at rapid traverse Input value FMAX PROBE Position at feed rate from FMAX Input value FMAX MACHINE Pre position at rapid traverse Multiple measurements To increase measuring certainty the TNC can run each probing process up to three times in sequence Define the number of measurements in machine parameter Probe Settings gt Configuration of probe behavior Automatic mode Multiple measurements with probe function f the measured position values differ too greatly the TNC outputs an error message the limit value is defined in confidence range for multiple measurement With multiple measurement it is possible to detect random errors e g from contamination If the measured values lie within the confidence interval the TNC saves the mean value of the measured positions Confidence range for multiple measurement When you perform a multiple measurement you store the value that the measured values may vary in Probe Settings Configuration of probe behavior Automatic mode Confidence range for multiple measurement f the difference in the measured values exceeds the value defined by you the TNC outputs an error message 282 Using Touch Probe Cycles il Executing touch probe cycles All touch probe cycles are DEF active This means that the TNC runs the cycle automatically as soon as the TNC executes the cycle definition in the program run Danger of collision When running touch p
71. defined in the ud T ANGLE column of the tool table TOOL T 0 Centering based on the entered depth A 1 Centering based on the entered diameter gt Depth Q201 incremental value Distance between workpiece surface and centering bottom tip of centering taper Only effective if 0343 0 is defined Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt Diameter algebraic sign 0344 Centering diameter Only effective if 0343 1 is defined Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt Feed rate for plunging 0206 Traversing speed of the tool during centering in mm min Input range 0 to 99999 999 alternatively FAUTO FU gt Dwell time at depth 0211 Time in seconds that the tool remains at the hole bottom Input range 0 to 3600 0000 G240 Advanced Programm gt Workpiece surface coordinate Q203 absolute Coordinate of the workpiece surface Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt 2nd setup clearance 0204 incremental Coordinate in the spindle axis at which no collision between tool and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range O to 99999 9999 3 2 CENTERING Cycle 240 DIN ISO m X D 3 c O T 9 T 60 Fixed Cycles Drilling i 3 3 DRILLING Cycle 200 Cycle run 1 2 The TNC positions the tool in the spindle axis at rapid traverse FMAX to the setup clearance above the workpiece surface The tool drills to the first plunging depth at the programmed feed rate F
72. gt Thread depth 0201 incremental Distance between workpiece surface and end of thread Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt Pitch 0239 Pitch of the thread The algebraic sign differentiates between right hand and left hand threads right hand thread left hand thread Input range 99 9999 to 99 9999 gt Workpiece surface coordinate Q203 absolute Coordinate of the workpiece surface Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt 2nd setup clearance Q204 incremental Coordinate in the spindle axis at which no collision between tool and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range O to 99999 9999 Infeed depth for chip breaking O257 incremental Depth at which TNC carries out chip breaking Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Retraction rate for chip breaking O256 The TNC multiplies the pitch Q239 by the programmed value and retracts the tool by the calculated value during chip breaking If you enter 0256 O the TNC retracts the tool completely from the hole to the setup clearance for chip breaking Input range 0 1000 to 99999 9999 Angle for spindle orientation 0336 absolute Angle at which the TNC positions the tool before machining the thread This allows you to regroove the thread If required Input range 360 0000 to 360 0000 gt RPM factor for retraction 0403 Factor by which the TNC increases the spindle speed and therefore also the retraction feed rate when retracting f
73. in which the tool moves away from the edge of the hole Check the position of the tool tip when you program a spindle orientation to the angle that you enter in Q336 for example in the Positioning with Manual Data Input mode of operation Set the angle so that the tool tip is parallel to a coordinate axis During retraction the TNC automatically takes an active rotation of the coordinate system into account Fixed Cycles Drilling il Cycle parameters 202 Setup clearance O200 incremental Distance between tool tip and workpiece surface Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Depth O201 incremental Distance between workpiece surface and bottom of hole Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Feed rate for plunging O206 Traversing speed of the tool during boring at mm min Input range 0 to 99999 999 alternatively FAUTO FU Dwell time at depth 0211 Time in seconds that the tool remains at the hole bottom Input range O to 3600 0000 Retraction feed rate O208 Traversing speed of the tool in mm min when retracting from the hole If you enter Q208 O0 the tool retracts at feed rate for plunging Input range O to 99999 999 alternatively FMAX FAUTO Workpiece surface coordinate 0203 absolute Coordinate of the workpiece surface Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 2nd setup clearance O204 incremental Coordinate in the spindle axis at which no collision between tool and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range O
74. is to be retracted completely from the hole for chip breaking 1 A e 98 The TNC positions the tool in the tool axis at rapid traverse FMAX to the programmed setup clearance above the workpiece surface There it carries out an oriented spindle stop The tool moves to the programmed infeed depth reverses the direction of spindle rotation and retracts by a specific distance or completely for chip breaking depending on the definition If you have defined a factor for increasing the spindle speed the TNC retracts from the hole at the corresponding speed It then reverses the direction of spindle rotation again and advances to the next infeed depth The TNC repeats this process 2 to 3 until the programmed thread depth is reached The tool is then retracted to the setup clearance If programmed the tool moves to the 2nd setup clearance at FMAX The TNC stops the spindle turning at setup clearance Fixed Cycles Tapping Thread Milling il uondO cb saoinje9 4 Buruure1504d pe2ueApy 6029 OSI NIG 602 21949 9NDIV3H8 dIHD HLIM ONlddYL t t O o Please note while programming HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 ion 5 O c O lt G2 Programming Features Software Opt 4 4 TAPPING WITH CHIP BREAKING Cycle 209 DIN ISO 100 Cycle parameters gt Setup clearance Q200 incremental Distance between tool tip at starting position and workpiece surface Input range 0 to 99999 9999
75. logic see Executing touch probe cycles on page 283 The TNC calculates the touch points from the data in the cycle and the safety clearance from the SET UP column of the touch probe table Then the touch probe moves to the entered measuring height and probes the first touch point at the probing feed rate column F The TNC derives the probing direction automatically from the programmed starting angle Then the touch probe moves in a circular arc either at measuring height or at clearance height to the next starting point 2 and probes the second touch point The TNC positions the probe to starting point 3 and then to starting point 4 to probe the third and fourth touch points Finally the TNC returns the touch probe to the clearance height and processes the determined datum depending on the cycle parameters Q303 and Q305 see Saving the calculated datum on page 312 and saves the actual values in the Q parameters listed below If desired the TNC subsequently measures the datum in the touch probe axis in a separate probing Q151 Actual value of center in reference axis Q152 Actual value of center in minor axis Q153 Actual value of diameter 328 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Datum Setting il Please note while programming Danger of collision To prevent a collision between the touch probe and the workpiece enter a low estimate for the nominal diameter of the pocket or hole G412 If the dimensions of the pock
76. negative clockwise in which the touch probe moves to the next measuring point If you wish to probe a circular arc instead of a complete circle then program the stepping angle to be less than 90 Input range 120 0000 to 120 0000 LL lt e LO HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 329 il G412 15 6 DATUM Mu INSIDE OF CIRCLE Cycle 412 DIN ISO 330 Measuring height in the touch probe axis 0261 absolute Coordinate of the ball tip center 2 touch point in the touch probe axis in which the measurement is to be made Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Setup clearance O320 incremental Additional distance between measuring point and ball tip Q320 is added to SET UP touch probe table Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Clearance height O260 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which no collision between touch probe and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Traversing to clearance height O301 Definition of how the touch probe is to move between the measuring points 0 Move at measuring height between measuring points 1 Move at clearance height between measuring points Datum number in table O305 Enter the number in the datum preset table in which the TNC is to save the coordinates of the pocket center If you enter Q30520 the TNC automatically sets the display so that the new datum is at the center of the pocket Input range O to 2999 New datum for reference axis O331
77. of hole tip of drill taper Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Feed rate for plunging O206 Traversing speed of the tool during drilling in mm min Input range O to 99999 999 alternatively FAUTO FU Plunging depth O202 incremental Infeed per cut Input range 0 to 99999 9999 The depth does not have to be a multiple of the plunging depth The TNC will go to depth in one movement if E the plunging depth is equal to the depth the plunging depth is greater than the depth Dwell time at top O210 Time in seconds that the tool remains at setup clearance after having been retracted from the hole for chip release Input range O to 3600 0000 Workpiece surface coordinate O203 absolute Coordinate of the workpiece surface Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt 2nd setup clearance 0204 incremental Coordinate in the spindle axis at which no collision between tool and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range O to 99999 9999 gt Dwell time at depth O21 1 Time in seconds that the tool remains at the hole bottom Input range O to 3600 0000 62 m X D 3 c O T 9 T Fixed Cycles Drilling i 3 4 REAMING Cycle 201 DIN ISO G201 Advanced Programming Features Software Option Cycle run 1 The INC positions the tool in the spindle axis to the entered setup clearance above the workpiece surface at rapid traverse FMAX 2 The tool reams to the ente
78. of the ridge center If you enter O305 0 the TNC automatically sets the display so that the new datum is on the slot center Input range 0 to 2999 New datum 0405 absolute Coordinate in the measuring axis at which the TNC should set the calculated ridge center Default setting 0 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Se MOC miele TK ps Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Datum Setting il Measured value transfer 0 1 0303 Specify whether the determined datum is to be saved in the datum table or in the preset table 0 Write determined datum in the active datum table The reference system is the active workpiece coordinate system 1 Write determined datum in the preset table The reference system is the machine coordinate system REF system Probe in TS axis 0381 Specify whether the TNC should also set the datum in the touch probe axis 0 Do not set datum in the touch probe axis 1 Set datum in the touch probe axis Probe TS axis Coord 1st axis 0382 absolute Coordinate of the probe point in the reference axis of the working plane at which point the reference point is to be set in the touch probe axis Only effective if 0381 1 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Probe TS axis Coord 2nd axis 0383 absolute Coordinate of the probe point in the minor axis of the working plane at which point the reference point is to be set in the touch probe axis Only effective if 0381 1 Input range 99999
79. out the roughing process only slot milling Maximum slot width for roughing Twice the tool diameter Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Finishing allowance for side O368 incremental Finishing allowance in the working plane Angle of rotation O374 absolute Angle by which the entire slot is rotated The center of rotation is the position at which the tool is located when the cycle is called Input range 360 000 to 360 000 Slot position 0 1 2 3 4 O367 Position of the slot in reference to the position of the tool when the cycle is called 0 Tool position Center of slot 1 Tool position Left end of slot 2 Tool position Center of left slot circle 3 Tool position Center of right slot circle 4 Tool position Right end of slot Feed rate for milling 0207 Traversing speed of the tool during milling in mm min Input range 0 to 99999 999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ Climb or up cut 0351 Type of milling operation with M3 1 climb milling 1 up cut milling Fixed Cycles Pocket Milling Stud Milling Slot Milling il Depth 0201 incremental Distance between workpiece surface and bottom of slot Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Plunging depth O202 incremental Infeed per cut Enter a value greater than O Input range O to 99999 9999 Finishing allowance for floor O369 incremental Finishing allowance in the tool axis Input range O to 99999 9999 Feed rate for plunging O206 Traversing spe
80. pattern 2 CYCL 200 is called automatically Q200 0203 and 0204 are effective as defined in Cycle 220 Retract in the tool axis end program HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 165 i 6 4 proin Examples 166 Fixed Cycles Pattern Definitions il Fixed Cycles Contour Pocket 71 SL Cycles 741 SL Cycles Fundamentals SL cycles enable you to form complex contours by combining up to 12 subcontours pockets or islands You define the individual subcontours in subprograms The TNC calculates the total contour from the subcontours subprogram numbers that you enter in Cycle 14 CONTOUR GEOMETRY You can program up to 16384 contour elements in one e The memory capacity for programming the cycle is limited cycle SL cycles conduct comprehensive and complex internal calculations as well as the resulting machining operations For safety reasons always run a graphical program test before machining This is a simple way of finding out whether the TNC calculated program will provide the desired results Characteristics of the Subprograms Coordinate transformations are allowed If they are programmed within the subcontour they are also effective in the following subprograms but they need not be reset after the cycle call The TNC ignores feed rates F and miscellaneous functions M E The TNC recognizes a pocket if the tool path lies inside the contour for example if you machine the contour clockwise with radius compensation RR
81. rectangle from outside Workpiece measure inside width slot Workpiece measure outside width ridge Workpiece measure in any selectable axis Workpiece measure bolt hole circle Workpiece measure plane Calibrating the TT Measure Inspect the tool length Measure Inspect the tool radius Measure Inspect the tool length and the tool radius Page 384 Page 388 Page 392 Page 395 Page 398 Page 401 Page 401 Page 423 Page 424 Page 426 Page 428 HEIDENHAIN DR JOHANNES HEIDENHAIN GmbH Dr Johannes Heidenhain Strafe 5 83301 Traunreut Germany 49 8669 31 0 49 8669 5061 E mail info heidenhain de Technical support 49 8669 32 1000 Measuring systems 49 8669 31 3104 E mail service ms support heidenhain de TNC support 49 8669 31 3101 E mail service nc support heidenhain de NC programming 49 8669 31 3103 E mail service nc pgm heidenhain de PLC programming 49 8669 31 3102 E mail service plc heidenhain de Lathe controls gt 49 8669 31 3105 E mail service lathe support heidenhain de www heidenhain de 3 D Touch Probe Systems from HEIDENHAIN help you to reduce non cutting time For example in e workpiece alignment e datum setting e workpiece measurement e digitizing 3 D surfaces with the workpiece touch probes TS 220 with cable TS 640 with infrared transmission e tool measurement e wear monitoring e tool breakage monitoring with the tool touch probe TT 14
82. saves the deviation value in system parameters 1 Following the positioning logic see Executing touch probe cycles on page 283 the TNC positions the touch probe at rapid traverse value from column FMAX to the center of the first hole 1 2 hen the probe moves to the entered measuring height and probes four points to find the first hole center 3 The touch probe returns to the clearance height and then to the position entered as center of the second hole 2 4 The TNC moves the touch probe to the entered measuring height and probes four points to find the second hole center 5 The touch probe returns to the clearance height and then to the position entered as center of the third hole 3 6 The TNC moves the touch probe to the entered measuring height and probes four points to find the third hole center 7 Finally the TNC returns the touch probe to the clearance height and saves the actual values and the deviations in the following O EAS BOLT HOLE CIRC Cycle 430 DIN ISO parameters _Parameternumber Meaning Q151 Actual value of center in reference axis 0152 Actual value of center in minor axis 0153 Actual value of bolt hole circle diameter 0161 Deviation at center of reference axis Q162 Deviation at center of minor axis Q163 Deviation of bolt hole circle diameter Please note while programming Before a cycle definition you must have programmed a tool call to define the touch probe axis
83. select another datum table with SEL TABLE or through PGM MGT 246 Example NC blocks Cycles Coordinate Transformations il Editing the datum table in the Programming and Editing mode of operation save the change with the ENT key Otherwise the change e After you have changed a value in a datum table you must might not be included during program run Select the datum table in the Programming and Editing mode of operation Press the PGM MGT key to call the file manager MGT Display the datum tables Press the soft keys SELECT TYPE and SHOW D Select the desired table or enter a new file name Edit the file The soft key row comprises the following functions for editing Select beginning of table BEGIN Select end of table Go to previous page LIE Go to next page v D o m Insert line only possible at end of table INSERT LINE Delete line DELETE LINE MH Find FIND Go to beginning of line BEGIN lt Go to end of line END LINE gt Copy the present value cory COPY Insert the copied value PASTE Add the entered number of lines reference points to the end of the table N LINES HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 G53 11 3 DATUM Shift ME ni Tables Cycle 7 DIN ISO d G53 11 3 DATUM Shift with Blum Tables Cycle 7 DIN ISO Configuring the datum table If you do not wish to define a datum for an active axis press the DEL key Then the TNC clears the numerical
84. soft key aai Page 405 row Measuring the A and B axis angles id of a plane 16 1 Fundamentals Recording the results of measurement For all cycles in which you automatically measure workpieces with the exception of Cycles 0 and 1 you can have the TNC record the measurement results In the respective probing cycle you can define if the TNC is to save the measuring log to a file Interrupt the program run and display the measuring log on the screen Create no measuring log If you want to save the measuring log to a file the TNC by default saves the data as an ASCII file in the directory TNC you wish to output the measuring log via the data e Use the HEIDENHAIN data transfer software TNCremo if interface HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 365 il EL rer C E c LL ME e q Example Measuring log for touch probe cycle 421 Measuring log for Probing Cycle 421 Hole Measuring Date 30 06 2005 Time 6 55 04 Measuring program TNCAGEH35712 CHECK1 H Nominal values Center in reference axis 50 0000 Center in minor axis 65 0000 Diameter 12 0000 Given limit values Maximum dimension for center in reference axis 50 1000 Minimum limit for center in reference axis 49 9000 Maximum limit for center in minor axis 65 1000 Minimum limit for center in minor axis 64 9000 Maximum dimension for hole 12 0450 Minimum dimension for hole 12 0000 Actual values Center in reference axis 50 0810 Center in
85. status L Input range 0 to 0 9999 mm Permissible deviation from tool radius R for wear detection If the entered value is exceeded the TNC locks the tool status I Input range 0 to 0 9999 mm Cutting direction of the tool for measuring the tool during rotation For tool length measurement Tool offset between stylus center and tool center Default setting No value entered offset tool radius Tool radius measurement tool offset in addition to offsetToolAxis between upper surface of stylus and lower surface of tool Default O Permissible deviation from tool length L for breakage detection If the entered value is exceeded the TNC locks the tool status L Input range O to 0 9999 mm Permissible deviation from tool radius R for breakage detection If the entered value is exceeded the TNC locks the tool status I Input range O to 0 9999 mm HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Number of teeth Wear tolerance length Wear tolerance radius Cutting direction M3 Tool offset radius Tool offset length Breakage tolerance length Breakage tolerance radius 421 18 1 Fundamentals 18 1 Fundamentals Input examples for common tool types Drill End mill with diameter of lt 19 mm End mill with diameter of gt 19 mm Radius cutter 422 no function 4 teeth 4 4 teeth 4 4 teeth 0 no offset required because tool tip is to be measured 0 no offset required becau
86. stop Page 272 Page 171 Tilting the working plane Page 258 Contour data SL Il Page 176 Page 178 Rough out SL Il Page 180 Floor finishing SL II Page 183 Page 184 Side finishing SL Il Page 186 Page 256 Axis specific scaling Page 197 Cylindrical surface slot Page 200 Page 203 Page 273 Tolerance Page 61 Universal drilling Page 69 Page 73 Universal pecking i d Page 77 Overview Overview 206 207 208 209 220 221 230 291 232 240 241 247 251 252 253 254 256 257 262 263 264 265 267 434 Tapping with a floating tap holder new Rigid tapping new Bore milling Tapping with Chip Breaking Circular point pattern Linear point pattern Multipass milling Ruled surface Face milling Centering single fluted deep hole drilling Datum setting Rectangular pocket complete machining Circular pocket complete machining Key way milling Circular slot Rectangular stud complete machining Circular stud complete machining Thread milling Thread milling countersinking Thread drilling milling Helical thread drilling milling Outside thread milling Page 93 Page 95 Page 81 Page 98 Page 159 Page 162 Page 227 Page 229 Page 233 Page 59 Page 84 Page 249 Page 127 Page 132 Page 136 Page 141 Page 146 Page 150 Page 103 Page 106 Page 110 Page 114 Page 118 Touch Probe Cycles 0 30 31 32 33 400 401 402 403 404 405 4
87. surface Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt 2nd setup clearance O204 incremental Coordinate in the spindle axis at which no collision between tool and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range O to 99999 9999 Path overlap factor 0370 0370 x tool radius stepover factor k Input range 0 1 to 1 9999 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 OP c 22 m So O TS HB o cuo S9 oZ Example NC blocks lt o mN LO LL N g O 2 e N LO N gt e Y cc lt Q oc Q E LO O1 QJ 5 8 Programming Examples 5 8 Progr ino Examples Definition of workpiece blank Call the tool for roughing finishing Retract the tool 154 Fixed Cycles Pocket Milling Stud Milling Slot Milling i 6 L X 50 Y 50 7 CYCL DEF 252 CIRCULAR POCKET RO M3 M99 0215 0 MACHINING OPERATION Q223 50 CIRCLE DIAMETER Q368 0 2 ALLOWANCE FOR SIDE Q207 500 FEED RATE FOR MILLING Q351 1 CLIMB OR UP CUT Q201 30 DEPTH Q202 5 PLUNGING DEPTH Q369 0 1 ALLOWANCE FOR FLOOR Q206 150 FEED RATE FOR PLUNGING Q338 5 INFEED FOR FINISHING Q200 2 SETUP CLEARANCE Q203 0 SURFACE COORDINATE Q204 50 2ND SETUP CLEARANCE 037071 TOOL PATH OVERLAP Q366 1 s PLUNGE Q385 750 FEED RATE FOR FINISHING Call cycle for machining the contour outside Define CIRCULAR POCKET MILLING cycle 5 CYCL DEF 256 RECTANGULAR STUD Define cycle for machining the contour outside 2
88. table the TNC will automatically use the following rotary axes C for tool axis Z B for tool axis Y A for tool axis X 14 4 BASIC ROTATI 296 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Measurement of Workpiece Misalignment il Cycle parameters 402 1st stud Center in 1st axis absolute Center of the first stud in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 1st stud Center in 2nd axis 0269 absolute Center of the first stud in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Diameter of stud 1 O313 Approximate diameter of the 1st stud Enter a value that is more likely to be too large than too small Input range O to 99999 9999 Measuring height 1 in the probe axis O261 absolute Coordinate of the ball tip center 2 touch point in the touch probe axis at which stud 1 is to be measured Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 2nd stud Center in 1st axis O270 absolute Center of the second stud in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 2nd stud Center in 2nd axis O271 absolute Center of the second stud in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Diameter of stud 2 O314 Approximate diameter of the 2nd stud Enter a value that is more likely to be too large than too small Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Measuring height 2 in the probe axis O315 absolute Coordinate of the ball tip center 2
89. the hole center both with a vertical and horizontal touch probe axis The measured angular misalignment is also available in parameter Q150 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 n xo oQ 26 50 o gt ez so oS c es a2 Ce gt oO E cC D E A 14 7 Compensating os M j d Please note while programming OVD OSI NIG SOP 21949 xy 9 ou Dune1oy Ag 13ueuuuBiesi ug 92914 2 0 Dunesueduio tL Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Measurement of Workpiece Misalignment i 304 Cycle parameters Center in 1st axis 0321 absolute Center of the hole in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Center in 2nd axis 0322 absolute value Center of the hole in the minor axis of the working plane If you program Q322 0 the TNC aligns the hole center to the positive Y axis If you program Q322 not equal to 0 then the TNC aligns the hole center to the nominal position angle of the hole center Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Nominal diameter Q262 Approximate diameter of the circular pocket or hole Enter a value that is more likely to be too small than too large Input range O to 99999 9999 Starting angle 0325 absolute Angle between the reference axis of the working plane and the first touch point Input range 360 000 to 360 000 Stepping angle O247 incremental Angle between two measuring points The algebraic sign of the stepping angle determines the direction
90. the calculated datum in the display The new datum is active immediately At the same time the TNC saves the datum set in the display by the cycle in line O of the preset table Q305 not equal to 0 Q303 z 1 e This combination can only occur if you read in programs containing Cycles 410 to 418 created on a INC 4xx read in programs containing Cycles 410 to 418 created with an older software version on an ITNC 530 did not specifically define the measured value transfer with parameter Q303 when defining the cycle 15 1 Fundamentals In these cases the TNC outputs an error message since the complete handling of REF referenced datum tables has changed You must define a measured value transfer yourself with parameter 0303 Q305 not equal to 0 Q303 0 The TNC writes the calculated reference point in the active datum table The reference system is the active workpiece coordinate system The value of parameter Q305 determines the datum number Activate datum with Cycle 7 in the part program Q305 not equal to 0 Q303 1 The TNC writes the calculated reference point in the preset table The reference system is the machine coordinate system REF coordinates The value of parameter Q305 determines the preset number Activate preset with Cycle 247 in the part program Measurement results in Q parameters The TNC saves the measurement results of the respective touch probe cycle in the globally effective Q parameters Q150 to 0160 Y
91. the cycle parameters Q303 and Q305 see Saving the calculated datum on page 312 Please note while programming Before a cycle definition you must have programmed a tool call to define the touch probe axis If you use Cycle 419 several times in succession to save the datum in more than one axis in the preset table you must activate the preset number last written to by Cycle 419 after every execution of Cycle 419 this is not required if you overwrite the active preset HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 SECUS CSS DIS Eni G419 a ne IN ONE AXIS Cycle 419 DIN ISO j il G419 5 barum IN ONE AXIS Cycle 419 DIN ISO Cycle parameters 356 1st meas point 1st axis 0263 absolute Coordinate of the first touch point in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 1st meas point 2nd axis 0264 absolute Coordinate of the first touch point in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Measuring height in the touch probe axis 0261 absolute Coordinate of the ball tip center touch point in the touch probe axis in which the measurement is to be made Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Setup clearance O320 incremental Additional distance between measuring point and ball tip Q320 is added to SET UP touch probe table Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Clearance height O260 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which no collision bet
92. there at rapid traverse to the pocket center 4 This process is repeated until the programmed pocket depth is reached Finishing 5 Inasmuch as finishing allowances are defined the TNC then finishes the pocket walls in multiple infeeds if so specified The pocket wall is approached tangentially 6 Then the TNC finishes the floor of the pocket from the inside out The pocket floor is approached tangentially 5 3 CIRCULAR POCKET Cycle 252 DIN ISO 132 Fixed Cycles Pocket Milling Stud Milling Slot Milling il uondO s1eMm Surwutwue1i6oid Please note while programming S9Jnjeo J 9ueApy ZGZD OSI NIG ZSZ 21949 LIH90Od uvi1noulo E S k i HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Er Cycle parameters 252 Machining operation 0 1 2 0215 Define the cu n e m e machining operation 0 Roughing and finishing 1 Only roughing i D 2 Only finishing o Side finishing and floor finishing are only executed if the finishing allowances 0368 0369 have been A s defined Circle diameter 0223 Diameter of the finished pocket Input range 0 to 99999 9999 cw Finishing allowance for side Q368 incremental ec Finishing allowance in the working plane Input range e 5 0 to 99999 9999 t T Feed rate for milling 0207 Traversing speed of the Q tool during milling in mm min Input range O to N LL 99999 999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ LO Climb or up cut 0351 Type of milling operation with D M3
93. to move Confirm with ENT Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Feed rate for measurement Enter the measuring feed rate in mm min Input range O to 3000 000 Maximum retraction path lraverse path in the direction opposite the probing direction after the stylus was deflected The TNC returns the touch probe to a point no farther than the starting point so that there can be no collision Input range O to 99999 9999 Reference system 0 ACT 1 REF Specify whether the probing direction and the result of measurement are to be referenced to the actual coordinate system ACT can be shifted or rotated or to the machine coordinate system REF 0 Probe in the current system and save measurement result in the ACT system 1 Probe in the machine based REF system and save measurement result in the REF system Error mode 0 0FF 1 0N Specify whether the TNC is to issue an error message if the stylus is deflected at cycle start If you select mode 1 the TNC saves the value 2 0 in the 4th result parameter and continues the cycle Error mode 0 0FF 1 0N Specify whether the TNC is to issue an error message if the stylus is deflected at cycle start If you select mode 1 the TNC saves the value 2 0 in the 4th result parameter and continues the cycle 0 Issue error message 1 Do not issue error message Example NC blocks Touch Probe Cycles Special Functions il bili P 1 i Measurement
94. tool is at the 2nd setup clearance it moves at rapid traverse FMAX to the set up clearance and from there advances to the first plunging depth at the feed rate for plunging The tool then moves tangentially on a semicircle to the stud contour and machines one revolution If the finished diameter cannot be machined with one revolution the TNC performs a stepover with the current factor and machines another revolution The TNC takes the dimensions of the workpiece blank diameter the finished diameter and the permitted stepover into account This process is repeated until the defined finished diameter has been reached The tool then tangentially departs the contour on a semicircle and returns to the starting point for the stud machining The TNC then plunges the tool to the next plunging depth and machines the stud at this depth This process is repeated until the programmed stud depth is reached 150 Fixed Cycles Pocket Milling Stud Milling Slot Milling il uondO s1eMm SuIwutwue1i60o14 Please note while programming S9Jnjeo 9ueApy 7825 OSI NIG 482 21949 GNLS 4V1N9419 Z S pet 151 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Programming gt lt NN LO N O 5 7 CIRCULAR STUD Cycle 257 DIN ISO Cycle parameters O C Fun o S d o Sum a o LL 257 Le 152 Finished part diameter O223 Diameter of the completely machined stud Input range 0 to 9
95. touch point in the touch probe axis at which stud 2 is to be measured Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Setup clearance O320 incremental Additional distance between measuring point and ball tip 0320 is added to SET UP touch probe table Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Clearance height O260 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which no collision between touch probe and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 SEP ORTCHPROBE TH 0320 G402 X 14 4 BASIC be over Two Studs Cycle 402 DIN ISO j d Traversing to clearance height 0301 Definition of how the touch probe is to move between the measuring points 0 Move at measuring height between measuring points 1 Move at clearance height between measuring points G402 m X D 3 9 D c O T 9 T Default setting for basic rotation O307 absolute If the misalignment is to be measured against a straight line other than the reference axis enter the angle of this reference line The TNC will then calculate the difference between the value measured and the angle of the reference line for the basic rotation Input range 360 000 to 360 000 Preset number in table O305 Enter the preset number in the table in which the TNC is to save the determined basic rotation If you enter Q30520 the TNC automatically places the determined basic rotatio
96. whether the TNC Is to create a measuring log 0 No measuring log 1 Generate measuring log the TNC saves the log file TCHPR421 TXT by default in the directory TNCX 2 Interrupt the program run and display the measuring log on the screen Resume program run with NC Start PGM stop if tolerance error O309 Definition of whether in the event of a violation of tolerance limits the TNC is to interrupt the program run and output an error message 0 Do not interrupt program run no error message 1 Interrupt program run output an error message Tool number for monitoring O330 Definition of whether the TNC is to monitor the tool see Tool monitoring on page 368 Input range 0 to 32767 9 alternatively tool name with max 16 characters 0 Monitoring not active 20 Tool number in the tool table TOOL T No of measuring points 4 3 0423 Specify whether the TNC should measure the stud with 4 or 3 probing points 4 Use 4 measuring points standard setting 3 Use 3 measuring points Type of traverse Line 0 Arc 1 0365 Definition of the path function with which the tool is to move between the measuring points if traverse to clearance height Q301 1 is active 0 Move between operations on a straight line 1 Move between operations on the pitch circle HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 m X D 3 D c O za a T G421 16 5 MEASURE HOLE Cycle 421 DIN ISO k i 16 6 MEAS CIRCLE OUTSIDE Cycle 422 DIN ISO G4
97. which the TNC is to align the probed straight line Only effective if the rotary axis C is selected 0312 6 Input range 360 000 to 360 000 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 m x o 3 2 D c O 22 o o o 30 EI me G403 ia Rotary Axis Cycle 403 DIN ISO ion V 14 5 BASIC I Compensat G404 14 6 Mes ROTATION Cycle 404 DIN ISO 14 6 SET BASIC ROTATION Cycle 404 DIN ISO G404 Cycle run With Touch Probe Cycle 404 you can set any basic rotation Example NC blocks automatically during program run This cycle is intended primarily for resetting a previous basic rotation Cycle parameters apa Preset value for basic rotation Angular value at Ko which the basic rotation is to be set Input range 360 000 to 360 000 Number in table 0305 Enter the number in the preset table in which the TNC is to save the defined basic rotation Input range 0 to 2999 302 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Measurement of Workpiece Misalignment il 14 7 Compensating Workpiece Misalignment by Rotating the C Axis Cycle 405 DIN ISO G405 Cycle run With Touch Probe Cycle 405 you can measure the angular offset between the positive Y axis of the active coordinate system and the center of a hole or the angular offset between the nominal position and the actual position of a hole center The TNC compensates the determined angular offset by rotating the C axis The workpiece can be clamped in any position on the rot
98. 0 679 295 20 Ver00 SWO2 3 7 2009 FAW Printed in Germany HAT UN A
99. 08 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 Reference plane Polar datum Measuring Calibrating the TT Measure Inspect the tool length Measure Inspect the tool radius Measure Inspect the tool length and the tool radius Basic rotation using two points Basic rotation from two holes Basic rotation from two studs Compensate misalignment with rotary axis oet basic rotation Compensate misalignment with the C axis Reference point at slot center FCL 3 function Reference point at ridge center FCL 3 function Datum from inside of rectangle Datum from outside of rectangle Datum from inside of circle hole Datum from outside of circle stud Datum from outside of corner Datum from inside of corner Datum from circle center Datum in touch probe axis Datum at center between four holes Datum in any one axis Workpiece measure angle Workpiece measure hole center and diameter of hole Workpiece measure circle from outside diameter of circular stud HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Page 370 Page 371 Page 415 Page 423 Page 424 Page 426 Page 428 Page 290 Page 293 Page 296 Page 299 Page 302 Page 303 Page 313 Page 317 Page 320 Page 324 Page 328 Page 332 Page 336 Page 341 Page 345 Page 349 Page 351 Page 355 Page 373 Page 376 Page 380 d Overview Overview 423 424 425 426 427 430 431 480 481 482 483 436 Workpiece measure rectangle from inside Workpiece measure
100. 14 DIN ISO G414 336 Cycle run 336 Please note while programming 337 Cycle parameters 338 15 9 DATUM FROM INSIDE OF CORNER Cycle 415 DIN ISO 6415 341 Cycle run 341 Please note while programming 342 Cycle parameters 342 28 15 10 DATUM CIRCLE CENTER Cycle 416 DIN ISO G416 345 Cycle run 345 Please note while programming 346 Cycle parameters 346 15 11 DATUM IN TOUCH PROBE AXIS Cycle 417 DIN ISO G417 349 Cycle run 349 Please note while programming 349 Cycle parameters 350 15 12 DATUM AT CENTER OF 4 HOLES Cycle 418 DIN ISO 6418 351 Cycle run 35 Please note while programming 352 Cycle parameters 352 15 13 DATUM IN ONE AXIS Cycle 419 DIN ISO G419 355 Cycle run 355 Please note while programming 355 Cycle parameters 356 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 16 1 Fundamentals 364 Overview 364 Recording the results of measurement 365 Measurement results in Q parameters 367 Classification of results 367 Tolerance monitoring 368 Tool monitoring 368 Reference system for measurement results 369 16 2 REF PLANE Cycle 0 DIN ISO G55 370 Cycle run 3 0 Please note while programming 370 Cycle parameters 3 0 16 3 POLAR REFERENCE PLANE Cycle 1 371 Cycle run 971 Please note while programming 371 Cycle par
101. 14 3 BASIC ROTA HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 293 il Cycle parameters qF 401 1st hole Center in 1st axis O268 absolute Center g co of the first hole in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 1st hole Center in 2nd axis O269 absolute Center of the first hole in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 2nd hole Center in 1st axis O270 absolute Center of the second hole in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 2nd hole Center in 2nd axis O271 absolute Center of the second hole in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 0270 Measuring height in the touch probe axis O261 absolute Coordinate of the ball tip center 2 touch point in the touch probe axis in which the measurement is to be made Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Clearance height O260 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which no collision between touch probe and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Default setting for basic rotation O307 absolute If the misalignment is to be measured against a straight line other than the reference axis enter the angle of this reference line The TNC will then calculate the difference between the value measured and the angle of the reference line for the basic rotation Input range 360 000 to 360 000 from Two Holes
102. 22 G422 Cycle run Touch Probe Cycle 422 measures the center and diameter of a circular stud If you define the corresponding tolerance values in the cycle the TNC makes a nominal to actual value comparison and saves the deviation value in system parameters 1 The INC positions the touch probe to the starting point 1 at rapid traverse value from FMAX column following the positioning logic see Executing touch probe cycles on page 283 The TNC calculates the touch points from the data in the cycle and the safety clearance from the SET UP column of the touch probe table 2 Then the touch probe moves to the entered measuring height and probes the first touch point at the probing feed rate column F The TNC derives the probing direction automatically from the programmed starting angle Then the touch probe moves in a circular arc either at measuring height or at clearance height to the next starting point 2 and probes the second touch point 4 The INC positions the probe to starting point 3 and then to starting point 4 to probe the third and fourth touch points 5 Finally the TNC returns the touch probe to the clearance height and saves the actual values and the deviations in the following O EAS CIRCLE OUTSIDE Cycle 422 DIN ISO parameters Q151 Actual value of center in reference axis Q152 Actual value of center in minor axis Q153 Actual value of diameter Q161 Deviation at center of reference axis Q162 Deviation
103. 3 0265 ml Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Workpiece Inspection il Traverse direction 1 O267 Direction in which the probe is to approach the workpiece 1 Negative traverse direction 1 Positive traverse direction Measuring height in the touch probe axis 0261 absolute Coordinate of the ball tip center 2 touch point in the touch probe axis in which the measurement is to be made Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Setup clearance 0320 incremental Additional distance between measuring point and ball tip Q320 is added to SET UP touch probe table Input range O to 99999 9999 Clearance height O260 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which no collision between touch probe and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Traversing to clearance height O301 Definition of how the touch probe is to move between the measuring points 0 Move at measuring height between measuring points 1 Move at clearance height between measuring points Measuring log 0281 Definition of whether the TNC is to create a measuring log 0 No measuring log 1 Generate measuring log the TNC saves the log file TCHPR420 TXT by default in the directory TNCA 2 Interrupt the program run and display the measuring log on the screen Resume program run with NC Start HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Q260 Example NC blocks m 16 4 MEASURE ANGLE Cycle 420 DIN ISO G420 o i
104. 33 Cycle run 239 Please note while programming 23b Cycle parameters 235 10 5 Programming Examples 2398 22 11 1 Fundamentals 242 Overview 242 Effect of coordinate transformations 242 11 2 DATUM SHIFT Cycle 7 DIN ISO G54 243 Effect 243 Cycle parameters 243 11 3 DATUM Shift with Datum Tables Cycle 7 DIN ISO G53 244 Effect 244 Please note while programming 245 Cycle parameters 246 selecting a datum table in the part program 246 Editing the datum table in the Programming and Editing mode of operation 247 Configuring the datum table 248 To leave a datum table 248 Status displays 248 11 4 DATUM SETTING Cycle 247 DIN ISO G247 249 ENEC uas 249 Please note before programming 249 Cycle parameters 249 Status displays 249 11 5 MIRROR IMAGE Cycle 8 DIN ISO G28 250 Effect 250 Please note while programming 250 Cycle parameters 25 11 6 ROTATION Cycle 10 DIN ISO G73 252 Effect 252 Please note while programming 252 Cycle parameters 253 11 7 SCALING Cycle 11 DIN ISO G72 254 Effect 2b4 Cycle parameters 255 11 8 AXIS SPECIFIC SCALING Cycle 26 256 Effect 256 Please note while programming 256 Cycle parameters 201 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 11 9 WORKING PLANE Cycle 19 DIN ISO G80 Software Option 1
105. 5 Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Upper advanced stop distance 0258 incremental Setup clearance for rapid traverse positioning when the TNC moves the tool again to the current plunging depth after retraction from the hole value for the first plunging depth Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Lower advanced stop distance O259 incremental Setup clearance for rapid traverse positioning when the TNC moves the tool again to the current plunging depth after retraction from the hole value for the last plunging depth Input range 0 to 99999 9999 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 79 Q L e LO eN o A 2 Q x Q LLI Q l lt Y cc LLI 2 c er eo ming ption T P z A ER 9 gy coo SP T 2 qo LO LL e e O gt Infeed depth for chip breaking 0257 incremental Depth at which the TNC carries out chip breaking No chip breaking if O is entered Input range O to 99999 9999 Retraction rate for chip breaking O256 incremental Value by which the TNC retracts the tool during chip breaking The TNC retracts the tool at a feed rate of 3000 mm min Input range 0 1000 to 99999 9999 Dwell time at depth 0211 Time in seconds that the tool remains at the hole bottom Input range 0 to 3600 0000 Deepened starting point 0379 incremental with respect to the workpiece surface Starting position of drilling if a shorter tool has already pilot drilled to a certain depth The TNC moves
106. 65 267 Finishing of rectangular and circular pockets and studs Cycles 212 to 215 251 to 257 Clearing level and oblique surfaces Cycles 230 to 232 Straight slots and circular slots Cycles 210 211 253 254 Linear and circular point patterns Cycles 220 221 E Contour train contour pocket also with contour parallel machining Cycles 20 to 25 OEM cycles special cycles developed by the machine tool builder can be integrated Program verification graphics program run graphics I Plan view Projection in three planes 3 D view Tool compensation M120 Radius compensated contour look ahead for up to 99 blocks look ahead 3 D machining M118 Superimpose handwheel positioning during program run Pallet editor Communication with external PC applications over COM component o Input resolution and display step For linear axes to 0 01 um Angular axes to 0 00001 Double speed control loops are used primarily for high speed spindles as well as for linear motors and torque motors Feature content level upgrade functions Along with software options significant further improvements of the TNC software are managed via the Feature Content Level FCL upgrade functions Functions subject to the FCL are not available simply by updating the software on your TNC All upgrade functions are available to you without surcharge when you receive a new machine Upgrade functions are identified in the manual with
107. 8 MIRROR IMAGE Cycle 10 ROTATION Cycles 11 and 26 SCALING and Cycle 19 WORKING PLANE or 3D ROT 15 1 Fundamentals The TNC must be specially prepared by the machine tool F builder for the use of a 3 D touch probe The touch probe cycles are available only with the Touch probe function software option option number 17 The TNC offers twelve cycles for automatically finding reference points and handling them as follows Setting the determined values directly as display values Entering the determined values in the preset table Entering the determined values in a datum table 408 SLOT CENTER REF PT Measuring m Page 313 the inside width of a slot and defining is the slot center as datum 409 RIDGE CENTER REF PT Measuring m the outside width of a ridge and defining D the ridge center as datum Page 317 410 DATUM INSIDE RECTAN a10 Measuring the inside length and width of a rectangle and defining the center as datum Page 320 411 DATUM OUTSIDE RECTAN ani Page 324 Measuring the outside length and width of a rectangle and defining the center as datum 412 DATUM INSIDE CIRCLE Measuring me any four points on the inside of a circle and defining the center as datum Page 328 413 DATUM OUTSIDE CIRCLE a13 Page 332 Measuring any four points on the outside of a circle and defining the center as datum 310 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Datum Setting il 414 DATUM OUTSIDE CORNER Page 336 Measuring two line
108. 999 999 alternatively FMAX FAUTO FU FZ Setup clearance O200 incremental Distance between tool tip and workpiece surface Input range 0 to 99999 9999 gt Workpiece surface coordinate 0203 absolute Absolute coordinate of the workpiece surface Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt 2nd setup clearance O204 incremental Coordinate in the spindle axis at which no collision between tool and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range O to 99999 9999 Path overlap factor 0370 0370 x tool radius stepover factor k Input range 0 1 to 1 9999 m X D 3 9 c O 9 o 9 T o o E oa o LL G256 Advanced Programm Te HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 14 me 5 6 RECTANGULAR STUD Cycle 256 DIN ISO Programming T Fun O o S 0 o Sum a o LL c gt lt NN LO N O 5 7 CIRCULAR STUD Cycle 257 DIN ISO 5 7 CIRCULAR STUD Cycle 257 DIN ISO G257 Advanced Programming Features Software Option Cycle run Use Cycle 257 to machine a circular stud If a diameter of the workpiece blank is greater than the maximum possible stepover then the TNC performs multiple stepovers until the finished diameter has been machined 1 The tool moves from the cycle starting position stud center in the positive X direction to the starting position for the stud machining The starting position is 2 mm to the right of the unmachined stud If the
109. 9999 9999 Workpiece blank diameter O222 Diameter of the workpiece blank Enter the workpiece blank diameter greater than the finished diameter The TNC performs multiple stepovers if the difference between the workpiece blank diameter and finished diameter is greater than the permitted stepover tool radius multiplied by path overlap Q370 The TNC always calculates a constant stepover Input range O to 99999 9999 Finishing allowance for side O368 incremental Finishing allowance in the working plane Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Feed rate for milling O207 Traversing speed of the tool during milling in mm min Input range O to 99999 999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ Climb or up cut 0351 Type of milling operation with M3 1 climb milling 1 up cut milling Fixed Cycles Pocket Milling Stud Milling Slot Milling il gt Depth 0201 incremental Distance between workpiece surface and bottom of stud Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Plunging depth O202 incremental Infeed per cut Enter a value greater than O Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Feed rate for plunging O206 Traversing speed of the tool while moving to depth in mm min Input range O to 99999 999 alternatively FMAX FAUTO FU FZ Setup clearance O200 incremental Distance between tool tip and workpiece surface Input range 0 to 99999 9999 gt Workpiece surface coordinate Q203 absolute Absolute coordinate of the workpiece
110. 99999 9999 Feed rate for pre positioning Q253 Traversing speed of the tool in mm min when plunging into the workpiece or when retracting from the workpiece Input range 0 to 99999 999 alternatively FMAX FAUTO Climb or up cut 0351 Type of milling operation with M3 1 climb milling 1 up cut milling Plunging depth Q202 incremental Infeed per cut The depth does not have to be a multiple of the plunging depth Input range 0 to 99999 9999 The TNC will go to depth in one movement if the plunging depth is equal to the depth the plunging depth is greater than the depth Upper advanced stop distance Q258 incremental Setup clearance for rapid traverse positioning when the TNC moves the tool again to the current plunging depth after retraction from the hole Input range O to 99999 9999 Infeed depth for chip breaking Q257 incremental Depth at which TNC carries out chip breaking No chip breaking if O is entered Input range O to 99999 9999 Retraction rate for chip breaking 0256 incremental Value by which the TNC retracts the tool during chip breaking Input range 0 1000 to 99999 9999 Fixed Cycles Tapping Thread Milling il gt Depth at front 0358 incremental Distance E gt agnos between tool tip and the top surface of the workpiece b for countersinking at the front of the tool Input range o 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt Countersinking offset at front 0359 incremental gt Q Distan
111. C 620 Example Measuring a rotating tool for the first time old format Example Inspecting a tool and measuring the individual teeth and saving the status in Q5 old format Example NC blocks in new format a Measuring the Tool Radius Cycle 32 or 482 ISO G482 i i G483 Tool Length and Radius Cycle 33 or 483 ISO uring uL 00 18 5 Measuring Tool Length and Radius Cycle 33 or 483 ISO G483 Cycle run To measure both the length and radius of a tool program the measuring cycle TCH PROBE 33 or TCH PROBE 482 see also Differences between Cycles 31 to 33 and Cycles 481 to 483 on page 419 This cycle is particularly suitable for the first measurement of tools as it saves time when compared with individual measurement of length and radius In input parameters you can select the desired type of measurement Measuring the tool while it is rotating Measuring the tool while it is rotating and subsequently measuring the individual teeth The TNC measures the tool in a fixed programmed sequence First it measures the tool radius then the tool length The sequence of measurement is the same as for measuring cycles 31 and 32 Please note while programming following data on the tool into the tool table TOOL T the approximate radius the approximate length the number of teeth and the cutting direction e Before measuring a tool for the first time enter the Cylindrical tools with diamond surfaces ca
112. CENTER Cycle 409 DIN ISO G409 G409 Cycle run Touch Probe Cycle 409 finds the center of a ridge and defines its center as datum If desired the TNC can also enter the coordinates into a datum table or the preset table 1 Ihe TNC positions the touch probe to the starting point 1 at rapid traverse value from FMAX column following the positioning logic see Executing touch probe cycles on page 283 The TNC calculates the touch points from the data in the cycle and the safety clearance from the SET UP column of the touch probe table 2 hen the touch probe moves to the entered measuring height and probes the first touch point at the probing feed rate column F 3 Then the touch probe moves at clearance height to the next touch point 2 and probes the second touch point 4 Finally the TNC returns the touch probe to the clearance height and processes the determined datum depending on the cycle parameters Q303 and Q305 see Saving the calculated datum on page 312 and saves the actual values in the Q parameters listed below 5 li desired the TNC subsequently measures the datum in the touch probe axis in a separate probing Q166 Actual value of measured ridge width Q157 Actual value of the centerline TUM RIDGE CENTER Cycle 409 DIN ISO Please note while programming Danger of collision To prevent a collision between touch probe and workpiece enter a high estimate for the ridge width e LO q B
113. Call milling operation Return jump to LBL 10 repeat the milling operation six times Reset the rotation Reset the datum shift 265 11 10 Programming Examples 11 10 Programming Examples N 66 Retract in the tool axis end program Subprogram 1 Define milling operation Cycles Coordinate Transformations i 12 1 Fundamentals 12 1 Fundamentals Overview The TNC provides four cycles for the following special purposes 9 DWELL TIME a Page 269 12 PROGRAM CALL 2 Page 270 13 ORIENTED SPINDLE STOP 18 Page 272 M 32 TOLERANCE a2 Page 273 E 268 Cycles Special Functions il 12 2 DWELL TIME Cycle 9 DIN ISO G04 Function This causes the execution of the next block within a running program to be delayed by the programmed DWELL TIME A dwell time can be used for such purposes as chip breaking The cycle becomes effective as soon as it is defined in the program Modal conditions such as spindle rotation are not affected Cycle parameters Dwell time in seconds Enter the dwell time in seconds Input range 0 to 3600 s 1 hour in steps of 0 001 seconds HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 G04 1 1 n 7TSHEIDENHAIN 40 O AN Ty P Example NC blocks DWELL TIME Cycle 9 DIN ISO i d G39 12 3 M cran CALL Cycle 12 DIN ISO 12 3 PROGRAM CALL Cycle 12 DIN ISO G39 Cycle function Routines that you have programmed s
114. Coordinate in the minor axis at which the TNC should set the stud center Default setting O Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Measured value transfer 0 1 Q303 Specify whether the determined datum is to be saved in the datum table or in the preset table 1 Do not use Is entered by the TNC when old programs are read in see Saving the calculated datum on page 312 0 Write determined datum in the active datum table The reference system is the active workpiece coordinate system 1 Write determined datum in the preset table The reference system is the machine coordinate system REF system Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Datum Setting il Probe in TS axis 0381 Specify whether the TNC should also set the datum in the touch probe axis 0 Do not set datum in the touch probe axis 1 Set datum in the touch probe axis Probe TS axis Coord 1st axis 0382 absolute Coordinate of the probe point in the reference axis of the working plane at which point the reference point is to be set in the touch probe axis Only effective if Q381 1 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Probe TS axis Coord 2nd axis 0383 absolute Coordinate of the probe point in the minor axis of the working plane at which point the reference point is to be set in the touch probe axis Only effective if 0381 1 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Probe TS axis Coord 3rd axis 0384 absolute Coordinate of the probe point in the
115. Cycle 205 DIN ISO HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Please note while programming uond eMYOS seJnjeeJ Bunudbo pe xueApy G0Z5D OSI NIG 802 9149 9NDIO3d 1YSHIAINN 8 Fixed Cycles Drilling i 78 Cycle parameters 205 ul Setup clearance O200 incremental Distance between tool tip and workpiece surface Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Depth O201 incremental Distance between workpiece surface and bottom of hole tip of drill taper Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Feed rate for plunging O206 Traversing speed of the tool during drilling in mm min Input range O to 99999 999 alternatively FAUTO FU Plunging depth Q202 incremental Infeed per cut Input range 0 to 99999 9999 The depth does not have to be a multiple of the plunging depth The TNC will go to depth in one movement If the plunging depth is equal to the depth the plunging depth is greater than the depth Workpiece surface coordinate O203 absolute Coordinate of the workpiece surface Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 2nd setup clearance O204 incremental Coordinate in the spindle axis at which no collision between tool and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range O to 99999 9999 Decrement O212 incremental Value by which the TNC decreases the plunging depth O202 Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Minimum plunging depth O205 incremental If you have entered a decrement the TNC limits the plunging depth to the value entered with Q20
116. Cycle 267 158 If you have to machine irregular point patterns use CYCL CALL PAT see Point Tables on page52 to develop point tables More regular point patterns are available with the PATTERN DEF function see Pattern Definition PATTERN DEF on page44 DRILLING REAMING BORING UNIVERSAL DRILLING BACK BORING UNIVERSAL PECKING TAPPING NEW with a floating tap holder RIGID TAPPING without a floating tap holder NEW BORE MILLING TAPPING WITH CHIP BREAKING CENTERING RECTANGULAR POCKET CIRCULAR POCKET MILLING SLOT MILLING CIRCULAR SLOT can only be combined with Cycle 221 RECTANGULAR STUD CIRCULAR STUD THREAD MILLING THREAD MILLING COUNTERSINKING THREAD DRILLING MILLING HELICAL THREAD DRILLING MILLING OUTSIDE THREAD MILLING Fixed Cycles Pattern Definitions il 6 2 CIRCULAR PATTERN Cycle 220 DIN ISO G220 Advanced Programming Features Software Option Cycle run 1 The TNC moves the tool at rapid traverse from its current position to the starting point for the first machining operation Sequence Move to the 2nd set up clearance spindle axis Approach the starting point in the spindle axis Move to the setup clearance above the workpiece surface spindle axis 2 From this position the TNC executes the last defined fixed cycle 3 The tool then approaches on a straight line or circular arc the starting point for the next machining operation The tool stops at the set up clearance or t
117. Cycles Overview 14 CONTOUR GEOMETRY essential 20 CONIOUR DATA essential 21 PILOT DRILLING optional 22 ROUGH OUT essential 23 FLOOR FINISHING optional 24 SIDE FINISHING optional Enhanced cycles Page 186 25 CONTOUR TRAIN 170 14 LBL 1 N N CONTOUR DATA S ie h 25 Gs E P Page 171 Page 176 Page 178 Page 180 Page 183 Page 184 Fixed Cycles Contour Pocket i 72 CONTOUR GEOMETRY Cycle 14 nN DIN ISO G37 Please note while programming All subprograms that are superimposed to define the contour are I listed in Cycle 14 CONTOUR GEOMETRY Z Before programming note the following e Cycle 14 is DEF active which means that it becomes JT effective as soon as it is defined in the part program v You can list up to 12 subprograms subcontours in o superimposed to define the contour Confirm every label number with the ENT key When you have entered all numbers conclude entry with the END key Entry of up to 12 subprogram numbers 1 to 254 Cycle 14 gt Cc I LLI LLI Cycle parameters g 14 Label numbers for the contour Enter all label oc Hes bat numbers for the individual subprograms that are to be I S Q N m HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 171 il 73 Overlapping Contours Fundamentals Pockets and islands can be overlapped to form a new contour You can thus enlarge the area of a pocket by another pocket or reduce it by
118. E Cycle 32 DIN ISO B d G62 re Cycle 32 DIN ISO Influences of the geometry definition in the CAM system The most important factor of influence in offline NC program creation is the chord error S defined in the CAM system The maximum point spacing of NC programs generated in a postprocessor PP is defined through the chord error If the chord error is less than or equal to the tolerance value T defined in Cycle 32 then the TNC can smooth the contour points unless any special machine settings limit the programmed feed rate You will achieve optimal smoothing if in Cycle 32 you choose a tolerance value between 11096 and 20096 of the CAM chord error 274 CAM pP INC Cycles Special Functions il Please note while programming HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 u TOLERANCE Cycle 32 DIN ISO G62 o i q Cycle parameters oO 9 32 Tolerance value T Permissible contour deviation in Example NC blocks de mm or inches with inch programming Input range O to 99999 9999 HSC MODE Finishing 0 Roughing 1 Activate filter Input value 0 Milling with increased contour accuracy The TNC uses the filter settings that your machine tool builder has defined for finishing operations Input value 1 Milling at an increased feed rate The TNC uses the filter settings that your machine tool builder has defined for roughing operations The TNC works with optimal smoothing of the contour points which results in
119. EAD MILLING COUNTERSINKING Cycle 263 DIN ISO Advanced Programming Features So HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 e ion O Q o c gt O lt G2 Programming Features Software Opt 4 8 THREAD DRILLING MILLING Cycle 264 DIN ISO 4 8 THREAD DRILLING MILLING Cycle 264 DIN ISO G264 Advanced Programming Features Software Option Cycle run 1 The TNC positions the tool in the spindle axis to the entered setup clearance above the workpiece surface at rapid traverse FMAX Drilling 2 The tool drills to the first plunging depth at the programmed feed rate for plunging 3 If you have programmed chip breaking the tool then retracts by the entered retraction value If you are working without chip breaking the tool is moved at rapid traverse to the setup clearance and then at FMAX to the entered starting position above the first plunging depth 4 The tool then advances with another infeed at the programmed feed rate 5 The TNC repeats this process 2 to 4 until the programmed total hole depth is reached Countersinking at front 6 The tool moves at the feed rate for pre positioning to the countersinking depth at front 7 The INC positions the tool without compensation from the center on a semicircle to the offset at front and then follows a circular path at the feed rate for countersinking 8 The tool then moves in a semicircle to the hole center Thread milling 9 The INC moves the tool at the programm
120. ERENCE PLANE Cycle 1 Cycle parameters 372 Probing axis Enter the probing axis with the axis selection keys or ASCII keyboard Confirm your entry with the ENT key Input range X Y or Z Probing angle Angle measured from the probing axis at which the touch probe is to move Input range 180 0000 to 180 0000 Nominal position value Use the axis selection keys or the ASCII keyboard to enter all coordinates of the nominal pre positioning point values for the touch probe Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 To conclude the input press the ENT key Example NC blocks Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Workpiece Inspection d 16 4 MEASURE ANGLE Cycle 420 DIN ISO G420 Cycle run Touch Probe Cycle 420 measures the angle that any straight surface on the workpiece describes with respect to the reference axis of the working plane 1 The TNC positions the touch probe to the programmed starting point 1 at rapid traverse value from FMAX column following the positioning logic see Executing touch probe cycles on page 283 The TNC offsets the touch probe by the safety clearance in the direction opposite the defined traverse direction 2 Thenthe touch probe moves to the entered measuring height and probes the first touch point at the probing feed rate column F 3 Then the touch probe moves to the next starting position 2 and probes the second position 4 IheTNCreturns the touch probe to the clearance he
121. Execute a miscellaneous function M2 M30 or an END PGM block depending on machine parameter clearMode Select a new program 242 Cycles Coordinate Transformations il 11 2 DATUM SHIFT Cycle 7 DIN ISO G54 Effect A DATUM SHIFT allows machining operations to be repeated at various locations on the workpiece When the DATUM SHIFT cycle is defined all coordinate data is based on the new datum The TNC displays the datum shift in each axis in the additional status display Input of rotary axes is also permitted Reset Program a datum shift to the coordinates X 0 Y 0 etc directly with a cycle definition Call a datum shift to the coordinates X20 Y 0 etc from the datum table Cycle parameters Datum shift Enter the coordinates of the new datum Absolute values are referenced to the manually set workpiece datum Incremental values are always referenced to the datum which was last valid this can be a datum which has already been shifted Input range Up to 6 NC axes each from 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 G54 11 2 a SHIFT Cycle 7 DIN ISO Example NC blocks 243 i G53 itum Tables Cycle 7 DIN ISO Ken Q9 e T e x 11 3 DATUM Shift with Datum Tables Cycle 7 DIN ISO G53 Effect Datum tables are used for frequently recurring machining sequences at various locations on the workpiece frequent use of the same datum shift Within a progr
122. FCL n where n indicates the sequential number of the feature content level You can purchase a code number in order to permanently enable the FCL functions For more information contact your machine tool builder or HEIDENHAIN Intended place of operation The TNC complies with the limits for a Class A device in accordance with the specifications in EN 55022 and is intended for use primarily in industrially zoned areas Legal information This product uses open source software Further information is available on the control under Programming and Editing operating mode MOD function LICENSE INFO soft key HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 TNC Model Software and Features New Functions of Software 340 56x 02 New Functions of Software 340 56x 02 The PATTERN DEF function for defining patterns was introduced see Pattern Definition PATTERN DEF on page 44 The SEL PATTERN function makes it possible to select point tables see Selecting a point table in the program on page 54 With the CYCL CALL PAT function cycles can now be run in connection with point tables see Calling a cycle in connection with point tables on page 55 The DECLARE CONTOUR function can now also define the depth of the contour see Entering a simple contour formula on page 223 New machining cycle for single fluted deep hole drilling see SINGLE LIP D H DRLNG Cycle 241 DIN ISO G241 Advanced Programming Features Software Option on page 84 The new fixed
123. Fe gt Setup clearance O6 incremental Distance between tool tip and workpiece surface Input range O to 99999 9999 Clearance height O7 absolute Absolute height at which the tool cannot collide with the workpiece for intermediate positioning and retraction at the end of the cycle Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 G120 Adv Ww v Inside corner radius O8 Inside corner rounding radius entered value is referenced to the path of the tool center Q8 is not a radius that is inserted as a separate contour element between programmed elements input range 0 to 99999 9999 gt Direction of rotation O9 Machining direction for pockets E Q9 1 up cut milling for pocket and island Q9 1 climb milling for pocket and island You can check the machining parameters during a program Example NC blocks interruption and overwrite them if required 7 4 CONTOUR DATA Cycle 20 DIN ISO HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 17 ing es Software Option anced Programm Adv N q g 7 5 PILOT DRILLING Cycle 21 DIN ISO LL 75 PILOT DRILLING Cycle 21 DIN ISO G121 Advanced Programming Features Software Option Cycle run 1 2 The tool drills from the current position to the first plunging depth at the programmed feed rate F Then the tool retracts at rapid traverse FMAX to the starting position and advances again to the first plunging depth minus the advanced stop distance t
124. G402 Cycle run The Touch Probe Cycle 402 measures the centers of two studs Then the TNC calculates the angle between the reference axis in the working plane and the line connecting the two stud centers With the basic rotation function the TNC compensates the calculated value As an alternative you can also compensate the determined misalignment by rotating the rotary table 1 Following the positioning logic see Executing touch probe cycles on page283 the TNC positions the touch probe in rapid traverse value from column FMAX to the starting point 1 of the first stud 2 Then the probe moves to the entered measuring height 1 and probes four points to find the center of the first stud The touch probe moves on a circular arc between the touch points each of which is offset by 90 3 The touch probe returns to the clearance height and then to the starting point for probing 5 the second stud 4 The TNC moves the touch probe to the entered measuring height 2 and probes four points to find the center of the second stud 5 Thenthe TNC returns the touch probe to the clearance height and performs the basic rotation over Two Studs Cycle 402 DIN ISO Please note while programming Before a cycle definition you must have programmed a tool call to define the touch probe axis The TNC will reset an active basic rotation at the beginning of the cycle If you want to compensate the misalignment by rotating the rotary
125. ISO G206 Cycle run 1 The INC positions the tool in the spindle axis to the entered setup clearance above the workpiece surface at rapid traverse FMAX 2 The tool drills to the total hole depth in one movement 3 Once the tool has reached the total hole depth the direction of spindle rotation is reversed and the tool is retracted to the setup clearance at the end of the dwell time If programmed the tool moves to the 2nd setup clearance at FMAX 4 Atthe setup clearance the direction of spindle rotation reverses once again Please note while programming Program a positioning block for the starting point hole center in the working plane with radius compensation RO The algebraic sign for the cycle parameter DEPTH determines the working direction If you program DEPTH 0 the cycle will not be executed A floating tap holder is required for tapping It must compensate the tolerances between feed rate and spindle speed during the tapping process When a cycle is being run the spindle speed override knob is disabled The feed rate override knob is active only within a limited range which is defined by the machine tool builder refer to your machine manual For tapping right hand threads activate the spindle with M3 for left hand threads use M4 Danger of collision Use the machine parameter displayDepthErr to define whether if a positive depth is entered the TNC should output an error message on or not
126. NC calculates the datum as the intersection of the lines connecting the centers of holes 1 3 and 2 4 and saves the actual values in the Q parameters listed below 7 lfdesired the TNC subsequently measures the datum in the touch probe axis in a separate probing Q151 Actual value of intersection point in reference axis O Y e 00 T Q gt Y LLI al O I LL O Cc LLI I c LLI Q152 Actual value of intersection point in minor axis 15 12 DATUM HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 351 il Please note while programming G418 Before a cycle definition you must have programmed a tool call to define the touch probe axis Cycle parameters First center in 1st axis 0268 absolute center of the 1st hole in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 First center in 2nd axis 0269 absolute center of the 1st hole in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 First center in 1st axis 0270 absolute center of the 2nd hole in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 First center in 2nd axis Q271 absolute center of the 2nd hole in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 First center in 1st axis O316 absolute center of the 3rd hole in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 3rd center in 2nd axis 0317 absolute ce
127. NC performs multiple stepovers until the finished dimension has been machined 1 The tool moves from the cycle starting position stud center in the positive X direction to the starting position for the stud machining The starting position is 2 mm to the right of the unmachined stud 2 If the tool is at the 2nd setup clearance it moves at rapid traverse FMAX to the setup clearance and from there it advances to the first plunging depth at the feed rate for plunging 3 The tool then moves tangentially on a semicircle to the stud contour and machines one revolution 4 Ifthe finished dimension cannot be machined with one revolution the TNC performs a stepover with the current factor and machines another revolution The TNC takes the dimensions of the workpiece blank the finished dimension and the permitted stepover into account This process is repeated until the defined finished dimension has been reached 5 The tool then tangentially departs the contour on a semicircle and returns to the starting point for the stud machining 6 The TNC then plunges the tool to the next plunging depth and machines the stud at this depth 7 This process is repeated until the programmed stud depth is reached 3 Fun O o Sm 0 o im ad o LL c gt O lt LO N g 5 6 RECTANGULAR STUD Cycle 256 DIN ISO 146 Fixed Cycles Pocket Milling Stud Milling Slot Milling il uondO s1eMm Surw
128. O to 32767 9 alternatively tool name with max 16 characters 0 Monitoring not active gt 0 Tool number in the tool table TOOL T m X D 3 c O T 9 T Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Workpiece Inspection i 16 13 MEASURE PLANE Cycle 431 DIN ISO G431 Cycle run Touch Probe Cycle 431 finds the angle of a plane by measuring three points It saves the measured values in system parameters 1 Following the positioning logic see Executing touch probe cycles on page 283 the TNC positions the touch probe at rapid traverse value from FMAX column to the programmed starting point 1 and measures the first touch point of the plane The TNC offsets the touch probe by the safety clearance in the direction opposite to the direction of probing The touch probe returns to the clearance height and then moves in the working plane to starting point 2 and measures the actual value of the second touch point of the plane The touch probe returns to the clearance height and then moves in the working plane to starting point 3 and measures the actual value of the third touch point Finally the TNC returns the touch probe to the clearance height and saves the measured angle values in the following Q parameters Q158 Projection angle of the A axis Q159 Projection angle of the B axis Q170 opatial angle A Q171 opatial angle B Q172 Spatial angle C Q173 to Q175 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620
129. PR422 TXT by default in the directory TNCX 2 Interrupt the program run and display the measuring log on the screen Resume program run with NC Start PGM stop if tolerance error O309 Definition of whether in the event of a violation of tolerance limits the TNC is to interrupt the program run and output an error message 0 Do not interrupt program run no error message 1 Interrupt program run output an error message G422 Tool number for monitoring O330 Definition of whether the TNC is to monitor the tool see Tool monitoring on page 368 Input range 0 to 32767 9 alternatively tool name with max 16 characters 0 Monitoring not active 20 Tool number in the tool table TOOL T No of measuring points 4 3 0423 Specify whether the TNC should measure the stud with 4 or 3 probing points 4 Use 4 measuring points standard setting 3 Use 3 measuring points Type of traverse Line 0 Arc 1 0365 Definition of the path function with which the tool is to move between the measuring points if traverse to clearance height Q301 1 is active 0 Move between operations on a straight line 1 Move between operations on the pitch circle m X D 3 D c O za o a T EAS CIRCLE OUTSIDE Cycle 422 DIN ISO q HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 383 i 16 7 MEAS RECTAN INSIDE Cycle 423 DIN ISO G423 G423 Cycle run Touch Probe Cycle 423 finds the center length and width of a rectangular pocket If you d
130. Pecking 77 84 Deepened starting point 80 85 Point pattern Circular 159 Linear 162 Overview 158 Point patterns Point tables 52 Positioning logic 283 Preset table 312 Presetting automatically 310 Center of 4 holes 351 Center of bolt hole circle 345 Center of circular pocket or hole 328 Center of circular stud 332 Center of rectangular pocket 320 Center of rectangular stud 324 In any axis 355 In inside corner 341 In the touch probe axis 349 Outside corner 336 Ridge center 317 Slot center 313 Probing feed rate 282 Program call Via cycle 270 Index R Reaming 63 Recording the results of measurement 365 Rectangular pocket Roughing finishing 127 Rectangular pocket measurement 388 Rectangular stud 146 Rectangular stud measuring 384 Reference point Save in a datum table 312 Save in the preset table 312 Result parameters 312 367 Ridge measuring from outside 395 Rotation 252 Rough out See SL Cycles Rough out Ruled surface 229 o i Index S U Scaling factor 254 Universal drilling 69 77 side finishing 184 Single fluted deep hole drilling 84 W SL Cycles Width measuring from inside 392 SL cycles Width measuring from outside 395 Contour data 176 Working plane tilting the 258 Contour geometry cycle 171 Cycle 258 Contour train 186 G
131. Point 1 greater than Point 1 less than point 3 point 3 B Point 1 less than point3 Point 1 less than point 3 C Point 1 less than point3 Point 1 greater than point 3 D Point 1 greater than Point 1 greater than point 3 point 3 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 G414 15 8 DATUM OC OF CORNER Cycle 414 DIN ISO j d G414 15 8 DATUM pa OF CORNER Cycle 414 DIN ISO Cycle parameters 414 338 1st meas point 1st axis 0263 absolute Coordinate of the first touch point in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 1st meas point 2nd axis 0264 absolute Coordinate of the first touch point in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Spacing in 1st axis 0326 incremental Distance between the first and second measuring points in the reference axis of the working plane Input range O to 99999 9999 3rd meas point 1st axis O296 absolute Coordinate of the third touch point in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 3rd meas point 2nd axis O297 absolute Coordinate of the third touch point in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Spacing in 2nd axis O327 incremental Distance between third and fourth measuring points in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Measuring height in the touch probe axis 0261 absolute Coordinate of the ball tip
132. Positioning a MEUM ndi Programming Set up clearance BEGIN PGM EX11 MM RNV COMMENT BLK FORM 0 1 Z X 135 4 Z 5 BLK FORM 0 2 X 30 Y 40 Z 0 TOOL CALL 3 Z 51500 L Z 20 RO FMAX M3 CYCL DEF 200 DRILLING 0200 7 SET UP CLERRRNCE 0201 15 DEPTH 0208 150 FEED RATE FOR PLNGNG 0202 0 1 PLUNGING DEPTH 0210 40 DUELL TIME AT TOP 0203 0 gt SURFACE COORDINATE Q204 50 2ND SET UP CLERRANCE 0211 40 DUELL TIME AT DEPTH 7 L X 0 V 0 RO FMAX M99 8 L X 30 V 9 RO FMAX M99 S TOOL CALL 86 Z S3000 F2222 10 L Z 20 RO FMAX M3 11 CYCL DEF 14 0 CONTOUR GEOMETRY 12 CYCL DEF 14 1 CONTOUR LABEL1 72 13 CYCL DEF 20 CONTOUR DATA Q1 30 X MILLING DEPTH 02 41 TOOL PATH OVERLAP Q3 0 ALLOWANCE FOR SIDE Q4 0 ALLOWANCE FOR FLOOR Q5 0 gt SURFACE COORDINATE Q6 2 SET UP CLEARANCE Q7 5 gt CLEARANCE HEIGHT Q8 0 ROUNDING RADIUS 9 1 ROTATIONAL DIRECTION CALL LBL 2 AUN ew HEIDENHAIN User s Manual Cycle Programming TNC 620 NC Software 340 560 02 340 561 02 340 564 02 English en 7 2009 About this Manual The symbols used in this manual are described below About this Manual Do you desire any changes or have you found any errors We are continuously striving to improve documentation for you Please help us by sending your requests to the following e mail address tnc userdoc heidenhain de HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 3 i TNC Model Software and Features TNC Model Software and Features
133. Q 7 10 Programming Examples 7 10 BE amming Examples Definition of workpiece blank Tool call coarse roughing tool diameter 30 Retract the tool Define contour subprogram Define general machining parameters dh 88 Fixed Cycles Contour Pocket i Cycle definition Coarse roughing Examples D Cycle call Coarse roughing Tool change Tool call fine roughing tool diameter 15 Define the fine roughing cycle Cycle call Fine roughing Retract in the tool axis end program Contour subprogram HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 189 i Examples D 7 10 Definition of workpiece blank Tool call Drill diameter 12 Retract the tool Define contour subprogram Define general machining parameters 90 Fixed Cycles Contour Pocket i HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Cycle definition Pilot drilling Cycle call Pilot drilling Tool change Call the tool for roughing finishing diameter 12 Cycle definition Rough out Cycle call Rough out Cycle definition Floor finishing Cycle call Floor finishing Cycle definition Side finishing Cycle call Side finishing Retract in the tool axis end program Examples D j i Examples D 7 10 92 Contour subprogram 1 left pocket Contour subprogram 2 right pocket
134. Q305z0 the TNC automatically sets the display so that the new datum is on the bolt hole center Input range 0 to 2999 New datum for reference axis 0331 absolute Coordinate in the reference axis at which the TNC should set the bolt hole center Default setting O Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 New datum for minor axis O332 absolute Coordinate in the minor axis at which the TNC should set the bolt hole center Default setting O Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Measured value transfer 0 1 O303 Specify whether the determined datum is to be saved in the datum table or in the preset table 1 Do not use Is entered by the TNC when old programs are read in see Saving the calculated datum on page 312 0 Write determined datum in the active datum table The reference system is the active workpiece coordinate system 1 Write determined datum in the preset table The reference system is the machine coordinate system REF system HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 G416 15 10 i CIRCLE CENTER Cycle 416 DIN ISO d G416 15 10 Nun CIRCLE CENTER Cycle 416 DIN ISO 348 Probe in TS axis 0381 Specify whether the TNC should also set the datum in the touch probe axis 0 Do not set datum in the touch probe axis 1 Set datum in the touch probe axis Probe TS axis Coord 1st axis 0382 absolute Coordinate of the probe point in the reference axis of the working plane at which point the reference point
135. RM 0 1 Z X 0 v o 2 20 M BLK FORM 0 2 X 100 Y 150 Z 0 TOOL CALL 22 Z S250 L Z 100 RO FMAX NOUBUNr S Calibrating a touch trigger probe E PROBE ion TCH PROBE 491 ROT OF 2 HOLES Compensating workpiece misalignment i es D Setting datums mm l 0307230 PRESET ROTATION ANG 4 L Automatic workpiece inspection Q305 NUMBER IN TABLE LL SET TO ZERO Automatic tool measurement S Ton PROBE 414 DATUM OUTSIDE CORNER Im Y h h b ei LL Q326 190 SPRCING IN 4ST AXES dE d ou can program tne touc probe cycles in tne rogramming an c le Editing operating mode via the TOUCH PROBE key Like the most 02615 3 MEASURING HEIGHT recent canned cycles touch probe cycles with numbers greater than Es Merb E lt ale Q304 0 z BRSIC ROTATION Q305 0 NUMBER IN TABLE 400 use O parameters as transfer parameters Parameters with specific functions that are required in several cycles always have the same number For example 0260 is always assigned the clearance height Q261 the measuring height etc 2 AE To simplify programming the TNC shows a graphic during cycle definition In the graphic the parameter that needs to be entered is highlighted see figure at right ral Information about Touch Probe Cycles 13 1 G HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 279 Defining the touch probe cycle in the Programming and Editing mode of operation The soft key row shows all available touch probe Hss functions di
136. ROBE 417 DATUM IN TS AXIS 02632125 51ST POINT IST AXIS t m Q264 25 1ST POINT 2ND AXIS Q294 25 51ST POINT 3RD AXIS y 03200 SETUP CLEARANCE LO Q260 50 CLEARANCE HEIGHT 03050 HO IN TABLE 0 0833 0 DAT 0303 1 MEAS VALUE TRANSFER 350 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Datum Setting i 15 12 DATUM AT CENTER OF 4 HOLES Cycle 418 DIN ISO G418 G418 Cycle run Touch Probe Cycle 418 calculates the intersection of the lines connecting opposite holes and sets the datum at the intersection If desired the TNC can also enter the intersection into a datum table or preset table YA 1 Following the positioning logic see Executing touch probe cycles on page 283 the TNC positions the touch probe at rapid traverse value from column FMAX to the center of the first hole 1 2 Then the probe moves to the entered measuring height and probes four points to find the first hole center 3 The touch probe returns to the clearance height and then to the position entered as center of the second hole 2 4 The TNC moves the touch probe to the entered measuring height and probes four points to find the second hole center 5 The INC repeats steps 3 and 4 for the holes 3 and 4 6 Finally the TNC returns the touch probe to the clearance height and processes the determined datum depending on the cycle parameters Q303 and Q305 see Saving the calculated datum on page 312 The T
137. S Cycle 419 DIN ISO G419 358 Call tool O to define the touch probe axis Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Datum Setting i a es IN ONE AXIS Cycle 419 DIN ISO Center of circle X coordinate Center of circle Y coordinate Circle diameter Polar coordinate angle for 1st touch point Stepping angle for calculating the starting points 2 to 4 Coordinate in the touch probe axis in which the measurement is made Safety clearance in addition to SET UP column Height in the touch probe axis at which the probe can traverse without collision Do not move to clearance height between measuring points Set display Set the display in X to O Set the display in Y to 10 Without function since display is to be set Also set datum in the touch probe axis X coordinate of touch point Y coordinate of touch point Z coordinate of touch point Set the display in Z to O Measure circle with 4 probes Move circular path between measuring points Part program call G419 i G419 i5 barum IN ONE AXIS Cycle 419 DIN ISO The measured bolt hole center shall be written in the preset table so that it may be used at a later time W 60 Call tool O to define the touch probe axis Cycle definition for datum setting in the touch probe axis Touch point X coordinate Touch point Y coordinate Touch point Z coordinate Safety clearance in addition to SET_UP column Height in the touch prob
138. SCALING and Cycle 19 WORKING PLANE or 3D ROT 16 1 Fundamentals The TNC must be specially prepared by the machine tool F builder for the use of a 3 D touch probe The touch probe cycles are available only with the Touch probe function software option option number 17 The TNC offers twelve cycles for measuring workpieces automatically 0 REFERENCE PLANE Measuring a e Page 370 coordinate in a selectable axis Lz 8 1 POLAR DATUM PLANE Measuring a 1 PA Page 371 point in a probing direction 420 MEASURE ANGLE Measuring an 220 Page 373 angle in the working plane eh 421 MEASURE HOLE Measuring the az Page 376 position and diameter of a hole KJ 422 MEAS CIRCLE OUTSIDE a22 Page 380 Measuring the position and diameter of e a circular stud 423 MEAS RECTAN INSIDE Measuring ma Page 384 the position length and width of a mi rectangular pocket 424 MEAS RECTAN OUTSIDE a24 Page 388 Measuring the position length and c width of a rectangular stud 425 MEASURE INSIDE WIDTH 2nd 225 Page 392 soft key row Measuring slot width 426 MEASURE RIDGE WIDTH 2nd soft m Page 395 key row Measuring the width of a ridge 364 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Workpiece Inspection il 427 MEASURE COORDINATE 2nd soft Mz Page 398 key row Measuring any coordinate ina Ha selectable axis 430 MEAS BOLT HOLE CIRC 2nd soft sen Page 401 key row Measuring position and diameter of a bolt hole circle 431 MEASURE PLANE 2nd
139. T and feed rate F directly Also the touch probe retracts by a definable value after determining the measured value MB 1 Ihe touch probe moves from the current position at the entered feed rate in the defined probing direction The probing direction must be defined in the cycle as a polar angle 2 After the TNC has saved the position the touch probe stops The TNC saves the X Y Z coordinates of the probe tip center in three successive Q parameters The TNC does not conduct any length or radius compensations You define the number of the first result parameter in the cycle 3 Finally the TNC moves the touch probe back by that value against the probing direction that you defined in the parameter MB 17 2 MEASURING Cycle 3 Please note while programming HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 415 i 172 MEASURING Cycle 3 Cycle parameters 416 Parameter number for result Enter the number of the O parameter to which you want the TNC to assign the first measured coordinate X The values Y and Z are in the immediately following O parameters Input range O to 1999 Probing angle Enter the angle in whose direction the probe is to move and confirm with the ENT key Input range X Y or Z Probing angle Angle measured from the defined probing axis in which the touch probe is to move Confirm with ENT Input range 180 0000 to 180 0000 Maximum measuring path Enter the maximum distance from the starting point by which the touch probe is
140. TE TE LS O N LL 10 4 FACE MILLING Cycle 232 DIN ISO G23 Strategy 0389 1 3 The tool then advances to the stopping point 2 at the feed rate for milling The end point lies within the surface The control calculates the end point from the programmed starting point the programmed length and the tool radius The TNC offsets the tool to the starting point in the next pass at the pre positioning feed rate The offset is calculated from the programmed width the tool radius and the maximum path overlap factor The tool then moves back in the direction of the starting point 1 The motion to the next line occurs within the workpiece borders The process is repeated until the programmed surface has been completed At the end of the last pass the tool plunges to the next machining depth In order to avoid non productive motions the surface is then machined in reverse direction The process is repeated until all infeeds have been machined In the last infeed simply the finishing allowance entered is milled at the finishing feed rate At the end of the cycle the TNC retracts the tool at FMAX to the 2nd setup clearance Strategy Q389z2 3 The tool then advances to the stopping point 2 at the feed rate for milling The end point lies outside the surface The control calculates the end point from the programmed starting point the programmed length the programmed safety clearance to the side and the tool radius 4 The TNC posit
141. absolute Coordinate in the reference axis at which the TNC should set the pocket center Default setting O Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 New datum for minor axis O332 absolute Coordinate in the minor axis at which the TNC should set the pocket center Default setting O Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Measured value transfer 0 1 O303 Specify whether the determined datum is to be saved in the datum table or in the preset table 1 Do not use Is entered by the TNC when old programs are read in see Saving the calculated datum on page 312 0 Write determined datum in the active datum table The reference system is the active workpiece coordinate system 1 Write determined datum in the preset table The reference system is the machine coordinate system REF system SET UPITCHPROBETP X Q320 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Datum Setting il Probe in TS axis 0381 Specify whether the TNC should also set the datum in the touch probe axis 0 Do not set datum in the touch probe axis 1 Set datum in the touch probe axis Probe TS axis Coord 1st axis 0382 absolute Coordinate of the probe point in the reference axis of the working plane at which point the reference point is to be set in the touch probe axis Only effective if Q381 1 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Probe TS axis Coord 2nd axis 0383 absolute Coordinate of the probe point in the minor axis of the working p
142. ade Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Setup clearance O320 incremental Additional distance between measuring point and ball tip Q320 is added to SET UP touch probe table Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Clearance height O260 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which no collision between touch probe and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 S ANCES OE ENTRE Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Datum Setting il Traversing to clearance height 0301 Definition of how the touch probe is to move between the measuring points 0 Move at measuring height between measuring points 1 Move at clearance height between measuring points Number in table 0305 Enter the number in the datum preset table in which the TNC is to save the coordinates of the slot center If you enter Q305 0 the TNC automatically sets the display so that the new datum is on the slot center Input range O to 2999 New datum 0405 absolute Coordinate in the measuring axis at which the TNC should set the calculated slot center Default setting O Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Measured value transfer 0 1 O303 Specify whether the determined datum is to be saved in the datum table or in the preset table 0 Write determined datum in the active datum table The reference system is the active workpiece coordinate system 1 Write determined datum in the preset table The reference system is t
143. am you can either program datum points directly in the cycle definition or call them from a datum table Reset Call a datum shift to the coordinates X20 Y 0 etc from the datum table Execute a datum shift to the coordinates X 0 Y 0 etc directly with a cycle definition Status displays In the additional status display the following data from the datum table are shown Name and path of the active datum table Active datum number Comment from the DOC column of the active datum number 244 Cycles Coordinate Transformations il Please note while programming 11 3 DATUM Shift with lum Tables Cycle 7 DIN ISO G53 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 245 i G53 tum Tables Cycle 7 DIN ISO le V e T e Cycle parameters Datum shift Enter the number of the datum from the datum table or a O parameter If you enter a Q parameter the TNC activates the datum number entered in the Q parameter Input range O to 9999 Selecting a datum table in the part program With the SEL TABLE function you select the table from which the TNC takes the datums To select the functions for program call press the ELE PGM CALL key Press the DATUM TABLE soft key Select the complete path name of the datum table or the file with the SELECT soft key and confirm your entry with the END key 5 Program a SEL TABLE block before Cycle 7 Datum Shift A datum table selected with SEL TABLE remains active until you
144. ame with max 16 characters 0 Monitoring not active 20 Tool number in the tool table TOOL T m X D 3 D c O za o a T Na MEASURE RIDGE WIDTH Cycle 426 ISO G426 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 397 i 16 11 MEASURE COORDINATE Cycle 427 DIN ISO G427 G427 Cycle run Touch probe cycle 427 finds a coordinate in a selectable axis and saves the value in a system parameter If you define the corresponding tolerance values in the cycle the TNC makes a nominal to actual value comparison and saves the deviation value in system parameters 1 The INC positions the touch probe to the starting point 1 at rapid traverse value from FMAX column following the positioning logic see Executing touch probe cycles on page 283 The TNC offsets the touch probe by the safety clearance in the direction opposite the defined traverse direction 2 Thenthe TNC positions the touch probe to the entered touch point 1 in the working plane and measures the actual value in the selected axis 3 Finally the TNC returns the touch probe to the clearance height and saves the measured coordinate in the following Q parameter Q160 Measured coordinate Please note while programming Before a cycle definition you must have programmed a tool call to define the touch probe axis EASURE COORDINATE Cycle 427 DIN ISO 16 11 398 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Workpiece Inspection il Cycle parameters 427 ls Fh 1st meas point 1st
145. ameters 372 16 4 MEASURE ANGLE Cycle 420 DIN ISO G420 979 Cycle run 373 Please note while programming 373 Cycle parameters 374 16 5 MEASURE HOLE Cycle 421 DIN ISO G421 3 6 Cycle run 3 6 Please note while programming 3 6 Cycle parameters 377 16 6 MEAS CIRCLE OUTSIDE Cycle 422 DIN ISO G422 380 Cycle run 380 Please note while programming 380 Cycle parameters 381 16 7 MEAS RECTAN INSIDE Cycle 423 DIN ISO G423 384 Cycle run 384 Please note while programming 385 Cycle parameters 385 16 8 MEAS RECTAN OUTSIDE Cycle 424 ISO 6424 388 Cycle run 388 Please note while programming 309 Cycle parameters 389 16 9 MEASURE INSIDE WIDTH Cycle 425 DIN ISO G425 392 Cycle run 392 Please note while programming 392 Cycle parameters 393 30 16 10 MEASURE RIDGE WIDTH Cycle 426 ISO G426 395 Cycle run 395 Please note while programming 395 Cycle parameters 396 16 11 MEASURE COORDINATE Cycle 427 DIN ISO G427 398 Cycle run 398 Please note while programming 398 Cycle parameters 399 16 12 MEAS BOLT HOLE CIRC Cycle 430 DIN ISO G430 401 Cycle run 401 Please note while programming 401 Cycle parameters 402 16 13 MEASURE PLANE Cycle 431 DIN ISO G431 405 Cycle run 405 Please note while pr
146. ary table but the Y coordinate of the hole must be positive If you measure the angular misalignment of the hole with touch probe axis Y horizontal position of the hole it may be necessary to execute the cycle more than once because the measuring strategy causes an inaccuracy of approx 196 of the misalignment 1 Ihe INC positions the touch probe to the starting point 1 at rapid traverse value from FMAX column following the positioning logic see Executing touch probe cycles on page283 The TNC calculates the touch points from the data in the cycle and the safety clearance from the SET UP column of the touch probe table 2 hen the touch probe moves to the entered measuring height and probes the first touch point at the probing feed rate column F The TNC derives the probing direction automatically from the programmed starting angle 3 Then the touch probe moves in a circular arc either at measuring height or at clearance height to the next starting point 2 and probes the second touch point 4 The TNC positions the probe to starting point 3 and then to starting point 4 to probe the third and fourth touch points and positions the touch probe on the hole centers measured 5 Finally the TNC returns the touch probe to the clearance height and aligns the workpiece by rotating the table The TNC rotates the rotary table so that the hole center after compensation lies in the direction of the positive Y axis or on the nominal position of
147. ate transformation cycles always make sure the working plane is swiveled around the active datum You can program a datum shift before activating Cycle 19 In this case you are shifting the machine based coordinate system If you program a datum shift after having activated Cycle 19 you are shifting the tilted coordinate system Important When resetting the cycles use the reverse sequence used for defining them 1st Activate the datum shift 2nd Activate tilting function 3rd Activate rotation Machining 1st Reset the rotation 2nd Reset the tilting function 3rd Reset the datum shift HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 G80 Software Option 1 DIN ISO 11 9 WORKING PLANE Cycle 1 i d G80 Software Option 1 o e 11 9 WORKING PLANE Cycle Procedure for working with Cycle 19 WORKING PLANE 1 Write the program Define the tool not required if TOOL T is active and enter the full tool length Call the tool Retract the tool in the tool axis to a position where there is no danger of collision with the workpiece clamping devices during tilting If required position the rotary axis or axes with an L block to the appropriate angular value s depending on a machine parameter Activate datum shift if required Define Cycle 19 WORKING PLANE enter the angular values for the rotary axes Traverse all principal axes X Y Z to activate compensation Write the program as if the machining process were t
148. axes Nominal position value Use the axis selection keys or the ASCII keyboard to enter all coordinates of the nominal pre positioning point values for the touch probe Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 To conclude the input press the ENT key Example NC blocks Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Workpiece Inspection il 16 3 POLAR REFERENCE PLANE Cycle 1 Cycle run Touch Probe Cycle 1 measures any position on the workpiece in any direction 1 The touch probe moves at rapid traverse value from FMAX column to the starting position 1 programmed in the cycle 2 Then the touch probe runs the probing process at the probing feed rate column F During probing the TNC moves simultaneously in 2 axes depending on the probing angle The scanning direction is defined by the polar angle entered in the cycle 3 After the TNC has saved the position the probe returns to the starting point The TNC also stores the coordinates of the touch probe position at the time of the triggering signal in parameters Q115 to Q119 Please note while programming Danger of collision Pre position the touch probe in order to avoid a collision when the programmed pre positioning point is approached e The probing axis defined in the cycle specifies the probing plane Probing axis X X Y plane Probing axis Y Y Z plane Probing axis Z Z X plane HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 16 3 POLAR REFERENCE PLANE Cycle 1 i d 16 3 POLAR REF
149. axis 0263 absolute Coordinate of the first touch point in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 1st meas point 2nd axis 0264 absolute Coordinate of the first touch point in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Measuring height in the touch probe axis O261 absolute Coordinate of the ball tip center 2 touch point in the touch probe axis in which the measurement is to be made Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Setup clearance O320 incremental Additional distance between measuring point and ball tip Q320 is added to SET UP touch probe table Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Measuring axis 1 3 1 reference axis 0272 Axis in which the measurement is to be made 1 Reference axis measuring axis 2 Minor axis 2 measuring axis 3 Touch probe axis measuring axis Traverse direction 1 O267 Direction in which the probe is to approach the workpiece 1 Negative traverse direction 1 Positive traverse direction Clearance height O260 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which no collision between touch probe and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 SITE TASTE OE ESTIS G427 O e N N 2 o gt 2 q e e Cc Q LL CC 2 Y lt LL 16 j d Measuring log 0281 Definition of whether the TNC IS to create a measu
150. be axis Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Setup clearance 0320 incremental Additional distance between measuring point and ball tip 0320 X is added to SET UP touch probe table Input range Q263 0 to 99999 9999 Clearance height O260 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which no collision between touch probe and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Datum number in table O305 Enter the number in the datum or preset table in which the TNC is to save the coordinate If you enter Q30520 the TNC automatically sets the display so that the new datum is on the probed surface Input range 0 to 2999 Q264 MC HRROBE Tr SE OR gt New datum in TS axis 0333 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which the TNC should set the datum Default setting O Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Measured value transfer 0 1 0303 Specify whether the determined datum is to be saved in the datum table or in the preset table 1 Do not use Is entered by the TNC when old programs are read in see Saving the calculated Example NC blocks datum on page 312 0 Write determined datum in the active datum table The reference system is the active workpiece coordinate system 1 Write determined datum in the preset table The reference system is the machine coordinate system REF system TOUCH PROBE AXIS Cycle 417 DIN ISO gt 5 TCH P
151. can measure the tool while it is rotating If the tool diameter is smaller than the diameter of the measuring surface of the TT or if you are measuring the length of a drill or spherical cutter you can measure the tool while it is at standstill If the tool diameter is larger than the diameter of the measuring surface of the TT you can measure the individual teeth of the tool while it is at standstill Cycle for measuring a tool during rotation The control determines the longest tooth of a rotating tool by positioning the tool to be measured at an offset to the center of the touch probe system and then moving it toward the measuring surface until it contacts the surface The offset is programmed in the tool table under Tool offset Radius TT R OFFS Cycle for measuring a tool during standstill e g for drills The control positions the tool to be measured over the center of the measuring surface It then moves the non rotating tool toward the measuring surface of the TT until it touches the surface To activate this function enter zero for the tool offset Radius TT R OFFS in the tool table Cycle for measuring individual teeth The TNC pre positions the tool to be measured to a position at the side of the touch probe head The distance from the tip of the tool to the upper edge of the touch probe head is defined in offsetToolAxis You can enter an additional offset with tool offset Length TT L OFFS in the tool table The
152. ce by which the TNC moves the tool center O away from the hole center Input range 0 to et Q 99999 9999 Setup clearance O200 incremental Distance co between tool tip and workpiece surface Input range N 0 to 99999 9999 g gt Workpiece surface coordinate Q203 absolute Coordinate of the workpiece surface Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt 2nd setup clearance Q204 incremental Coordinate in the spindle axis at which no collision between tool and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range O to 99999 9999 Feed rate for plunging O206 Traversing speed of the tool during drilling in mm min Input range O to 99999 9989 alternatively FAUTO FU Feed rate for milling O207 Traversing speed of the tool during milling in mm min Input range O to 99999 9999 alternatively FAUTO V o O PES T o LL o hon O Q z 4 8 THREAD DRILLING MILLING Cycle 264 DIN ISO HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 11 G265 Q Y 4 9 HELICAL THREAD DRILLING MILLING Cycle 265 D Advanced Programming Features Software Opt ion 4 9 HELICAL THREAD DRILLING MILLING Cycle 265 DIN ISO G265 Advanced Programming Features Software Option Cycle run 1 The TNC positions the tool in the spindle axis to the entered setup clearance above the workpiece surface at rapid traverse FMAX Countersinking at front 2 f countersinking is before thread milling the tool moves at the f
153. center touch point in the touch probe axis in which the measurement is to be made Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Setup clearance 0320 incremental Additional distance between measuring point and ball tip 0320 is added to SET_UP touch probe table Inout range 0 to 99999 9999 Clearance height 0260 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which no collision between touch probe and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 EDS EISE Q320 MaN SZ Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Datum Setting il Traversing to clearance height 0301 Definition of how the touch probe is to move between the measuring points 0 Move at measuring height between measuring points 1 Move at clearance height between measuring points Execute basic rotation 0304 Definition of whether the TNC should compensate workpiece misalignment with a basic rotation 0 No basic rotation 1 Basic rotation Datum number in table 0305 Enter the datum number in the datum or preset table in which the TNC is to save the coordinates of the corner If you enter Q30520 the TNC automatically sets the display so that the new datum is on the corner Input range O to 2999 New datum for reference axis 0331 absolute Coordinate in the reference axis at which the TNC should set the corner Default setting O Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 New datum for minor axis O332 absolute Coordinate in the mino
154. ching the Starting position and when moving to the next pass If you are moving the tool transversely to the material 0389 1 the TNC moves the tool at the feed rate for milling Q207 Input range O to 99999 9999 alternatively FMAX FAUTO Fixed Cycles Multipass Milling il gt Setup clearance O200 incremental Distance Example NC blocks between tool tip and the starting position in the tool axis If you are milling with machining strategy Q389 2 the TNC moves the tool at the setup clearance over the current plunging depth to the starting point of the next pass Input range O to 99999 9999 ing gt Clearance to side Q357 incremental Safety clearance to the side of the workpiece when the tool approaches the first plunging depth and distance at which the stepover occurs if the machining strategy O389 0 or Q389 2 is used Input range O to 99999 9999 gt 2nd setup clearance Q204 incremental Coordinate in the spindle axis at which no collision between tool and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range O to 99999 9999 Features Software Option 10 4 FACE MILLING Cycle 232 rr G232 Advanced Programm HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 237 i 10 5 Programming Examples 10 5 Programming Examples Definition of workpiece blank Tool call Retract the tool Cycle definition MULTIPASS MILLING N 38 Fixed Cycles Multipass Milling i HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Pre position near the s
155. ck If you use spatial angles then use the Q parameters Q120 A axis value Q121 B axis value and Q122 C axis value which are described by Cycle 19 Example NC blocks For manual positioning always use the rotary axis positions stored in Q parameters 0120 to Q122 Avoid using functions such as M94 modulo rotary axes in order to avoid discrepancies between the actual and nominal positions of rotary axes in multiple definitions N 60 Define the spatial angle for calculation of the compensation Position the rotary axes by using values calculated by Cycle 19 Activate compensation for the spindle axis Activate compensation for the working plane Cycles Coordinate Transformations i Automatic positioning of rotary axes If the rotary axes are positioned automatically in Cycle 19 m The TNC can position only controlled axes E n order for the tilted axes to be positioned you must enter a feed rate and a setup clearance in addition to the tilting angles during cycle definition Use only preset tools the full tool length must be defined E The position of the tool tip as referenced to the workpiece surface remains nearly unchanged after tilting The TNC performs the tilt at the last programmed feed rate The maximum feed rate that can be reached depends on the complexity of the swivel head or tilting table Example NC blocks G80 Software Option 1 Define the angle for calculation of the
156. cles for all types of drilling operations 240 CENTERING 240 Page b9 With automatic pre positioning 2nd set up clearance optional entry of the centering diameter or centering depth 200 DRILLING 200 Page 61 With automatic pre positioning 2nd setup clearance N 3 201 REAMING With automatic pre positioning 2nd setup clearance Page 63 202 BORING With automatic pre positioning 2nd setup clearance N a Page 65 203 UNIVERSAL DRILLING With automatic pre positioning 2nd setup clearance chip breaking and decrementing Page 69 N 204 BACK BORING With automatic pre positioning 2nd setup clearance N z Page 73 205 UNIVERSAL PECKING With automatic pre positioning 2nd setup clearance chip breaking and advanced stop distance Page 77 S N ul E M 208 BORE MILLING With automatic pre positioning 2nd setup clearance Page 81 s 241 SINGLE LIP DEEP HOLE zai Page 84 DRILLING ao With automatic pre positioning to deepened starting point shaft speed and coolant definition 58 Fixed Cycles Drilling il 3 2 CENTERING Cycle 240 DIN ISO G240 Advanced Programming Features Software Option Cycle run 1 Ihe TNC positions the tool in the spindle axis at rapid traverse FMAX to the setup clearance above the workpiece surface 2 The tool is centered at the programmed feed rate F to the entered centering diameter or centering depth
157. cond touch point in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 2nd meas point 2nd axis Q266 absolute Coordinate of the second touch point in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 2nd meas point 3rd axis 0295 absolute Coordinate of the second touch point in the touch probe axis Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 3rd meas point 1st axis 0296 absolute Coordinate of the third touch point in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 3rd meas point 2nd axis O297 absolute Coordinate of the third touch point in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 0209 Q265 0296 Sele UG HO sich 320 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Workpiece Inspection il 3rd meas point 3rd axis 0298 absolute Coordinate of the third touch point in the touch probe axis Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Setup clearance 0320 incremental Additional distance between measuring point and ball tip Q320 is added to SET UP touch probe table Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Clearance height 0260 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which no collision between touch probe and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Measuring log O281 Definition of whether the TNC Is to create a measuring log 0 No measuring log 1 Generate measuring l
158. cription program triangle at right Contour description program square at left Complex Contour Formula T o D Q l Y o B i 9 2 SL cycle Simple Contour Formula mMm 5 8 2 Q s o im o 6 O0 3 D 9 o3 A5 Sc og e amp O a ES 9 5 a c gt o r 9 2 SL Cycles with Simple Contour Formula Fundamentals SL cycles and the simple contour formula enable you to form contours by combining up to 9 subcontours pockets or islands in a simple manner You define the individual subcontours geometry data as separate programs In this way any subcontour can be used any number of times The TNC calculates the contour from the selected subcontours contour description programs is limited to 128 contours The number of possible contour elements depends on the type of contour inside or outside contour and the number of contour descriptions You can program up to 16384 contour elements e The memory capacity for programming an SL cycle all Properties of the subcontours Do not program a radius compensation The TNC ignores feed rates F and miscellaneous functions M Coordinate transformations are allowed If they are programmed within the subcontour they are also effective in the following subprograms but they need not be reset after the cycle call E Although the subprograms can contain coordinates in the spindle axis such coordinates are ignored E The wo
159. ctual value of the centerline HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 G408 M ni CENTER REF PT Cycle 408 DIN ISO o d G408 ior CENTER REF PT Cycle 408 DIN ISO Please note while programming Danger of collision To prevent a collision between touch probe and workpiece enter a low estimate for the slot width If the slot width and the safety clearance do not permit pre positioning in the proximity of the touch points the TNC always starts probing from the center of the slot In this case the touch probe does not return to the clearance height between the two measuring points Before a cycle definition you must have programmed a tool call to define the touch probe axis Cycle parameters 408 Ds 314 Center in 1st axis O321 absolute Center of the slot in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Center in 2nd axis O322 absolute Center of the slot in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Width of slot O311 incremental Width of the slot regardless of its position in the working plane Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Measuring axis 121st axis 222nd axis O272 Axis in which the measurement is to be made 1 Reference axis 2 measuring axis 2 Minor axis 2 measuring axis Measuring height in the touch probe axis O261 absolute Coordinate of the ball tip center 2 touch point in the touch probe axis in which the measurement is to be m
160. d Programmin E Please note while programming uond eMyOS Saume 4 Burt 16014 pe ueApy 802 21949 ONITIIN AYO 6 Fixed Cycles Drilling i 82 Cycle parameters 208 gt Setup clearance 0200 incremental Distance between tool lower edge and workpiece surface Input range 0 to 99999 9999 gt Depth 0201 incremental Distance between workpiece surface and bottom of hole Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt Feed rate for plunging 0206 Traversing speed of the tool during helical drilling in mm min Input range 0 to 99999 999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ Infeed per helix 0334 incremental Depth of the tool plunge with each helix 360 Input range O to 99999 9999 gt Workpiece surface coordinate Q203 absolute Coordinate of the workpiece surface Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt 2nd setup clearance O204 incremental Coordinate in the spindle axis at which no collision between tool and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range O to 99999 9999 Nominal diameter 0335 absolute value Bore hole diameter If you have entered the nominal diameter to be the same as the tool diameter the TNC will bore directly to the entered depth without any helical interpolation Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Roughing diameter 0342 absolute As soon as you enter a value greater than O in Q342 the TNC no longer checks the ratio between the nominal diameter and the tool diameter Th
161. d in point table dh 22 Fixed Cycles Tapping Thread Milling i HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Cycle call in connection with point table TAB1 PNT Feed rate between points 5000 mm min Retract the tool change the tool Call tool drill Move tool to clearance height enter a value for F Cycle definition drilling 0 must be entered here effective as defined in point table 0 must be entered here effective as defined in point table Cycle call in connection with point table TAB1 PNT Retract the tool change the tool Tool call for tap Move tool to clearance height Cycle definition for tapping 0 must be entered here effective as defined in point table 0 must be entered here effective as defined in point table Cycle call in connection with point table TAB1 PNT Retract in the tool axis end program Examples 4 11 Programming i Point table TAB1 PNT Examples im D E A q ur uh 24 Fixed Cycles Tapping Thread Milling i hu lt 9 1 Fundamentals p Overview The TNC offers 6 cycles for machining pockets studs and slots 2 EE 251 RECTANGULAR POCKET 251 Page 127 Roughing finishing cycle with selection of jm am machining operation and helical plunging 252 CIRCULAR POCKET 252 Page 132 Roughing finishing cycle with selection of m e machining operation and helical plunging 253 SLOT MILLING 253 Page 136 Roughing finishing cycle
162. deflected within the path defined in DIST the TNC outputs an error message Setup clearance to touch point SET UP in touch probe table In SET UP you define how far from the defined or calculated touch point the TNC is to pre position the touch probe The smaller the value you enter the more exactly must you define the touch point position In many touch probe cycles you can also define a setup clearance that Is added to SET UP Orient the infrared touch probe to the programmed probe direction TRACK in touch probe table To increase measuring accuracy you can use TRACK ON to have an infrared touch probe oriented in the programmed probe direction before every probe process In this way the stylus is always deflected in the same direction If you change TRACK ON you must recalibrate the touch probe HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 13 2 mM Start Working with Touch Probe Cycles B d 13 2 Betori u Start Working with Touch Probe Cycles Touch trigger probe probing feed rate F in touch probe table In F you define the feed rate at which the TNC is to probe the workpiece Touch trigger probe rapid traverse for positioning FMAX In FMAX you define the feed rate at which the TNC pre positions the touch probe or positions it between measuring points Touch trigger probe rapid traverse for positioning F PREPOS in touch probe table In F PREPOS you define whether the TNC is to position the touch probe at the feed rate
163. displays the following soft keys Intersected with e g QC10 QC1 amp QC5 Complex Contour Formula Joined with CER e g QC25 QC7 QC18 ev Joined without intersection e g QC12 QC5 QC25 Sd Without CAN 2 e g QC25 QC1 QC2 9 Opening parenthesis Q e g QC12 QC1 QC2 QC3 2 Q Closing parenthesis e g QC12 QC1 QC2 QC3 QJ Defining a single contour s o e g QC12 QC1 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 215 il Complex Contour Formula 9 1 SL Cycles Overlapping contours By default the TNC considers a programmed contour to be a pocket With the functions of the contour formula you can convert a contour from a pocket to an island Pockets and islands can be overlapped to form a new contour You can thus enlarge the area of a pocket by another pocket or reduce it by an island Subprograms overlapping pockets description programs that are defined in a contour definition program The contour definition program is called through the SEL CONTOUR function in the actual main program e The following programming examples are contour Pockets and B overlap The TNC calculates the points of intersection S1 and S2 they do not have to be programmed The pockets are programmed as full circles 216 Fixed Cycles Contour Pocket with Contour Formula il O O 5 5 e e c c e e O o o o ct ct 5 5 pe D
164. dvances again at FMAX to the setup clearance above the first PLUNGING DEPTH The tool then advances with another infeed at the programmed feed rate If programmed the plunging depth is decreased after each infeed by the decrement The TNC repeats this process 2 to 4 until the programmed total hole depth is reached The tool remains at the hole bottom if programmed for the entered dwell time to cut free and then retracts to the setup clearance at the retraction feed rate If programmed the tool moves to the 2nd setup clearance at FMAX HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 anced ption T 3203 Programming Features Softwa 3 6 UNIVERSAL DRILLING Cycle 203 DIN ISO E Please note while programming uondQo BAePMYOS sainjesy Hulwiwesbolg peouenby 025 OSI NIG 0 21949 ONITIIHQ TVSH3AINn 9 Fixed Cycles Drilling i 70 Cycle parameters 203 Setup clearance Q200 incremental Distance between tool tip and workpiece surface Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Depth O201 incremental Distance between workpiece surface and bottom of hole tip of drill taper Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Feed rate for plunging O206 Traversing speed of the tool during drilling in mm min Input range O to 99999 999 alternatively FAUTO FU Plunging depth O202 incremental Infeed per cut Input range 0 to 99999 9999 The depth does not have to be a multiple of the plunging depth The TNC will go to depth in one mo
165. e Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Center in 2nd axis 0274 absolute Center of the stud in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 First side length O282 Stud length parallel to the reference axis of the working plane Input range 0 to OL Set 99999 9999 2nd side length Q283 Stud length parallel to the minor axis of the working plane Input range O to 99999 9999 Measuring height in the touch probe axis O261 absolute Coordinate of the ball tip center 2 touch point in the touch probe axis in which the measurement is to be made Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 0273 0279 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 389 il G424 M MEAS RECTAN OUTSIDE Cycle 424 ISO 390 Setup clearance 0320 incremental Additional distance between measuring point and ball tip 0320 is added to SET_UP touch probe table Inout range 0 to 99999 9999 Clearance height 0260 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which no collision between touch probe and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Traversing to clearance height O301 Definition of how the touch probe is to move between the measuring points 0 Move at measuring height between measuring points 1 Move at clearance height between measuring points Max size limit 1st side length O284 Maximum permissible length of the stud Input range O to 99999 9999 Min size limit 1st side length O285 Minimu
166. e measuring from outside 380 Circular pocket Roughing finishing 132 Circular slot Roughing finishing 141 Circular stud 150 Classification of results 367 Compensating workpiece misalignment By measuring two points of a line 290 Over two holes 293 Over two studs 296 Via rotary axis 299 303 Confidence range 282 Consider basic rotation 278 Contour cycles 168 Contour train 186 Coordinate transformation 242 Coordinate measuring a single 398 Cycle Calling 42 Defining 41 Cycles and point tables 55 Cylinder surface Contour machining 197 Ridge machining 203 Slot machining 200 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 D Datum shift With datum tables 244 Within the program 243 Deepened starting point for drilling 80 85 Drilling 61 69 77 Deepened starting point 80 85 Drilling cycles 58 Dwell time 269 E External thread milling 118 F Face milling 233 FCL function 7 Feature content level 7 Floor finishing 183 H Helical thread drilling milling 114 Hole measuring 376 K Key way milling Roughing finishing 136 M Machine parameters for 3 D touch probes 281 Machining patterns 44 Measurement results in O parameters 312 367 Measuring angles 373 Mirror image 250 Multiple measurements 282 O Oriented spindle stop 272 P Pattern definition 44
167. e axis at which the probe can traverse without collision Write Z coordinate in line 1 Set touch probe axis to 0 In the preset table PRESET PR save the calculated datum referenced to the machine based coordinate system REF system Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Datum Setting i a ne IN ONE AXIS Cycle 419 DIN ISO Center of the bolt hole circle X coordinate Center of the bolt hole circle Y coordinate Diameter of the bolt hole circle Polar coordinate angle for 1st hole center Polar coordinate angle for 2nd hole center 2 Polar coordinate angle for 3rd hole center 3 Coordinate in the touch probe axis in which the measurement is made Height in the touch probe axis at which the probe can traverse without collision Enter center of bolt hole circle X and Y in line 1 In the preset table PRESET PR save the calculated datum referenced to the machine based coordinate system REF system Do not set a datum in the touch probe axis No function No function No function No function Safety clearance in addition to SET UP column Activate new preset with Cycle 247 Part program call G419 i i 18 barum IN ONE AXIS Cycle 419 DIN ISO G419 362 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Datum Setting il 16 1 Fundamentals Overview i Danger of collision When running touch probe cycles no cycles must be active for coordinate transformation Cycle 7 DATUM Cycle 8 MIRROR IMAGE Cycle 10 ROTATION Cycles 11 and 26
168. e height O260 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which no collision between touch probe and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 0263 DID G400 Q272 1 ASIC ROTATION Cycle 400 DIN ISO q i d G400 sasic ROTATION Cycle 400 DIN ISO gt Traversing to clearance height Q301 Definition of how the touch probe is to move between the measuring points 0 Move at measuring height between measuring points 1 Move at clearance height between measuring points gt Default setting for basic rotation Q307 absolute If the misalignment is to be measured against a straight line other than the reference axis enter the angle of this reference line The TNC will then calculate the difference between the value measured and the angle of the reference line for the basic rotation Input range 360 000 to 360 000 gt Preset number in table 0305 Enter the preset number in the table in which the TNC is to save the determined basic rotation If you enter 0305 0 the TNC automatically places the determined basic rotation in the ROT menu of the Manual Operation mode Input range 0 to 2999 m X D 3 9 c O T 9 T 292 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Measurement of Workpiece Misalignment i 14 3 BASIC ROTATION from Two Holes Cycle 401 DIN ISO G401 G401 Cycle run The Touch Probe Cycle 401
169. e in Q12 Input range O to 99999 9999 alternatively FMAX FAUTO 76 ROUGH OUT Cycle 22 DIN ISO 182 Fixed Cycles Contour Pocket d 7 7 FLOOR FINISHING Cycle 23 DIN ISO G123 Advanced Programming Features Software Option Cycle run The tool approaches the machining plane smoothly on a vertically tangential arc if there is sufficient room If there is not enough room the TNC moves the tool to depth vertically The tool then clears the finishing allowance remaining from rough out Please note while programming finishing The starting point depends on the available e The TNC automatically calculates the starting point for space in the pocket The approaching radius for pre positioning to the final depth is permanently defined and independent of the plunging angle of the tool Cycle parameters z3 Feed rate for plunging O11 Traversing speed of the CALE tool during plunging Input range 0 to 99999 9999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ Feed rate for roughing O12 Milling feed rate Input range 0 to 99999 9999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ Retraction feed rate O208 Traversing speed of the tool in mm min when retracting after machining If you enter Q208 0 the TNC retracts the tool at the feed rate in Q12 Input range 0 to 99999 9999 alternatively FMAX FAUTO HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Example NC blocks ing es Software Option anced Programm G123 Adv Fe 7 7 FLOOR FINISHING Cycle 23 DIN ISO
170. e mill any slots with small tools too Danger of collision Use the machine parameter displayDepthErr to define whether if a positive depth is entered the TNC should output an error message on or not off Keep in mind that the TNC reverses the calculation for pre positioning when a positive depth is entered This means that the tool moves at rapid traverse in the tool axis to setup clearance below the workpiece surface If you call the cycle with machining operation 2 only finishing then the TNC positions the tool to the first plunging depth at rapid traverse HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 ing G253 Advanced Programm Features aware Option 5 4 SLOT MILLING Cycle 253 DIN ISO k d O Programming C Fur o S 0 D Sum ad o LL c gt O lt x T LO N O 5 4 SLOT MILLING Cycle 253 DIN ISO 138 Cycle parameters Machining operation 0 1 2 O215 Define the machining operation 0 Roughing and finishing 1 Only roughing 2 Only finishing Side finishing and floor finishing are only executed if the finishing allowances 0368 0369 have been defined Slot length O218 value parallel to the reference axis of the working plane Enter the length of the slot Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Slot width 0219 value parallel to the secondary axis of the working plane Enter the slot width If you enter a slot width that equals the tool diameter the TNC will carry
171. e reference axis of the working plane at which point the reference point is to be set in the touch probe axis Only effective if Q381 1 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Probe TS axis Coord 2nd axis 0383 absolute Coordinate of the probe point in the minor axis of the working plane at which point the reference point is to be set in the touch probe axis Only effective if 0381 1 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Probe TS axis Coord 3rd axis 0384 absolute Coordinate of the probe point in the touch probe axis at which point the reference point is to be set in the touch probe axis Only effective if 0381 1 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 New datum in TS axis 0333 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which the TNC should set the datum Default setting 0 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 m X D 3 D c O za o 9 T G411 15 5 DATUM FROM y ai OF RECTANGLE Cycle 411 DIN ISO i G412 15 6 DATUM s INSIDE OF CIRCLE Cycle 412 DIN ISO 15 6 DATUM FROM INSIDE OF CIRCLE Cycle 412 DIN ISO G412 Cycle run Touch Probe Cycle 412 finds the center of a circular pocket or of a hole and defines its center as datum If desired the TNC can also enter the coordinates into a datum table or the preset table 1 The TNC positions the touch probe to the starting point 1 at rapid traverse value from FMAX column following the positioning
172. e second position 4 The INC positions the probe to starting point 3 and then to starting point 4 to probe the third and fourth touch points 5 Finally the TNC returns the touch probe to the clearance height and processes the determined datum depending on the cycle parameters Q303 and Q305 see Saving the calculated datum on page 312 and saves the coordinates of the determined corner in the O parameters listed below 6 lfdesired the TNC subsequently measures the datum in the touch probe axis in a separate probing Q151 Actual value of corner in reference axis Q152 Actual value of corner in minor axis HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 G415 Q U e LO o gt 2 oc LI c oc QO Q Li O Lu e U Z d G415 15 9 DATUM INSIDE OF CORNER Cycle 415 DIN ISO Please note while programming Before a cycle definition you must have programmed a tool call to define the touch probe axis The TNC always measures the first line in the direction of the minor axis of the working plane Cycle parameters 415 342 1st meas point 1st axis 0263 absolute Coordinate of the first touch point in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 1st meas point 2nd axis Q264 absolute Coordinate of the first touch point in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Spacing in 1st axis Q326 incremental Distance between the fir
173. e tool to the starting point if there has been no previous countersinking at front Starting point for thread milling starting point for countersinking at front The tool moves at the programmed feed rate for pre positioning to the starting plane The starting plane is derived from the algebraic sign of the thread pitch the milling method climb or up cut milling and the number of threads per step The tool then approaches the thread diameter tangentially in a helical movement Depending on the setting of the parameter for the number of threads the tool mills the thread in one helical movement in several offset movements or in one continuous movement After this the tool departs the contour tangentially and returns to the starting point in the working plane At the end of the cycle the TNC retracts the tool at rapid traverse to the setup clearance or if programmed to the 2nd setup clearance 118 Fixed Cycles Tapping Thread Milling il uondo sven pe ueApy 2929 OSI NIG 292 219 9 5NITIIIN GWAYHL AGISLNO OL v Please note while programming OS so1JnjeoeJ Guiurue4504d b i HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Advanced re Option G Programming Features So 4 10 OUTSIDE THREAD MILLING Cycle 267 DIN ISO Cycle parameters 2 120 Nominal diameter O335 Nominal thread diameter Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Thread pitch O239 Pitch of the thread The algebraic sign differentiates between right hand and left
174. each touch probe Editing touch probe tables To edit the touch probe table proceed as follows Select the Manual Operation mode TOUCH Select the touch probe functions by pressing the A TOUCH PROBE soft key The TNC displays additional Soft keys see table above TCH PROBE Select the touch probe table Press the TOUCH Li PROBE TABLE soft key EDIT Set the EDIT soft key to ON oFF on Using the arrow keys select the desired setting Perform desired changes Exit the touch probe table Press the END soft key 284 Table editing Selection of the touch probe File TVPE CRL OF1 CAL_OF2 CAL_ANG F FMAX DIST tne table tchprobe tp Using Touch Probe Cycles il Touch probe data NO TYPE CAL OF1 CAL OF2 CAL ANG FMAX DIST SET UP F PREPOS TRACK Number of the touch probe Enter this number in the tool table column TP NO under the appropriate tool number Selection of the touch probe used Offset of the touch probe axis to the spindle axis for the reference axis Offset of the touch probe axis to the spindle axis for the minor axis The TNC orients the touch probe to the orientation angle before calibration or probing If orientation is possible Feed rate at which the TNC is to probe the workpiece Feed rate at which the touch probe pre positions or is positioned between the measuring points If the stylus is not deflected within the defined path the TNC outputs an error m
175. ece or when retracting from the workpiece Input range 0 to 99999 999 alternatively FMAX FAUTO Feed rate for back boring O254 Traversing speed of the tool during back boring in mm min Input range O to 99999 999 alternatively FAUTO FU Dwell time 0255 Dwell time in seconds at the top of the bore hole Input range 0 to 3600 000 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 ming ption re Or a Features Softw G204 Advanced Pro 3 7 BACK BORING Cycle 204 DIN ISO Z ming ption m X D 3 p D c O T 9 T ab c P2 o t T o co S9 TE qo O er LL e e 9 3 7 BACK BORING Cycle 204 DIN ISO 76 gt Workpiece surface coordinate 0203 absolute Coordinate of the workpiece surface Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 2nd setup clearance 0204 incremental Coordinate in the spindle axis at which no collision between tool and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range O to 99999 9999 Disengaging direction 0 1 2 3 4 O214 Determine the direction in which the TNC displaces the tool by the off center distance after spindle orientation Input of O is not permitted 1 Retract tool in the negative ref axis direction 2 Retract tool in the neg minor axis direction 3 Retract tool in the positive ref axis direction 4 Retract tool in the pos minor axis direction Angle for spindle orientation 0336 absolute Angle at which the TNC positions the tool before it is plunged into o
176. ect to the entered starting point You can enter a positive or negative value Rotary pos minor ax Angle of rotation around which only the minor axis of the machining plane is distorted with respect to the entered starting point You can enter a positive or negative value Workpiece surface coordinate absolute Enter Z coordinate at which machining is to begin HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 49 LL LLI Defining a full circle 0 then this value is effective in addition to the workpiece surface Q203 that you defined in the machining cycle e If you have defined a workpiece surface in Z not equal to Bolt hole circle center X absolute Coordinate of Example NC blocks the circle center in the X axis PATTE 2j Bolt hole circle center Y absolute Coordinate of S the circle center in the Y axis gt Bolt hole circle diameter Diameter of the bolt hole _ circle c Manual operation Programming ui gt Starting angle Polar angle of the first machining Bolt hole circle center X Qo position Reference axis Major axis of the active 1 BLK FOR Qi Z Xto vers O machining plane e g X for tool axis Z You can enter 5 Too cars z sase c a positive or negative value NN Number of positions Total number of machining tz positions on the circle gt Workpiece surface coordinate absolute Enter Z a coordinate at which machining is to begin N N 50 Using Fixed Cycles Defining a circula
177. ection by 0 2 mm fixed value The TNC moves the tool at the retraction feed rate to the setup clearance and then if entered to the 2nd setup clearance at FMAX If 0214 0 the tool point remains on the wall of the hole HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 tures ption um Softwa In G202 Advanced Programmi 3 5 BORING Cycle 202 DIN ISO E Software Option G202 Advanced 3 5 BORING Cycle 202 DIN ISO Please note while programming O 66 Machine and TNC must be specially prepared by the machine tool builder for use of this cycle This cycle is effective only for machines with servo controlled spindle Program a positioning block for the starting point hole center in the working plane with radius compensation RO The algebraic sign for the cycle parameter DEPTH determines the working direction If you program DEPTH O the cycle will not be executed After the cycle is completed the TNC restores the coolant and spindle conditions that were active before the cycle call Danger of collision Use the machine parameter displayDepthErr to define whether if a positive depth is entered the TNC should output an error message on or not off Keep in mind that the TNC reverses the calculation for pre positioning when a positive depth is entered This means that the tool moves at rapid traverse in the tool axis to setup clearance below the workpiece surface Select a disengaging direction
178. ed feed rate for pre positioning to the starting plane for the thread The starting plane is determined from the thread pitch and the type of milling climb or up cut 10 Then the tool moves tangentially on a helical path to the thread diameter and mills the thread with a 360 helical motion 11 After this the tool departs the contour tangentially and returns to the starting point in the working plane 12 At the end of the cycle the TNC retracts the tool at rapid traverse to setup clearance or if programmed to the 2nd setup clearance 110 Fixed Cycles Tapping Thread Milling il uondQo ope saoinje9 4 Buruure1504d pe ueApy p925 OSI NIG 79Z 21949 ONITIIN ONIT1I4Q GVAYHL 8t 111 Please note while programming HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 O T O c gt O lt G2 Programming Features Software Option 4 8 THREAD DRILLING MILLING Cycle 264 DIN ISO Cycle parameters a 112 Nominal diameter 0335 Nominal thread diameter Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Thread pitch 0239 Pitch of the thread The algebraic sign differentiates between right hand and left hand threads right hand thread left hand thread Input range 99 9999 to 99 9999 Thread depth Q201 incremental Distance between workpiece surface and root of thread Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Total hole depth 0356 incremental Distance between workpiece surface and bottom of hole Input range 99999 9999 to
179. ed in mm Q17 1 i i Note E Machine with B head and C table E Cylinder centered on rotary table Datum at center of rotary table FB programming Examples N 08 Call tool tool axis is Y Retract the tool Position tool on rotary table center Define contour subprogram Define machining parameters Remachining active Pre position rotary table Cycle call Retract in the tool axis end program Fixed Cycles Cylindrical Surface i HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Contour subprogram Data for the rotary axis are entered in mm Q17 1 Examples ing 5 Programm j i FB programming Examples 210 Fixed Cycles Cylindrical Surface il Fixed Cycles Contour Pocket with Contour Formula 9 1 SL Cycles with Complex Contour Formula Fundamentals SL cycles and the complex contour formula enable you to form complex contours by combining subcontours pockets or islands You define the individual subcontours geometry data as separate programs In this way any subcontour can be used any number of times The TNC calculates the complete contour from the selected subcontours which you link together through a contour formula contour description programs is limited to 128 contours The number of possible contour elements depends on the type of contour inside or outside contour and the number of contour descriptions You can program up to 16384 contour elements
180. ed of the tool while moving to depth in mm min Input range 0 to 99999 999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ Infeed for finishing O338 incremental Infeed per cut Q33820 Finishing in one infeed Input range 0 to 99999 9999 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 rogramming ware Option at co S TE qo O co LL LO N 5 4 SLOT MILLING Cycle 253 DIN ISO j d rogramming ware Option ced P cuo TE TE d om LL LO N 5 4 SLOT MILLING Cycle 253 DIN ISO 140 gt Setup clearance Q200 incremental Distance between tool tip and workpiece surface Input range 0 to 99999 9999 gt Workpiece surface coordinate Q203 absolute Absolute coordinate of the workpiece surface Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt 2nd setup clearance 0204 incremental Coordinate in the spindle axis at which no collision between tool and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range O to 99999 9999 Plunging strategy O366 Type of plunging strategy E 0 vertical plunging The TNC plunges perpendicularly regardless of the plunging angle ANGLE defined in the tool table E 1 helical plunging In the tool table the plunging angle ANGLE for the active tool must be defined as not equal to 0 Otherwise the TNC generates an error message Plunge on a helical path only if there IS enough space E 2 reciprocating plunge In the tool table the plunging angle ANGLE for the active tool must be defined as not eq
181. ed of the tool in the spindle axis Input range 0 to 99999 9999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ Feed rate for milling O12 Traversing speed of the tool in the working plane Input range O to 99999 9999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ Cylinder radius O16 Radius of the cylinder on which the contour is to be machined Input range O to 99999 9999 Dimension type ang lin O17 The dimensions for the rotary axis of the subprogram are given either in degrees 0 or in mm inches 1 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Example NC blocks 8 2 CYLINDER SURFACE Cycle 27 ES E Software Option 1 co co ge c E o 2 24 Z ag XE 8 3 CYLINDER SURFACE Slot Milling Cycle 8 3 CYLINDER SURFACE Slot Milling Cycle 28 DIN ISO G128 Software Option 1 Cycle run This cycle enables you to program a guide notch in two dimensions and then transfer it onto a cylindrical surface Unlike Cycle 27 with this cycle the TNC adjusts the tool so that with radius compensation active the walls of the slot are nearly parallel You can machine exactly parallel walls by using a tool that is exactly as wide as the slot The smaller the tool is with respect to the slot width the larger the distortion in circular arcs and oblique line segments To minimize this process related distortion you can define in parameter Q21 a tolerance with which the TNC machines a slot as similar as possible to a slot machined with a tool of the same width as the
182. eed rate for countersinking to the sinking depth at front If countersinking occurs after thread milling the TNC moves the tool to the countersinking depth at the feed rate for pre positioning 3 The INC positions the tool without compensation from the center on a semicircle to the offset at front and then follows a circular path at the feed rate for countersinking 4 The tool then moves in a semicircle to the hole center Thread milling 5 The tool moves at the programmed feed rate for pre positioning to the starting plane for the thread 6 The tool then approaches the thread diameter tangentially in a helical movement 7 The tool moves on a continuous helical downward path until it reaches the thread depth 8 After this the tool departs the contour tangentially and returns to the starting point in the working plane 9 Atthe end of the cycle the TNC retracts the tool at rapid traverse to setup clearance or if programmed to the 2nd setup clearance 114 Fixed Cycles Tapping Thread Milling il uondO oJ 8925 OS Please note while programming OS Sainje9 Hulwuweiboig posueApy a s9z 21949 59NITIIW SNITIIHG QV3HHI TVOT13H 6 b i HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 ion 3 G265 Q Y Advanced Programming Features Software Opt 4 9 HELICAL THREAD DRILLING MILLING Cycle 265 D 116 Cycle parameters Nominal diameter 0335 Nominal thread diameter Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Thread pitch O239 Pitch of
183. efine the corresponding tolerance values in the cycle the TNC makes a nominal to actual value comparison and saves the deviation value in system parameters 1 The INC positions the touch probe to the starting point 1 at rapid traverse value from FMAX column following the positioning logic see Executing touch probe cycles on page 283 The TNC calculates the touch points from the data in the cycle and the safety clearance from the SET UP column of the touch probe table 2 Then the touch probe moves to the entered measuring height and probes the first touch point at the probing feed rate column F 3 Then the touch probe moves either paraxially at the measuring height or linearly at the clearance height to the next starting point 2 and probes the second touch point 4 The TNC positions the probe to starting point 3 and then to starting point 4 to probe the third and fourth touch points 5 Finally the TNC returns the touch probe to the clearance height and saves the actual values and the deviations in the following O MEAS RECTAN INSIDE Cycle 423 DIN ISO parameters _Parameternumber Meaning 0151 Actual value of center in reference axis Q152 Actual value of center in minor axis 0154 Actual value of length in the reference axis 0155 Actual value of length in the minor axis Q161 Deviation at center of reference axis Q162 Deviation at center of minor axis Q164 Deviation of side length in reference a
184. efore a cycle definition you must have programmed a tool call to define the touch probe axis HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 317 il G409 15 3 Bum RIDGE CENTER Cycle 409 DIN ISO Cycle parameters 408 17271 318 Center in 1st axis O321 absolute Center of the ridge in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Center in 2nd axis O322 absolute Center of the ridge in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Width of ridge O311 incremental Width of the ridge regardless of its position in the working plane Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Measuring axis 1 1st axis 2 2nd axis Q272 Axis in which the measurement is to be made 1 Reference axis measuring axis 2 Minor axis measuring axis Measuring height in the touch probe axis 0261 absolute Coordinate of the ball tip center touch point in the touch probe axis in which the measurement Is to be made Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Setup clearance 0320 incremental Additional distance between measuring point and ball tip 0320 is added to SET_UP touch probe table Inout range 0 to 99999 9999 Clearance height 0260 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which no collision between touch probe and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Number in table O305 Enter the number in the datum preset table in which the TNC is to save the coordinates
185. elation between the individual input parameters for rightward rotating tools Right handed 1 RL Z Left handed 1 RR Z Right handed 1 RR Z Left handed 1 RL Z Rnb ERN CONDES Right handed 1 RL Z Left handed 1 RR Z Right handed 1 RR Z Left handed 1 RL Z thread milling to the tool cutting edge Since the TNC however always displays the feed rate relative to the path of the tool tip the displayed value does not match the programmed value e The TNC references the programmed feed rate during The machining direction of the thread changes if you execute a thread milling cycle in connection with Cycle 8 MIRRORING in only one axis HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 4 5 Fundamentals of W Milling j d 4 5 Fundamentals of Thread Milling 102 Fixed Cycles Tapping Thread Milling i 4 6 THREAD MILLING Cycle 262 DIN ISO G262 Advanced Programming Features Software Option Cycle run 1 2 The TNC positions the tool in the spindle axis to the entered setup clearance above the workpiece surface at rapid traverse FMAX The tool moves at the programmed feed rate for pre positioning to the starting plane The starting plane is derived from the algebraic sign of the thread pitch the milling method climb or up cut milling and the number of threads per step The tool then approaches the thread diameter tangentially in a helical movement Before the helical approach a compensa
186. ement or reduction Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Example NC blocks Wa SCALING Cycle 26 j i G80 Software Option 1 o o e 11 9 WORKING PLANE Cycle 11 9 WORKING PLANE Cycle 19 DIN ISO G80 Software Option 1 Effect In Cycle 19 you define the position of the working plane i e the position of the tool axis referenced to the machine coordinate system by entering tilt angles There are two ways to determine the position of the working plane Enter the position of the rotary axes directly Describe the position of the working plane using up to 3 rotations spatial angle of the fixed machine coordinate system The required spatial angle can be calculated by cutting a perpendicular line through the tilted working plane and considering it from the axis around which you wish to tilt With two spatial angles every tool position in space can be defined exactly therefore also all movements in the tilted system are e Note that the position of the tilted coordinate system and dependent on your description of the tilted plane If you program the position of the working plane via spatial angles the TNC will calculate the required angle positions of the tilted axes automatically and will store these in the parameters 0120 A axis to Q122 C axis If two solutions are possible the TNC will choose the shorter path from the zero position of the rotary axes The axes are
187. enter all the required data into the central tool file and call the tool to be measured with TOOL CALL 418 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Tool Measurement il Differences between Cycles 31 to 33 and Cycles 481 to 483 The features and the operating sequences are absolutely identical There are only two differences between Cycles 31 to 33 and Cycles 481 to 483 Cycles 481 to 483 are also available in controls for ISO programming under G481 to G483 Instead of a selectable parameter for the status of the measurement the new cycles use the fixed parameter Q199 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 18 1 Fundamentals o d Setting the machine parameters machine parameters defined in ProbSettings gt e Before you start work with the TT cycles inspect all CfgToolMeasurement and CfgTTRoundStylus The TNC uses the feed rate for probing defined in probingFeed when measuring a tool at standstill When measuring a rotating tool the TNC automatically calculates the spindle speed and feed rate for probing The spindle speed is calculated as follows 18 1 Fundamentals n maxPeriphSpeedMeas r 0 0063 where n Spindle speed rpm maxPeriphSpeedMeas Maximum permissible cutting speed in m min r Active tool radius in mm The feed rate for probing is calculated from v meas tolerance n where V Feed rate for probing in mm min Measuring tolerance Measuring tolerance mm depending on maxPeriphSpeedMeas n Speed in rpm pr
188. er in minor axis Q153 Actual value of diameter Q161 Deviation at center of reference axis Q162 Deviation at center of minor axis Q163 Deviation from diameter Please note while programming Before a cycle definition you must have programmed a tool call to define the touch probe axis The smaller the angle the less accurately the TNC can calculate the hole dimensions Minimum input value 5 376 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Workpiece Inspection il Cycle parameters az Center in 1st axis Q273 absolute Center of the hole KI in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Center in 2nd axis Q274 absolute value Center of the hole in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Nominal diameter Q262 Enter the diameter of the hole Input range O to 99999 9999 Starting angle 0325 absolute Angle between the reference axis of the working plane and the first touch point Input range 360 0000 to 360 0000 Stepping angle 0247 incremental Angle between two measuring points The algebraic sign of the stepping angle determines the direction of rotation negative clockwise If you wish to probe a circular arc instead of a complete circle then program the stepping angle to be less than 90 Input range 120 0000 to 120 0000 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 SEISUPSKELIISISOBIEE 0273 9279 G421 16 5 MEASURE HOLE Cycle 421 DIN ISO k d G421
189. essage In SET UP you define how far from the defined or calculated touch point the TNC is to pre position the touch probe The smaller the value you enter the more exactly must you define the touch point position In many touch probe cycles you can also define a setup clearance in addition that is added to Machine Parameter SET UP Defining speed with pre positioning Pre positioning with speed from FMAX FMAX PROBE Pre positioning with machine rapid traverse FMAX MACHINE To increase measuring accuracy you can use TRACK ON to have an infrared touch probe oriented in the programmed probe direction before every probe process In this way the stylus is always deflected in the same direction ON Perform spindle tracking OFF Do not perform spindle tracking HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Selection of touch probe TS center misalignmt ref axis mm TS center misalignmt ref axis mm Spindle angle for calibration Probing feed rate mm min Rapid traverse in probing cycle mm min Maximum measuring path mm Setup clearance mm Pre positioning at rap traverse ENT NO ENT Orient touch probe cycles Yes ENT No NOENT j d 13 3 Touch Probe Table E H 2 cm 0 an v q 286 Using Touch Probe Cycles il Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Measurement of Workpiece Misalignment i 14 1 Fundamentals 14 1 Fundamentals Overview i Danger of collision When r
190. et and the safety clearance do not permit pre positioning in the proximity of the touch points the TNC always starts probing from the center of the pocket In this case the touch probe does not return to the clearance height between the four measuring points The smaller the angle increment O247 the less accurately the TNC can calculate the datum Minimum input value 5 Before a cycle definition you must have programmed a tool call to define the touch probe axis Cycle parameters a12 Center in 1st axis 0321 absolute Center of the pocket in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Center in 2nd axis 0322 absolute Center of the pocket in the minor axis of the working plane If you program Q322 0 the TNC aligns the hole center to the positive Y axis If you program Q322 not equal to 0 then the TNC aligns the hole center to the nominal position Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Nominal diameter 0262 Approximate diameter of the circular pocket or hole Enter a value that is more likely to be too small than too large Input range O to 99999 9999 Starting angle O325 absolute Angle between the reference axis of the working plane and the first touch point Input range 360 0000 to 360 0000 INSIDE OF CIRCLE Cycle 412 DIN ISO Stepping angle O247 incremental Angle between two measuring points The algebraic sign of the stepping angle determines the direction of rotation
191. eter Q307 Default setting for basic rotation whether the measurement result is to be corrected by a known angle see figure at right This enables you to measure the basic rotation against any straight line 1 of the workpiece and to establish the reference to the actual 0 direction 2 14 1 Fundamentals HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 289 il G400 Mlsasic ROTATION Cycle 400 DIN ISO 14 2 BASIC ROTATION Cycle 400 DIN ISO G400 Cycle run Touch probe cycle 400 determines a workpiece misalignment by measuring two points which must lie on a straight surface With the basic rotation function the TNC compensates the measured value 1 Ihe INC positions the touch probe to the programmed starting point 1 at rapid traverse value from FMAX column following the positioning logic see Executing touch probe cycles on page283 The TNC offsets the touch probe by the safety clearance in the direction opposite the defined traverse direction 2 Then the touch probe moves to the entered measuring height and probes the first touch point at the probing feed rate column F 3 Then the touch probe moves to the next starting position 2 and probes the second position 4 The TNC returns the touch probe to the clearance height and performs the basic rotation Please note while programming Before a cycle definition you must have programmed a tool call to define the touch probe axis The TNC will reset an active basic rotation at the
192. f the probe point in the reference axis of the working plane at which point the reference point is to be set in the touch probe axis Only effective if Q381 1 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Probe TS axis Coord 2nd axis 0383 absolute Coordinate of the probe point in the minor axis of the working plane at which point the reference point is to be set in the touch probe axis Only effective if Q381 1 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Probe TS axis Coord 3rd axis 0384 absolute Coordinate of the probe point in the touch probe axis at which point the reference point is to be set in the touch probe axis Only effective if Q381 1 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 New datum in TS axis 0333 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which the TNC should set the datum Default setting 0 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 m X D 3 c O 9 o 9 T Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Datum Setting i 15 10 DATUM CIRCLE CENTER Cycle 416 DIN ISO G416 Cycle run Touch Probe Cycle 416 finds the center of a bolt hole circle and defines its center as datum If desired the TNC can also enter the coordinates into a datum table or the preset table 1 Following the positioning logic see Executing touch probe cycles on page 283 the TNC positions the touch probe at rapid traverse value from column FMAX to the center of the first hole 1
193. for plunging O11 Plunging feed rate in LL o mm min Input range 0 to 99999 9999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ oU E gt Feed rate for roughing O12 Milling feed rate in mm min Input range 0 to 99999 9999 alternatively t FAUTO FU FZ ec OU gt Coarse roughing tool O18 or OS18 Number or name of the tool with which the TNC has already coarse roughed the contour Switch to name input Press the TOOL NAME soft key The TNC automatically inserts the closing quotation mark when you exit the input field If there was no coarse roughing enter 0 if you enter a number or a name the TNC will only rough out the portion that could not be machined with the coarse roughing tool If the portion that is to be roughed cannot be approached from the side the TNC will mill in a reciprocating plunge cut For this purpose you must enter the tool length LCUTS in the tool table TOOL T and define the maximum plunging ANGLE of the tool The TNC will otherwise generate an error message Input range O to 32767 9 if a number is entered maximum 16 characters if a name is entered G122 Advanced Progr gt Reciprocation feed rate O19 Traversing speed of the tool in mm min during reciprocating plunge cut Input range O to 99999 9999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ gt Retraction feed rate O208 Traversing speed of the tool in mm min when retracting after machining If you enter Q208 O the TNC retracts the tool at the feed rat
194. for plunging O206 Traversing speed of the tool while moving to depth in mm min Input range O to 99999 999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ Infeed for finishing O338 incremental Infeed per cut Q33820 Finishing in one infeed Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Setup clearance Q200 incremental Distance between tool tip and workpiece surface Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Workpiece surface coordinate Q203 absolute Absolute coordinate of the workpiece surface Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 2nd setup clearance O204 incremental Coordinate in the spindle axis at which no collision between tool and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range O to 99999 9999 Aee A Fixed Cycles Pocket Milling Stud Milling Slot Milling il Path overlap factor 0370 0370 x tool radius stepover factor k Input range 0 1 to 1 9999 gt Plunging strategy 0366 Type of plunging strategy E 0 vertical plunging The TNC plunges perpendicularly regardless of the plunging angle ANGLE defined in the tool table E 1 helical plunging In the tool table the plunging angle ANGLE for the active tool must be defined as not equal to 0 The TNC will otherwise display an error message E 2 reciprocating plunge In the tool table the plunging angle ANGLE for the active tool must be defined as not equal to 0 Otherwise the TNC generates an error message he reciprocation length depends on the plunging angle As a minimum value
195. for the last machining operation on the pitch circle does not apply to full circles Do not enter the same value for the stopping angle and starting angle If you enter the stopping angle greater than the starting angle machining will be carried out counterclockwise otherwise machining will be clockwise Input range 360 000 to 360 000 Stepping angle O247 incremental Angle between two machining operations on a pitch circle If you enter an angle step of 0 the TNC will calculate the angle step from the starting and stopping angles and the number of pattern repetitions If you enter a value other than 0 the TNC will not take the stopping angle into account The sign for the angle step determines the working direction 2 clockwise Input range 360 000 to 360 000 Number of repetitions 0241 Number of machining operations on a pitch circle Inout range 1 to 99999 Fixed Cycles Pattern Definitions il gt Setup clearance 0200 incremental Distance between tool tip and workpiece surface Input range O to 99999 9999 gt Workpiece surface coordinate Q203 absolute Coordinate of the workpiece surface Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Q200 Q204 gt 2nd setup clearance Q204 incremental Coordinate in the spindle axis at which no collision between tool and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range O to 99999 9999 oftware Option gt Moving to clearance height 0301 Definition of how the tool is to move be
196. fore be reprogrammed if e An active radius compensation is canceled by defining necessary After defining Cycle 10 you must move both axes of the working plane to activate rotation for all axes 252 Cycles Coordinate Transformations il Cycle parameters Rotation Enter the rotation angle in degrees Input range 360 000 to 360 000 absolute or incremental HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Example NC blocks G73 L on Cycle 10 DIN ISO j i G72 Wiscaunc Cycle 11 DIN ISO 11 7 SCALING Cycle 11 DIN ISO G72 Effect The TNC can increase or reduce the size of contours within a program enabling you to program shrinkage and oversize allowances The SCALING FACTOR becomes effective as soon as it is defined in the program It is also effective in the Positioning with MDI mode of operation The active scaling factor is shown in the additional status display The scaling factor has an effect on All three coordinate axes at the same time Dimensions in cycles Prerequisite It is advisable to set the datum to an edge or a corner of the contour before enlarging or reducing the contour Enlargement SCL greater than 1 up to 99 999 999 Reduction SCL less than 1 down to 0 000 001 Reset Program the SCALING FACTOR cycle once again with a scaling factor of 1 254 Cycles Coordinate Transformations il Cycle parameters G72 gt Scaling factor Enter the scaling factor SCL The
197. g 104 Cycle parameters 105 4 7 THREAD MILLING COUNTERSINKING Cycle 263 DIN ISO G263 Advanced Programming Features Software Option 106 Cycle run 106 Please note while programming 107 Cycle parameters 108 4 8 THREAD DRILLING MILLING Cycle 264 DIN ISO G264 Advanced Programming Features Software Option 110 Cycle run 110 Please note while programming 111 Cycle parameters 112 4 9 HELICAL THREAD DRILLING MILLING Cycle 265 DIN ISO G265 Advanced Programming Features Software Option 114 Cycle run 114 Please note while programming 115 Cycle parameters 116 4 10 OUTSIDE THREAD MILLING Cycle 267 DIN ISO G267 Advanced Programming Features Software Option 118 Cycle run 118 Please note while programming 119 Cycle parameters 120 4 11 Programming Examples 122 5 1 Fundamentals 126 Overview 126 5 2 RECTANGULAR POCKET Cycle 251 DIN ISO G251 Advanced Programming Features Software Option 127 Cycle run 127 Please note while programming 128 Cycle parameters 129 5 3 CIRCULAR POCKET Cycle 252 DIN ISO G252 Advanced Programming Features Software Option 132 Cycle run 132 Please note while programming 133 Cycle parameters 134 5 4 SLOT MILLING Cycle 253 DIN ISO G253 Advanced Programming Features Software Option 136 Cycle run 136
198. g ramm i n g Starting point in X INITION Number of positions Total number of machining 1 BLK FORM 0 1 Z X 0 Vso 2 25 positions 4 5 PATTERN DEF ROUIC Rot position of entire pattern absolute Angle P M Pe Par m of rotation around the entered starting point Reference axis Major axis of the active machining plane e g X for tool axis Z You can enter a positive or negative value Workpiece surface coordinate absolute Enter Z coordinate at which machining is to begin 2 2 Pattern Def HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 47 Defining a single pattern EF 0 then this value is effective in addition to the workpiece surface Q203 that you defined in the machining cycle e If you have defined a workpiece surface in Z not equal to The Rotary pos ref ax and Rotary pos minor ax parameters are added to a previously performed rotated position of the entire pattern LLI E amp PATTERN Starting point in X absolute Coordinate of the Example NC blocks starting point of the pattern in the X axis Starting point in Y absolute Coordinate of the starting point of the pattern in the Y axis INITION Spacing of machining positions X incremental Distance between the machining positions in the X direction You can enter a positive or negative value Manual operation Programming Spacing of machining positions Y incremental Starting point in X Distance between the machining positions in the Y direction
199. gramming 74 Cycle parameters 75 3 8 UNIVERSAL PECKING Cycle 205 DIN ISO G205 Advanced Programming Features Software Option Cycle run 77 Please note while programming 78 Cycle parameters 79 3 9 BORE MILLING Cycle 208 Advanced Programming Features Software Option 81 Cycle run 91 Please note while programming 92 Cycle parameters 83 3 10 SINGLE LIP D H DRLNG Cycle 241 DIN ISO G241 Advanced Programming Features Software Option 34 Cycle run 84 Please note while programming 84 Cycle parameters 85 3 11 Programming Examples 87 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 15 il 16 4 1 Fundamentals 92 Overview 92 4 2 TAPPING NEW with a Floating Tap Holder Cycle 206 DIN ISO G206 93 Cycle run 93 Please note while programming 93 Cycle parameters 94 4 3 RIGID TAPPING without a Floating Tap Holder NEW Cycle 207 DIN ISO G207 95 Cycle run 95 Please note while programming 96 Cycle parameters 97 4 4 TAPPING WITH CHIP BREAKING Cycle 209 DIN ISO G209 Advanced Programming Features Software Option 98 Cycle run 98 Please note while programming 99 Cycle parameters 100 4 5 Fundamentals of Thread Milling 101 Prerequisites 101 4 6 THREAD MILLING Cycle 262 DIN ISO G262 Advanced Programming Features Software Option 103 Cycle run 103 Please note while programmin
200. graphic simulation of the contour before execution If the radius of the selected tool is too large the corners of the contour may have to be reworked The contour can be machined throughout by up cut or by climb milling The type of milling even remains effective when the contours are mirrored The tool can traverse back and forth for milling in several infeeds This results in faster machining Allowance values can be entered in order to perform repeated rough milling and finish milling operations Please note while programming determines the working direction If you program DEPTH O the cycle will not be executed The TNC takes only the first label of Cycle 14 CONTOUR GEOMETRY into account e The algebraic sign for the cycle parameter DEPTH The memory capacity for programming an SL cycle is limited You can program up to 16384 contour elements in one SL cycle Cycle 20 CONTOUR DATA is not required The miscellaneous functions M109 and M110 are not effective when machining a contour with Cycle 25 186 Fixed Cycles Contour Pocket il Danger of collision To avoid collisions Do not program positions in incremental dimensions immediately after Cycle 25 since they are referenced to the position of the tool at the end of the cycle Move the tool to defined absolute positions in all main axes since the position of the tool at the end of the cycle is not identical to the position of the tool at the
201. hand threads right hand thread left hand thread Input range 99 9999 to 99 9999 Thread depth Q201 incremental Distance between workpiece surface and root of thread Threads per step Q355 Number of thread revolutions by which the tool is moved 0 one helical line to the thread depth 1 continuous helical path over the entire length of the thread gt 1 several helical paths with approach and departure between them the TNC offsets the tool by Q355 multiplied by the pitch Input range 0 to 99999 Feed rate for pre positioning O253 Traversing speed of the tool in mm min when plunging into the workpiece or when retracting from the workpiece Input range 0 to 99999 999 alternatively FMAX FAUTO Climb or up cut 0351 Type of milling operation with M3 1 climb milling 1 up cut milling Q355 gt 1 Fixed Cycles Tapping Thread Milling il Setup clearance O200 incremental Distance Example NC blocks ga between tool tip and workpiece surface Input range ab 0 to 99999 9999 CZ 42 Depth at front 0358 incremental Distance between tool tip and the top surface of the workpiece gt Q for countersinking at the front of the tool Input range O 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 et D Countersinking offset at front O359 incremental m Distance by which the TNC moves the tool center away from the stud center Input range O to N 99999 9999 g gt Workpiece su
202. he entered value Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt Setup clearance Q6 incremental Distance between the tool tip and the cylinder surface Input range 0 to 99999 9999 w v Plunging depth O10 incremental Infeed per cut Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt Feed rate for plunging O1 1 Traversing speed of the tool in the spindle axis Input range 0 to 99999 9999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ Feed rate for milling O12 Traversing speed of the tool in the working plane Input range 0 to 99999 9999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ Cylinder radius O16 Radius of the cylinder on which the contour is to be machined Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Dimension type ang lin O17 The dimensions for the rotary axis of the subprogram are given either in degrees 0 or in mm inches 1 Slot width O20 Width of the slot to be machined Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt Tolerance O21 If you use a tool smaller than the programmed slot width Q20 process related distortion occurs on the slot wall wherever the slot follows the path of an arc or oblique line If you define the tolerance O21 the TNC adds a subsequent milling operation to ensure that the slot dimensions are a close as possible to those of a slot that has been milled with a tool exactly as wide as the slot With Q21 you define the permitted deviation from this ideal slot The number of subsequent milling operations depends on the cylinder radi
203. he 2nd setup clearance 4 This process 1 to 3 is repeated until all machining operations have been executed Please note while programming Cycle 220 is DEF active which means that Cycle 220 automatically calls the last defined fixed cycle If you combine Cycle 220 with one of the fixed cycles 200 to 209 and 251 to 267 the setup clearance workpiece surface and 2nd setup clearance that you defined in Cycle 220 will be effective for the selected fixed cycle HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 ed Programming oftware Option G220 Adv Featu 6 2 CIRCULAR PATTERN Cycle 220 DIN ISO j d ing oftware Option ed Programm S anc gt oZ qo O LL N N g 6 2 CIRCULAR PATTERN Cycle 220 DIN ISO Cycle parameters Dl 160 Center in 1st axis Q216 absolute Center of the pitch circle in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Center in 2nd axis Q217 absolute Center of the pitch circle in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Pitch circle diameter 0244 Diameter of the pitch circle Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Starting angle 0245 absolute Angle between the reference axis of the working plane and the starting point for the first machining operation on the pitch circle Input range 360 000 to 360 000 Stopping angle 0246 absolute Angle between the reference axis of the working plane and the starting point
204. he CYCL CALL key CALL Press the CYCL CALL M soft key to enter a cycle call If necessary enter the miscellaneous function M for example M3 to switch the spindle on or end the dialog by pressing the END key Calling a cycle with CYCL CALL PAT The CYCL CALL PAT function calls the most recently defined fixed cycle at all positions that you defined in a PATTERN DEF pattern definition see Pattern Definition PATTERN DEF on page44 or in a point table see Point Tables on pageb2 Calling a cycle with M99 89 The M99 function which is active only in the block in which it is programmed calls the last defined fixed cycle once You can program M99 at the end of a positioning block The TNC moves to this position and then calls the last defined fixed cycle If the TNC is to execute the cycle automatically after every positioning block program the cycle call with M89 To cancel the effect of M89 program M99 in the positioning block in which you move to the last starting point or Define with CYCL DEF a new fixed cycle HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 th Fixed sa ing wi 2 1 Work EF LLI E amp INITION 2 2 Pattern Def 2 2 Pattern Definition PATTERN DEF Application You use the PATTERN DEF function to easily define regular machining patterns which you can call with the CYCL CALL PAT function As with the cycle definitions support graphics that illustrate the respective input parameter are also available fo
205. he datum or preset table in which the TNC is to save the coordinates of the corner If you enter Q30520 the TNC automatically sets the display so that the new datum is on the corner Input range O to 2999 New datum for reference axis 0331 absolute Coordinate in the reference axis at which the TNC should set the corner Default setting O Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 New datum for minor axis O332 absolute Coordinate in the minor axis at which the TNC should set the calculated corner Default setting 0 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Measured value transfer 0 1 O303 Specify whether the determined datum is to be saved in the datum table or in the preset table 1 Do not use Is entered by the TNC when old programs are read in see Saving the calculated datum on page 312 0 Write determined datum in the active datum table The reference system is the active workpiece coordinate system 1 Write determined datum in the preset table The reference system is the machine coordinate system REF system INSIDE OF CORNER Cycle 415 DIN ISO HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 343 il G415 INSIDE OF CORNER Cycle 415 DIN ISO LL lt e vd LO e 344 Probe in TS axis 0381 Specify whether the TNC should also set the datum in the touch probe axis 0 Do not set datum in the touch probe axis 1 Set datum in the touch probe axis Probe TS axis Coord 1st axis 0382 absolute Coordinate o
206. he machine coordinate system REF system HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 G408 M ni CENTER REF PT Cycle 408 DIN ISO f il G408 sior CENTER REF PT Cycle 408 DIN ISO 316 gt Probe in TS axis 0381 Specify whether the TNC should also set the datum in the touch probe axis 0 Do not set datum in the touch probe axis 1 Set datum in the touch probe axis gt Probe TS axis Coord 1st axis 0382 absolute Coordinate of the probe point in the reference axis of the working plane at which point the reference point is to be set in the touch probe axis Only effective if 0381 1 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt Probe TS axis Coord 2nd axis 0383 absolute Coordinate of the probe point in the minor axis of the working plane at which point the reference point is to be set in the touch probe axis Only effective if Q381 1 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt Probe TS axis Coord 3rd axis 0384 absolute Coordinate of the probe point in the touch probe axis at which point the reference point is to be set in the touch probe axis Only effective if 0381 1 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt New datum in TS axis 0333 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which the TNC should set the datum Default setting 0 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 m X D 3 c O 9 o 9 T Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Datum Setting i 15 3 DATUM RIDGE
207. he thread depth 1 continuous helical path over the entire length of the thread gt 1 several helical paths with approach and departure between them the TNC offsets the tool by 0355 multiplied by the pitch Input range 0 to 99999 Feed rate for pre positioning 0253 Traversing speed of the tool in mm min when plunging into the workpiece or when retracting from the workpiece Input range 0 to 99999 999 alternatively FMAX FAUTO Climb or up cut 0351 Type of milling operation with M3 1 climb milling 1 up cut milling gt Setup clearance Q200 incremental Distance between tool tip and workpiece surface Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Workpiece surface coordinate 0203 absolute Coordinate of the workpiece surface Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt 2nd setup clearance 0204 incremental Coordinate in the spindle axis at which no collision between tool and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range O to 99999 9999 Feed rate for milling O207 Traversing speed of the tool during milling in mm min Input range O to 99999 999 alternatively FAUTO HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 1 Q355 gt 1 O 2 Z e N N lt o gt g Z mal e e lt LL Cc L I i Example NC blocks 10 e me c um O D E oo O oY cuo S TE d N LL Me N g G263 Q Y 4 7 THREAD MILLING COUNTERSINKING Cycle 263 D Advanced
208. he working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Center in 2nd axis O322 absolute Center of the pocket in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 First side length O323 incremental Pocket length parallel to the reference axis of the working plane Input range 0 to 99999 9999 2nd side length O324 incremental Pocket length parallel to the minor axis of the working plane Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Measuring height in the touch probe axis 0261 absolute Coordinate of the ball tip center touch point in the touch probe axis in which the measurement is to be made Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Setup clearance 0320 incremental Additional distance between measuring point and ball tip 0320 is added to SET UP touch probe table Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Clearance height O260 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which no collision between touch probe and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 15 4 DATUM de ae OF RECTANGLE Cycle 410 DIN ISO HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 321 il G410 15 4 DATUM OF RECTANGLE Cycle 410 DIN ISO 322 Traversing to clearance height O301 Definition of how the touch probe is to move between the measuring points 0 Move at measuring height between measuring points 1 Move at clearance height between measuring points Datum number in table O305 Enter the number in the dat
209. hing allowance in the working plane Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Angle of rotation Q224 absolute Angle by which the entire pocket is rotated The center of rotation is the position at which the tool is located when the cycle is called Input range 360 0000 to 360 0000 Pocket position Q367 Position of the pocket in reference to the position of the tool when the cycle is called 0 Tool position 2 Center of pocket 1 Tool position 2 Lower left corner 2 Tool position 2 Lower right corner 3 Tool position Upper right corner 4 Tool position 2 Upper left corner Feed rate for milling O207 Traversing speed of the tool during milling in mm min Input range O to 99999 999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ Climb or up cut 0351 Type of milling operation with M3 1 climb milling 1 up cut milling HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 1 Advanced ware Option D g Programming Features 5 2 RECTANGULAR POCKET Cycle 251 DIN ISO O T Q c gt DT lt LO 5 2 RECTANGULAR POCKET Cycle 251 DIN ISO Programming Features Software Option 130 Depth Q201 incremental Distance between workpiece surface and bottom of pocket Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Plunging depth O202 incremental Infeed per cut Enter a value greater than O Input range O to 99999 9999 Finishing allowance for floor Q309 incremental Finishing allowance in the tool axis Input range O to 99999 9999 Feed rate
210. hole bottom the tool is retracted to the setup clearance at the retraction feed rate If programmed the tool moves to the 2nd setup clearance at FMAX Please note while programming Program a positioning block for the starting point hole center in the working plane with radius compensation RO The algebraic sign for the cycle parameter DEPTH determines the working direction If you program DEPTH 0 the cycle will not be executed Danger of collision Use the machine parameter displayDepthErr to define whether if a positive depth is entered the TNC should output an error message on or not off Keep in mind that the TNC reverses the calculation for pre positioning when a positive depth is entered This means that the tool moves at rapid traverse in the tool axis to setup clearance below the workpiece surface 84 Fixed Cycles Drilling il Cycle parameters Setup clearance Q200 incremental Distance between tool tip and workpiece surface Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Depth O201 incremental Distance between workpiece surface and bottom of hole Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Feed rate for plunging O206 Traversing speed of the tool during drilling in mm min Input range O to 99999 999 alternatively FAUTO FU Dwell time at depth 0211 Time in seconds that the tool remains at the hole bottom Input range O to 3600 0000 Workpiece surface coordinate O203 absolute Coordinate of the workpiece su
211. ight and saves the measured angle in the following Q parameter Q150 The measured angle is referenced to the reference axis of the machining plane Please note while programming Before a cycle definition you must have programmed a tool call to define the touch probe axis If touch probe axis measuring axis set Q263 equal to Q265 if the angle about the A axis is to be measured set Q263 not equal to Q265 if the angle is to be measured about the B axis HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 G420 m 16 4 MEASURE ANGLE Cycle 420 DIN ISO B d G420 16 4 MEASURE ANGLE Cycle 420 DIN ISO Cycle parameters 420 ei 374 lst meas point 1st axis Q263 absolute Coordinate of the first touch point in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 lst meas point 2nd axis Q264 absolute Coordinate of the first touch point in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 2nd meas point 1st axis Q265 absolute Coordinate of the second touch point in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 2nd meas point 2nd axis Q266 absolute Coordinate of the second touch point in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Measuring axis Q272 Axis in which the measurement is to be made 1 Reference axis measuring axis 2 Minor axis measuring axis 3 Touch probe axis measuring axis 026
212. ions the tool in the spindle axis to the setup clearance over the current infeed depth and then moves at the pre positioning feed rate directly back to the starting point in the next line The TNC calculates the offset from the programmed width the tool radius and the maximum path overlap factor 5 The tool then returns to the current infeed depth and moves in the direction of the next end point 2 6 The milling process is repeated until the programmed surface has been completed At the end of the last pass the tool plunges to the next machining depth 7 In order to avoid non productive motions the surface is then machined in reverse direction 8 The process is repeated until all infeeds have been machined In the last infeed simply the finishing allowance entered is milled at the finishing feed rate 9 Atthe end of the cycle the TNC retracts the tool at FMAX to the 2nd setup clearance 234 Fixed Cycles Multipass Milling il Please note while programming Enter the 2nd setup clearance in 0204 so that no collision between tool and clamping devices can occur If the starting point in the 3rd axis Q227 and the end point in the 3rd axis Q386 are entered as equal values the TNC does not run the cycle depth 0 has been programmed Cycle parameters 232 Machining strategy 0 1 2 Q389 Specify how the TNC is to machine the surface 0 Meander machining stepover at positioning feed rate outside the surface to be
213. irection 4 Finally the TNC returns the touch probe to the clearance height and saves the actual values and the deviation in the following O parameters Q156 Actual value of measured length Q157 Actual value of the centerline Q166 Deviation of the measured length Please note while programming Before a cycle definition you must have programmed a tool call to define the touch probe axis 392 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Workpiece Inspection il Cycle parameters Starting point in 1st axis 0328 absolute Starting point for probing in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Starting point in 2nd axis 0329 absolute Starting point for probing in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Offset for 2nd measurement 0310 incremental Distance by which the touch probe is displaced before the second measurement If you enter O the TNC does not offset the touch probe Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Measuring axis O272 Axis in the working plane in which the measurement is to be made 1 Reference axis measuring axis 2 Minor axis 2 measuring axis Measuring height in the touch probe axis O261 absolute Coordinate of the ball tip center 2 touch point in the touch probe axis in which the measurement is to be made Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Clearance height O260 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which no co
214. irroring rotation scaling factor e When activating a datum from the preset table the TNC and axis specific scaling factor If you activate preset number O line 0 then you activate the datum that you last set in a manual operating mode Cycle 247 is not functional in Test Run mode Cycle parameters Number for datum Enter the number of the datum to be activated from the preset table Input range O to 65535 Status displays In the additional status display POS DISP STATUS the TNC shows the active preset number behind the datum dialog HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 G247 O Y e N N o A g Z I 11 4 DATU Example NC blocks i d G28 11 5 MIRROR IMAGE Cycle 8 DIN ISO 11 5 MIRROR IMAGE Cycle 8 DIN ISO G28 Effect The TNC can machine the mirror image of a contour in the working plane The mirror image cycle becomes effective as soon as it is defined in the program It is also effective in the Positioning with MDI mode of operation The active mirrored axes are shown in the additional status display If you mirror only one axis the machining direction of the tool is reversed except in fixed cycles If you mirror two axes the machining direction remains the same The result of the mirror image depends on the location of the datum If the datum lies on the contour to be mirrored the element simply flips over If the datum lies outside the contour to be mirr
215. is allows you to rough mill holes whose diameter is more than twice as large as the tool diameter Input range O to 99999 9999 Climb or up cut 0351 Type of milling operation with Example NC blocks M3 1 climb milling 1 up cut milling Y X E im D p A oO D O c gt oO t 00 e N o gt 2 O a Lu cc QO co o eo QJ me HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Features ption re 0 C gt N Y anced ption EF G241 Programming Features Softwa 3 10 SINGLE LIP D H DRLNG Cycle 241 DIN ISO 3 10 SINGLE LIP D H DRLNG Cycle 241 DIN ISO G241 Advanced Programming Features Software Option Cycle run 1 The TNC positions the tool in the spindle axis to the entered setup clearance above the workpiece surface at rapid traverse FMAX 2 Then the TNC moves the tool at the defined positioning feed rate to the setup clearance above the deepened starting point and switches on the drilling soeed M3 and the coolant The TNC executes the approach motion at the direction of rotation defined in the cycle with clockwise counterclockwise or stationary spindle 3 The tool drills to the entered drilling depth at the programmed feed rate F 4 f programmed the tool remains at the hole bottom for chip breaking Then the TNC switches off the coolant and resets the drilling speed to the value defined for retraction 5 After the dwell time at the
216. is repeated until the slot depth is reached Finishing 4 Inasmuch as finishing allowances are defined the TNC then finishes the slot walls in multiple infeeds if so specified The slot side is approached tangentially in the right slot arc 5 Thenthe INC finishes the floor of the slot from the inside out The slot floor is approached tangentially 5 4 SLOT MILLING Cycle 253 DIN ISO 136 Fixed Cycles Pocket Milling Stud Milling Slot Milling il Please note while programming With an inactive tool table you must always plunge vertically Q366 0 because you cannot define a plunging angle Pre position the tool in the machining plane to the starting position with radius compensation R0 Note Parameter 0367 slot position The TNC automatically pre positions the tool in the tool axis Note Parameter Q204 2nd setup clearance At the end of the cycle the TNC returns the tool to the starting point slot center in the working plane Exception If you define a slot position not equal to 0 then the TNC only positions the tool in the tool axis to the 2nd setup clearance In these cases always program absolute traverse movements after the cycle call The algebraic sign for the cycle parameter DEPTH determines the working direction If you program DEPTH O the cycle will not be executed If the slot width is greater than twice the tool diameter the TNC roughs the slot correspondingly from inside out You can therefor
217. is to be set in the touch probe axis Only effective if Q381 1 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Probe TS axis Coord 2nd axis 0383 absolute Coordinate of the probe point in the minor axis of the working plane at which point the reference point is to be set in the touch probe axis Only effective if Q381 1 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Probe TS axis Coord 3rd axis 0384 absolute Coordinate of the probe point in the touch probe axis at which point the reference point is to be set in the touch probe axis Only effective if 0381 1 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 New datum in TS axis 0333 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which the TNC should set the datum Default setting 0 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Setup clearance 0320 incremental Additional distance between measuring point and ball tip Q320 is added to SET UP touch probe table and is only effective when the datum is probed in the touch probe axis Input range 0 to 99999 9999 m X D 3 c O 9 9 T Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Datum Setting i 15 11 DATUM IN TOUCH PROBE AXIS Cycle 417 DIN ISO G417 G417 Cycle run Touch Probe Cycle 417 measures any coordinate in the touch probe axis and defines it as datum If desired the TNC can also enter the measured coordinate in a datum table or preset table 1 Ihe INC positions the touch
218. ise or M89 executed after every positioning block HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 G39 Example Designate program 50 as a cycle and call it with M99 PROGRAM CALL Cycle 12 DIN ISO 12 3 o i G36 INDLE STOP Cycle 13 DIN ISO LLI I c Cc O S N 12 4 ORIENTED SPINDLE STOP Cycle 13 DIN ISO G36 Cycle function E The TNC can control the machine tool spindle and rotate it to a given angular position Machine and TNC must be specially prepared by the machine tool builder for use of this cycle Oriented spindle stops are required for Tool changing systems with a defined tool change position Orientation of the transmitter receiver window of HEIDENHAIN 3 D touch probes with infrared transmission The angle of orientation defined in the cycle is positioned to by entering M19 or M20 depending on the machine If you program M19 or M20 without having defined Cycle 13 the TNC positions the machine tool spindle to an angle that has been set by the machine manufacturer see your machine manual Please note while programming Cycle parameters Cycle 13 is used internally for machining cycles 202 204 and 209 Please note that if required you must program Cycle 13 again in your NC program after one of the machining cycles mentioned above m Angle of orientation Enter the angle referenced to il the reference axis of the working plane Input range 0 0000 to 360 0000 272 Exa
219. ition the TNC positions the tool at spindle axis Pre position the tool in such a way that no collision between tool and clamping devices can occur HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 227 ing Features Software Option G230 Advanced Programm me 10 2 MULTIPASS MILLING Cycle 230 Le Cycle parameters ming Starting point in 1st axis O225 absolute Minimum point coordinate of the surface to be multipass milled in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt Starting point in 2nd axis Q226 absolute Minimum point coordinate of the surface to be multipass milled in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Starting point in 3rd axis O227 absolute Height in the spindle axis at which multipass milling is carried out Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 First side length O218 incremental Length of the surface to be multipass milled in the reference axis of the working plane referenced to the starting point in the 1st axis Input range 0 to 99999 9999 H Ne wy Features Software Option v Second side length O219 incremental Length of the surface to be multipass milled in the minor axis of the working plane referenced to the starting point in the 2nd axis Input range O to 99999 9999 gt Number of cuts 0240 Number of passes to be made over the width Input range O to 99999 Ww v Feed rate for plunging 0206 Traversing
220. l pause at the top of the bore hole and will then be retracted from the hole again Another oriented spindle stop is carried out and the tool is once again displaced by the off center distance 6 The INC moves the tool at the pre positioning feed rate to the setup clearance and then if entered to the 2nd setup clearance at FMAX 3 7 BACK BORING Cycle 204 DIN ISO HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Z Please note while programming uond e JOS sonjeo SuruuitiB old pe ueApy 029 OSI NIG roZ 81249 ONIHOI NOVA L E Fixed Cycles Drilling i 74 Cycle parameters 204 Setup clearance Q200 incremental Distance between tool tip and workpiece surface Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Depth of counterbore 0249 incremental Distance between underside of workpiece and the top of the hole A positive sign means the hole will be bored in the positive spindle axis direction Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Material thickness Q250 incremental Thickness of the workpiece Input range 0 0001 to 99999 9999 Off center distance O251 incremental Off center distance for the boring bar value from tool data sheet Input range 0 0001 to 99999 9999 Tool edge height O252 incremental Distance between the underside of the boring bar and the main cutting tooth value from tool data sheet Input range 0 0001 to 99999 9999 Feed rate for pre positioning 0253 Traversing speed of the tool in mm min when plunging into the workpi
221. lane at which point the reference point is to be set in the touch probe axis Only effective if 0381 1 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Probe TS axis Coord 3rd axis 0384 absolute Coordinate of the probe point in the touch probe axis at which point the reference point is to be set in the touch probe axis Only effective if 0381 1 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 New datum in TS axis 0333 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which the TNC should set the datum Default setting 0 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 No of measuring points 4 3 0423 Specify whether the TNC should measure the hole with 4 or 3 probing points 4 Use 4 measuring points standard setting 3 Use 3 measuring points Type of traverse Line 0 Arc 1 0365 Definition of the path function with which the tool is to move between the measuring points if traverse to clearance height Q301 1 Is active 0 Move between operations on a straight line 1 Move between operations on the pitch circle HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 INSIDE OF CIRCLE Cycle 412 DIN ISO 33 G412 TR e T e LO G413 15 7 DATUM liom OF CIRCLE Cycle 413 DIN ISO 15 7 DATUM FROM OUTSIDE OF CIRCLE Cycle 413 DIN ISO G413 Cycle run Touch Probe Cycle 413 finds the center of a circular stud and defines it as datum If desired the TNC can also enter the coordinates into a datum table or the preset table
222. learance O204 incremental Coordinate in the spindle axis at which no collision between tool and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range O to 99999 9999 Plunging strategy O366 Type of plunging strategy E 0 vertical plunging The TNC plunges perpendicularly regardless of the plunging angle ANGLE defined in the tool table E 1 helical plunging In the tool table the plunging angle ANGLE for the active tool must be defined as not equal to 0 Otherwise the TNC generates an error message Plunge on a helical path only if there IS enough space E 2 reciprocating plunge In the tool table the plunging angle ANGLE for the active tool must be defined as not equal to 0 Otherwise the TNC generates an error message The TNC can only plunge reciprocally once the traversing length on the circular arc is at least three times the tool diameter gt Feed rate for finishing 0385 Traversing speed of the tool during side and floor finishing in mm min Input range O to 99999 999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 14 e me rogramming ware Option So P co Sz oZ qo O er LL LO N w 5 5 CIRCULAR SLOT Cycle 254 DIN ISO 5 6 RECTANGULAR STUD Cycle 256 DIN ISO G256 Advanced Programming Features Software Option Cycle run Programming Use Cycle 256 to machine a rectangular stud If a dimension of the workpiece blank is greater than the maximum possible stepover then the T
223. llision between touch probe and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Nominal length O31 1 Nominal value of the length to be measured Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Maximum dimension 0288 Maximum permissible length Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Minimum dimension O289 Minimum permissible length Input range 0 to 99999 9999 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 G425 o INSIDE WIDTH Cycle 425 DIN ISO j il G425 16 Mesure INSIDE WIDTH Cycle 425 DIN ISO 394 Measuring log 0281 Definition of whether the TNC IS to create a measuring log 0 No measuring log 1 Generate measuring log the TNC saves the log file TCHPR425 TXT by default in the directory TNC 2 Interrupt the program run and display the measuring log on the screen Resume program run with NC Start PGM stop if tolerance error O309 Definition of whether in the event of a violation of tolerance limits the TNC is to interrupt the program run and output an error message 0 Do not interrupt program run no error message 1 Interrupt program run output an error message Tool number for monitoring O330 Definition of whether the TNC is to monitor the tool see Tool monitoring on page 369 Input range 0 to 32767 9 alternatively tool name with max 16 characters 0 Monitoring not active 20 Tool number in the tool table TOOL T Setup clearance 0320 incremental Additional distance between measuring point and ball tip Q320
224. lues and the deviation in the following O parameters Q156 Actual value of measured length Q157 Actual value of the centerline Q166 Deviation of the measured length Please note while programming Before a cycle definition you must have programmed a tool call to define the touch probe axis HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 5 10 MEASURE RIDGE WIDTH Cycle 426 ISO G426 j il Mo MEASURE RIDGE WIDTH Cycle 426 ISO G426 Cycle parameters 396 1st meas point 1st axis 0263 absolute Coordinate of the first touch point in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 1st meas point 2nd axis 0264 absolute Coordinate of the first touch point in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 2nd meas point 1st axis 0265 absolute Coordinate of the second touch point in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 2nd meas point 2nd axis 0266 absolute Coordinate of the second touch point in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Measuring axis O272 Axis in the working plane in which the measurement is to be made 1 Reference axis measuring axis 2 Minor axis 2 measuring axis Measuring height in the touch probe axis O261 absolute Coordinate of the ball tip center 2 touch point in the touch probe axis in which the measurement is to be made Input range 99999 9999 to 99999
225. lunging O11 Traversing speed of the tool in the spindle axis Input range 0 to 99999 9999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ Feed rate for milling O12 Traversing speed of the tool in the working plane Input range O to 99999 9999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ Cylinder radius O16 Radius of the cylinder on which the contour is to be machined Input range O to 99999 9999 Dimension type ang lin O17 The dimensions for the rotary axis of the subprogram are given either in degrees 0 or in mm inches 1 Ridge width O20 Width of the ridge to be machined Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Example NC blocks G129 Software Option 1 8 4 CYLINDER SURFACE Ridge Milling Cycle W N O1 co on O Q 3 2 5 ITI x Q 3 D D o Notes Machine with B head and C table Cylinder centered on rotary table Datum at center of rotary table E Description of the midpoint path in the contour subprogram 5 Programming Examples Call tool tool axis is Y Retract the tool Position tool on rotary table center Define contour subprogram Define machining parameters Pre position rotary table Cycle call Retract in the tool axis end program 06 Fixed Cycles Cylindrical Surface i N oe Examples HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Contour subprogram description of the midpoint path Data for the rotary axis are enter
226. m permissible length of the stud Input range O to 99999 9999 Max size limit 2nd side length O286 Maximum permissible width of the stud Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Min size limit 2nd side length O287 Minimum permissible width of the stud Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Tolerance for center 1st axis 0279 Permissible position deviation in the reference axis of the working plane Input range O to 99999 9999 Tolerance for center 2nd axis 0280 Permissible position deviation in the minor axis of the working plane Input range O to 99999 9999 Q274 0280 027329279 Sie elg di UE TP 0320 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Workpiece Inspection il Measuring log 0281 Definition of whether the TNC Is to create a measuring log 0 No measuring log 1 Generate measuring log the TNC saves the log file TCHPR424 TXT by default in the directory TNCA 2 Interrupt the program run and display the measuring log on the screen Resume program run with NC Start PGM stop if tolerance error O309 Definition of whether in the event of a violation of tolerance limits the TNC is to interrupt the program run and output an error message 0 Do not interrupt program run no error message 1 Interrupt program run output an error message Tool number for monitoring O330 Definition of whether the TNC is to monitor the tool see Tool monitoring on page 368 Input range 0 to 32767 9 alternatively tool name with max 16 characters
227. m the edge of the workpiece by the tool radius and the safety clearance to the side The tool then moves in the spindle axis at the positioning feed rate to the first plunging depth calculated by the control Strategy 0389 0 3 The tool then advances to the stopping point 2 at the feed rate for milling The end point lies outside the surface The control calculates the end point from the programmed starting point the programmed length the programmed safety clearance to the side and the tool radius The TNC offsets the tool to the starting point in the next pass at the pre positioning feed rate The offset is calculated from the programmed width the tool radius and the maximum path overlap factor The tool then moves back in the direction of the starting point 1 The process is repeated until the programmed surface has been completed At the end of the last pass the tool plunges to the next machining depth In order to avoid non productive motions the surface is then machined in reverse direction The process is repeated until all infeeds have been machined In the last infeed simply the finishing allowance entered is milled at the finishing feed rate At the end of the cycle the TNC retracts the tool at FMAX to the 2nd setup clearance HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 ing Features Software Option G232 Advanced Programm 10 4 FACE MILLING Cycle 232 un j d O c O had EE SO D 2 O s a TO A co
228. machined 1 Meander machining stepover at feed rate for milling within the surface to be machined 2 Line by line machining retraction and stepover at the positioning feed rate Starting point in 1st axis O225 absolute Starting point coordinate of the surface to be machined in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Starting point in 2nd axis 0226 absolute Starting point coordinate of the surface to be multipass milled in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Starting point in 3rd axis 0227 absolute Coordinate of the workpiece surface used to calculate the infeeds Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 End point in 3rd axis 0386 absolute Coordinate in the spindle axis to which the surface is to be face milled Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 First side length O218 incremental value Length of the surface to be machined in the reference axis of the working plane Use the algebraic sign to specify the direction of the first milling path in reference to the starting point in the 1st axis Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Second side length O219 incremental value Length of the surface to be machined in the minor axis of the working plane Use the algebraic sign to specify the direction of the first stepover in reference to the starting point in the 2nd axis Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 0227 i
229. measures the centers of two holes Then the TNC calculates the angle between the reference axis in the working plane and the line connecting the two hole centers With the basic rotation function the TNC compensates the calculated value As an alternative you can also compensate the determined misalignment by rotating the rotary table 1 Following the positioning logic see Executing touch probe cycles on page283 the TNC positions the touch probe at rapid traverse value from column FMAX to the center of the first hole 1 2 hen the probe moves to the entered measuring height and probes four points to find the first hole center 3 The touch probe returns to the clearance height and then to the position entered as center of the second hole 2 4 The TNC moves the touch probe to the entered measuring height and probes four points to find the second hole center 5 Then the TNC returns the touch probe to the clearance height and performs the basic rotation Please note while programming O V lt e e JT O gt 2 T 2 4 Before a cycle definition you must have programmed a tool call to define the touch probe axis The TNC will reset an active basic rotation at the beginning of the cycle If you want to compensate the misalignment by rotating the rotary table the TNC will automatically use the following rotary axes C for tool axis Z B for tool axis Y A for tool axis X
230. meter number for result Parameter number in which the TNC stores the status of the measurement 0 0 Tool is within the tolerance 1 0 Tool is worn LTOL exceeded 2 0 Tool is broken LBREAK exceeded If you do not wish to use the result of measurement within the program answer the dialog prompt with NO ENT Clearance height Enter the position in the spindle axis at which there is no danger of collision with the workpiece or fixtures The clearance height is referenced to the active workpiece datum If you enter such a small clearance height that the tool tip would lie below the level of the probe contact the TNC automatically positions the tool above the level of the probe contact safety zone from safetyDistStylus Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Cutter measurement 0 No 1 Yes Choose whether the control is to measure the individual teeth maximum of 20 teeth HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Example Measuring a rotating tool for the first time old format Example Inspecting a tool and measuring the individual teeth and saving the status in Q5 old format Example NC blocks in new format 8 mas the Tool Length Cycle 31 or 481 DIN ISO 42 O1 G481 G482 n Measuring the Tool Radius Cycle 32 or 482 ISO 18 4 Measuring the Tool Radius Cycle 32 or 482 ISO G482 Cycle run To measure the tool radius program the cycle TCH PROBE 32 or TCH PROBE 482 see also Differences between Cycles 31 to
231. minor axis 64 9530 Diameter 12 0259 Deviations Center in reference axis 0 0810 Center in minor axis 0 0470 Diameter 0 0259 Further measuring results Measuring height 5 0000 End of measuring log 366 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Workpiece Inspection il Measurement results in Q parameters The TNC saves the measurement results of the respective touch probe cycle in the globally effective Q parameters 0150 to 0160 Deviations from the nominal value are saved in the parameters 0161 to 0166 Note the table of result parameters that are listed with every cycle description P F full sequence Programming 2nd hole center in ist axis BEGIN PGM TCH MM BLK FORM 0 1 Z X v o 2 20 BLK FORM 2 X 100 Y 150 Z 0 TOOL CALL 22 Z S250 L Z 100 RO FMAX PROBE PROBE ROTRTION TCH PROBE 401 ROT OF 2 HOLES Q288 420 31ST CENTER 1ST AXIS Q269 20 31ST CENTER 2ND AXIS won AUN O During cycle definition the TNC also shows the result parameters for 1 Q271 420 72ND CENTER 2ND AXIS 16 1 Fundamentals ak T EX hia lighted re ys is is Jae see figure at upper right The m c m highlighted result parameter belongs to that input parameter TE os o ic cR M o Classification of results CENE tit am te COME e For some cycles you can inquire the status of measuring results EGRE gegen E through the globally effective Q parameters Q180 to Q182 Q30S 0 NUMBER IN TABLE l Meas
232. moves to the last point on the second line where it carries out the machining operation 6 From this position the tool approaches the starting point for the next machining operation in the negative reference axis direction 7 This process 6 is repeated until all machining operations in the second line have been executed 8 The tool then moves to the starting point of the next line 9 All subsequent lines are processed in a reciprocating movement lt N N O Please note while programming Cycle 221 is DEF active which means that Cycle 221 automatically calls the last defined fixed cycle If you combine Cycle 221 with one of the canned cycles 200 to 209 and 251 to 267 the setup clearance workpiece surface 2nd setup clearance and the rotational position that you defined in Cycle221 will be effective for the selected canned cycle The slot position 0 is not allowed if you use Cycle 254 Circular Slot in combination with Cycle 221 6 3 LINEAR PATTERN Cycle 221 DIN ISO 162 Fixed Cycles Pattern Definitions il Cycle parameters ing gt Starting point 1st axis 0225 absolute Coordinate of the starting point in the reference axis of the working plane Starting point 2nd axis 0226 absolute Coordinate of the starting point in the minor axis of the working plane gt Spacing in 1st axis Q237 incremental Spacing between each point on a line c mr Q O o m z Spacing in
233. mple NC blocks Cycles Special Functions il 12 5 TOLERANCE Cycle 32 DIN ISO G62 Cycle function Machine and TNC must be specially prepared by the O machine tool builder for use of this cycle With the entries in Cycle 32 you can influence the result of HSC machining with respect to accuracy surface definition and speed inasmuch as the TNC has been adapted to the machine s characteristics The TNC automatically smoothens the contour between two path elements whether compensated or not The tool has constant contact with the workpiece surface and therefore reduces wear on the machine tool The tolerance defined in the cycle also affects the traverse paths on circular arcs If necessary the TNC automatically reduces the programmed feed rate so that the program can be machined at the fastest possible speed without short pauses for computing time Even if the TNC does not move with reduced speed it will always comply with the tolerance that you have defined The larger you define the tolerance the faster the TNC can move the axes Smoothing the contour results in a certain amount of deviation from the contour The size of this contour error tolerance value is set in a machine parameter by the machine manufacturer With CYCLE 32 you can change the pre set tolerance value and select different filter settings provided that your machine manufacturer implements these features HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 G62 TOLERANC
234. n the point table represent the hole centers If you are using milling cycles the coordinates of the working plane in the point table represent the starting point coordinates of the respective cycle e g center point coordinates of a circular pocket Coordinates in the spindle axis correspond to the coordinate of the workpiece surface Creating a point table Select the Programming and Editing mode of operation Press the PGM MGT key to call the file manager MGT Enter the name and file type of the point table and ENT confirm your entry with the ENT key om To select the unit of measure press the MM or INCH soft key The TNC changes to the program blocks window and displays an empty point table With the soft key INSERT LINE insert new lines and niis enter the coordinates of the desired machining position Repeat the process until all desired coordinates have been entered e The name of the point table must begin with a letter With the soft keys X OFF ON Y OFF ON Z OFF ON second soft key row you can specify which coordinates you want to enter in the point table 52 Using Fixed Cycles d Hiding single points from the machining process In the FADE column of the point table you can specify if the defined point is to be hidden during the machining process In the table select the point to be hidden Select the FADE column Activate hiding or ENT LJ Deactivate hiding ENT
235. n a circular arc at the milling feed rate Q12 tangentially to the ridge wall If so programmed it will leave metal for the finishing allowance At the first plunging depth the tool mills along the programmed ridge wall at the milling feed rate Q12 until the stud is completed The tool then departs the ridge wall on a tangential path and returns to the starting point of machining Steps 2 to 4 are repeated until the programmed milling depth Q1 Is reached Finally the tool retracts in the tool axis to the clearance height or to the position last programmed before the cycle HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 3129 Software Option 1 8 4 CYLINDER SURFACE Ridge Milling Cycle oo i d Please note while programming L uondo 918MJOS 6ZLO osvnidigz 91949 uN 26p Y 39v4uns YJANITAI r8 Fixed Cycles Cylindrical Surface i 204 Cycle parameters Milling depth O1 incremental Distance between the cylindrical surface and the floor of the contour Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Finishing allowance for side O3 incremental Finishing allowance on the ridge wall The finishing allowance increases the ridge width by twice the entered value Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Setup clearance O6 incremental Distance between the tool tip and the cylinder surface Input range O to 99999 9999 Plunging depth O10 incremental Infeed per cut Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Feed rate for p
236. n be measured with stationary spindle To do so define the number of teeth CUT with O in the tool table and adjust the machine parameter CfgToolMeasurement Refer to your machine tool manual 428 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Tool Measurement il Cycle parameters 33 g a amp 483 B T Measure tool 0 Check tool 1 Select whether the tool is to be measured for the first time or whether a tool that has already been measured is to be inspected If the tool is being measured for the first time the TNC overwrites the tool radius R and the tool length L in the central tool file TOOL T by the delta values DR 0 and DL 0 If you wish to inspect a tool the TNC compares the measured data with the tool data stored in TOOL T The TNC calculates the deviations and enters them as positive or negative delta values DR and DL in TOOL T The deviations are also available in the Q parameters 0115 and Q116 If the delta values are greater than the permissible tool tolerances for wear or break detection the TNC will lock the tool status L in TOOL T Parameter number for result Parameter number in which the TNC stores the status of the measurement 0 0 Tool is within the tolerance 1 0 Tool is worn LTOL or and RTOL exceeded 2 0 Tool is broken LBREAK or and RBREAK exceeded If you do not wish to use the result of measurement within the program answer the dialog prompt with NO ENT Clearance height Enter the
237. n in the ROT menu of the Manual Operation mode The parameter has no effect if the misalignment is to be compensated by a rotation of the rotary table Q402z1 In this case the misalignment is not saved as an angular value Input range 0 to 2999 Basic rotation alignment O402 Specify whether the TNC should compensate misalignment with a basic rotation or by rotating the rotary table 0 Set basic rotation 1 Rotate the rotary table When you select rotary table the TNC does not save the measured misalignment not even when you have defined a table line in parameter Q305 over Two Studs Cycle 402 DIN ISO Set to zero after alignment O337 Definition of whether the TNC should set the display of the aligned rotary axis to zero 0 Do not reset the display of the rotary axis to O after alignment 1 Reset the display of the rotary axis to O after alignment The TNC sets the display to O only if you have defined Q40221 14 4 BASIC ROTA 298 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Measurement of Workpiece Misalignment i 14 5 BASIC ROTATION Compensation via Rotary Axis Cycle 403 DIN ISO G403 G403 Cycle run Touch Probe Cycle 403 determines a workpiece misalignment by measuring two points which must lie on a straight surface The TNC compensates the determined misalignment by rotating the B or C axis The workpiece can be clamped in any position on the rotary table DIN ISO 1 Ihe INC positions the touch probe
238. n the tool table E 1 helical plunging In the tool table the plunging angle ANGLE for the active tool must be defined as not equal to 0 The TNC will otherwise display an error message gt Feed rate for finishing 0385 Traversing speed of the tool during side and floor finishing in mm min Input range O to 99999 999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 m X D 3 9 c O 9 9 T 13 O1 OZ cC E SO D 2 ov TS Be lt b Q co Sz T 2 qo O N LL LO N 9 5 3 CIRCULAR POCKET Cycle 252 DIN ISO 5 4 SLOT MILLING Cycle 253 DIN ISO G253 Advanced Programming Features Software Option Cycle run Programming Use Cycle 253 to completely machine a slot Depending on the cycle parameters the following machining alternatives are available Complete machining Roughing floor finishing side finishing Only roughing Only floor finishing and side finishing Only floor finishing Only side finishing T Fun O o S 0 o E ad o LL Roughing c gt O lt x as LO N O 1 Starting from the left slot arc center the tool moves in a reciprocating motion at the plunging angle defined in the tool table to the first infeed depth Specify the plunging strategy with Parameter 0366 2 The INC roughs out the slot from the inside out taking the finishing allowances parameters Q368 and Q369 into account 3 This process
239. nal diameter of the stud Before a cycle definition you must have programmed a tool call to define the touch probe axis The smaller the angle increment O247 the less accurately the TNC can calculate the datum Minimum input value D 332 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Datum Setting il Cycle parameters Center in 1st axis 0321 absolute Center of the stud in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Center in 2nd axis 0322 absolute Center of the stud in the minor axis of the working plane If you program Q322 0 the TNC aligns the hole center to the positive Y axis If you program Q322 not equal to 0 then the TNC aligns the hole center to the nominal position Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Nominal diameter 0262 Approximate diameter of the stud Enter a value that is more likely to be too large than too small Input range O to 99999 9999 Starting angle O325 absolute Angle between the reference axis of the working plane and the first touch point Input range 360 0000 to 360 0000 Stepping angle O247 incremental Angle between two measuring points The algebraic sign of the stepping angle determines the direction of rotation 2 clockwise in which the touch probe moves to the next measuring point If you wish to probe a circular arc instead of a complete circle then program the stepping angle to be less than 90 Input range 120 0000 to 120 0000 Measuring heigh
240. name 013 or OS13 Number or name of rough out tool Input range 0 to 32767 9 if a number is entered maximum 16 characters if a name is entered HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 ing es Software Option o LL Example NC blocks G121 Advanced Programm O N Z A N Q gt e g lt oc Ca o A LO m NN Features Software Option amming G122 Advanced Progr 76 ROUGH OUT Cycle 22 DIN ISO 76 ROUGH OUT Cycle 22 DIN ISO G122 Advanced Programming Features Software Option Cycle run 1 2 The TNC positions the tool over the cutter infeed point taking the allowance for side into account In the first plunging depth the tool mills the contour from the inside outward at the milling feed rate O12 The island contours here C D are cleared out with an approach toward the pocket contour here A B In the next step the TNC moves the tool to the next plunging depth and repeats the roughing procedure until the program depth is reached Finally the TNC retracts the tool to the clearance height 180 Fixed Cycles Contour Pocket il UondO a1eMYOS saoin e9 fuIwutueif Please note while programming NN CZLD OSI NIQ ZZ 21949 LNO HONOH YZ m 181 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Hi g Cycle parameters mi Z Plunging depth O10 incremental Infeed per cut Example NC blocks T CE Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Q gt Feed rate
241. nce axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 2nd point in 2nd axis O229 absolute End point coordinate of the surface to be multipass milled in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 2nd point in 3rd axis 0230 absolute End point coordinate of the surface to be multipass milled in the spindle axis Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 3rd point in 1st axis O231 absolute Coordinate of point 3 in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 3rd point in 2nd axis O232 absolute Coordinate of point 3 in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 3rd point in 3rd axis 0233 absolute Coordinate of point 3 in the spindle axis Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 um ao Q231 Q234 0225 X 231 ing Features Software Option G231 Advanced Programm me 10 3 RULED SURFACE Cycle 231 E O c ES Eu p oO m L O LS Of go ev cw De TE qo e LL 10 3 RULED SURFACE Cycle 231 DIN ISO G23 232 4th point in 1st axis O234 absolute Coordinate of point 4 in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 4th point in 2nd axis O235 absolute Coordinate of point 4 in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 4th point in 3rd axis 0236 absolute Coordinate of p
242. nce height between measuring points Datum number in table O305 Enter the datum number in the table in which the TNC is to save the coordinates of the pocket center If you enter Q30520 the TNC automatically sets the display so that the new datum is on the stud center Input range 0 to 2999 New datum for reference axis O331 absolute Coordinate in the reference axis at which the TNC should set the stud center Default setting O Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 New datum for minor axis O332 absolute Coordinate in the minor axis at which the TNC should set the stud center Default setting O Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Measured value transfer 0 1 O303 Specify whether the determined datum is to be saved in the datum table or in the preset table 1 Do not use Is entered by the TNC when old programs are read in see Saving the calculated datum on page 312 0 Write determined datum in the active datum table The reference system is the active workpiece coordinate system 1 Write determined datum in the preset table The reference system is the machine coordinate system REF system Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Datum Setting il Probe in TS axis 0381 Specify whether the TNC should also set the datum in the touch probe axis 0 Do not set datum in the touch probe axis 1 Set datum in the touch probe axis Probe TS axis Coord 1st axis 0382 absolute Coordinate of the probe point in th
243. ndle Spindle speed of entry exit 0427 Desired spindle speed when tool moves into and retracts from the hole Input range 0 to 99999 Drilling speed 0428 Desired speed for drilling Input range 0 to 99999 M function for coolant on 0429 M function for switching on the coolant The TNC switches the coolant on if the tool is in the hole at the deepened starting point Input range 0 to 999 M function for coolant off 0430 M function for switching off the coolant The TNC switches the coolant off if the tool is at the hole depth Input range 0 to 999 m X D 3 p D c O 9 o 9 T Fixed Cycles Drilling i 3 11 Programming Examples 3 11 Programming HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Definition of workpiece blank Tool call tool radius 3 Retract the tool Cycle definition 80 9000 3 11 Programming Bois Approach hole 1 spindle ON Cycle call Approach hole 2 call cycle Approach hole 3 call cycle Approach hole 4 call cycle Retract in the tool axis end program 8 8 Fixed Cycles Drilling i The drill hole coordinates are stored in the pattern definition PATTERN DEF POS andare called by the TNC with CYCL CALL PAT The tool radii are selected so that all work steps can be seen in the test graphics Program sequence Centering tool radius 4 E Drilling tool radius 2 4 Tapping tool radius 3 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Definition of workpiece blank
244. ng The FUNCTION PARAX function for defining the behavior of the parallel axes U V and W was introduced see User s Manual for Conversational Programming The conversational languages Slovak Norwegian Latvian Korean Turkish and Romanian were introduced see User s Manual for Conversational Programming Individual characters can now be deleted by using the backspace key see User s Manual for Conversational Programming HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 New Functions of Software 340 56x 02 Changed Functions of Software 340 56x 02 Changed Functions of Software 340 56x 02 In Cycle 22 you can now define a tool name also for the coarse roughing tool see ROUGH OUT Cycle 22 DIN ISO G122 Advanced Programming Features Software Option on page 180 With Cycle 25 Contour Train closed contours can now also be programmed The pocket stud and slot milling cycles 210 to 214 were removed from the standard soft key row CYCL DEF POCKETS STUDS SLOTS For reasons of compatibility the cycles will still be available and can be selected via the GOTO key The additional status display has been revised The following improvements were made see User s Manual for Conversational Programming A new overview page with the most important status displays was introduced The tolerance values set in Cycle 32 are displayed Tool changes are now also possible during mid program startup Language dependent tables can now be output with FN16 F Print
245. ng Features Software Option G232 Advanced Programm 0386 10 4 FACE MILLING Cycle 232 j d O c O had EE SO D 2 O s a TO A co TE TE L O N LL 10 4 FACE MILLING Cycle 232 DIN ISO G23 236 Maximum plunging depth O202 incremental value Maximum amount that the tool is advanced each time The TNC calculates the actual plunging depth from the difference between the end point and starting point of the tool axis taking the finishing allowance into account so that uniform plunging depths are used each time Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Allowance for floor O369 incremental Distance used for the last infeed Input range O to 99999 9999 Max path overlap factor O370 Maximum stepover factor k The TNC calculates the actual stepover from the second side length Q219 and the tool radius so that a constant stepover is used for machining If you have entered a radius R2 in the tool table e g tooth radius when using a face milling cutter the TNC reduces the stepover accordingly Input range 0 1 to 1 9999 Feed rate for milling O207 Traversing speed of the tool during milling in mm min Input range O to 99999 9999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ Feed rate for finishing 0385 Traversing speed of the tool in mm min while milling the last infeed Input range O to 99999 9999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ Feed rate for pre positioning 0253 Traversing speed of the tool in mm min when approa
246. nt is to be set in the touch probe axis Only effective if Q381 1 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt Probe TS axis Coord 3rd axis 0384 absolute Coordinate of the probe point in the touch probe axis at which point the reference point is to be set in the touch probe axis Only effective if 0381 1 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt New datum in TS axis 0333 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which the TNC should set the datum Default setting 0 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 m X D 3 c O 9 o 9 T Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Datum Setting i 15 13 DATUM IN ONE AXIS Cycle 419 DIN ISO G419 Cycle run Touch Probe Cycle 419 measures any coordinate in any axis and defines it as datum If desired the TNC can also enter the measured coordinate in a datum table or preset table 1 The TNC positions the touch probe to the programmed starting point 1 at rapid traverse value from FMAX column following the positioning logic see Executing touch probe cycles on page 283 The TNC offsets the touch probe by the safety clearance in the direction opposite the programmed probing direction 2 Thenthe touch probe moves to the programmed measuring height and measures the actual position with a simple probing movement 3 Finally the TNC returns the touch probe to the clearance height and processes the determined datum depending on
247. nter of the 3rd hole in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 4th center in 1st axis O318 absolute center of the 4th hole in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 4th center in 2nd axis O319 absolute center of the 4th hole in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Measuring height in the touch probe axis O261 absolute Coordinate of the ball tip center 2 touch point in the touch probe axis in which the measurement is to be made Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Clearance height O260 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which no collision between touch probe and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 ENTER OF 4 HOLES Cycle 418 DIN ISO e t eN LO Lo 352 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Datum Setting il Datum number in table O305 Enter the number in the datum or preset table in which the TNC is to save the coordinates of the line intersection If you enter Q30520 the TNC automatically sets the display so that the new datum is at the intersection of the connecting lines Input range O to 2999 G418 New datum for reference axis 0331 absolute Coordinate in the reference axis at which the TNC should set the calculated intersection of the connecting lines Default setting 0 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 New datum for minor axi
248. o be executed in a non tilted plane If required define Cycle 19 WORKING PLANE with other angular values to execute machining in a different axis position In this case itis not necessary to reset Cycle 19 You can define the new angular values directly Reset Cycle 19 WORKING PLANE program O for all rotary axes Disable the WORKING PLANE function redefine Cycle 19 and answer the dialog question with NO ENT Reset datum shift if required Position the rotary axes to the 0 position if required 2 Clamp the workpiece 3 Datum setting Manually by touch off Controlled with a HEIDENHAIN 3 D touch probe see the Touch Probe Cycles User s Manual chapter 2 Automatically with a HEIDENHAIN 3 D touch probe see the Touch Probe Cycles User s Manual chapter 3 4 Start the part program in the operating mode Program Run Full Sequence 5 Manual Operation mode Use the 3 D ROT soft key to set the TILT WORKING PLANE function to INACTIVE Enter an angular value of 0 for each rotary axis in the menu 264 Cycles Coordinate Transformations il 11 10 Programming Examples Program sequence E Program the coordinate transformations in the main program 5 Machining within a subprogram IL m U TI Z L gt Z Pad O O N O Definition of workpiece blank Tool call Retract the tool Shift datum to center Call milling operation Set label for program section repeat Rotate by 45 incremental
249. obingFeedCalc determines the calculation of the probing feed rate probingFeedCalc ConstantTolerance The measuring tolerance remains constant regardless of the tool radius With very large tools however the feed rate for probing is reduced to zero The smaller you set the maximum permissible rotational speed maxPeriphSpeedMeas and the permissible tolerance measureTolerancel the sooner you will encounter this effect probingFeedCalc VariableTolerance The measuring tolerance is adjusted relative to the size of the tool radius This ensures a sufficient feed rate for probing even with large tool radii The TNC adjusts the measuring tolerance according to the following table Up to 30 mm measureTolerancel 30 to 60 mm 2 measureTolerancel 60 to 90 mm 3 measureTolerancel 90 to 120 mm 4 measureTolerancel 420 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Tool Measurement il probingFeedCalc ConstantFeed The feed rate for probing remains constant the error of measurement however rises linearly with the increase in tool radius Measuring tolerance r measureTolerancel 5 mm where r Active tool radius in mm measureTolerancel Maximum permissible error of measurement Entries in the tool table TOOL T CUT LTOL RTOL DIRECT R OFFS L OFFS LBREAK RBREAK Number of teeth 20 teeth maximum Permissible deviation from tool length L for wear detection If the entered value is exceeded the TNC locks the tool
250. ociated tilt angles The rotary axes A B and C are programmed using soft keys Input range 360 000 to 360 000 If the TNC automatically positions the rotary axes you can enter the following parameters Feed rate F Traverse speed of the rotary axis during automatic positioning Input range 0 to 99999 999 Setup clearance incremental The TNC positions the tilting head so that the position that results from the extension of the tool by the setup clearance does not change relative to the workpiece Input range O to 99999 9999 Reset To cancel the tilt angle redefine the WORKING PLANE cycle and enter an angular value of O for all axes of rotation You must then program the WORKING PLANE cycle once again by answering the dialog question with the NO ENT key to disable the function HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 G80 Software Option 1 DIN ISO 11 9 WORKING PLANE Cycle 1 j d G80 Software Option 1 Q e e 11 9 WORKING PLANE Cycle Position the axis of rotation positions the axes of rotation automatically or whether they must be positioned manually in the program Refer to your machine tool manual A The machine tool builder determines whether Cycle 19 Manual positioning of rotary axes If the rotary axes are not positioned automatically in Cycle 19 you must position them in a separate L block after the cycle definition If you use axis angles you can define the axis values right in the L blo
251. of rotation negative clockwise in which the touch probe moves to the next measuring point If you wish to probe a circular arc instead of a complete circle then program the stepping angle to be less than 90 Input range 120 000 to 120 000 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 n xo oQ 26 50 e ez so oS cc es a2 e oO E cC D C A 14 7 Compensating M j d n xe q oQ9 26 50 o gt a ez so LO CL 592 Q T gt TASI c OO i A 14 7 Compensating Workpiece IM 306 Measuring height in the touch probe axis 0261 absolute Coordinate of the ball tip center 2 touch point in the touch probe axis in which the measurement is to be made Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Setup clearance 0320 incremental Additional distance between measuring point and ball tip Q320 is added to SET UP touch probe table Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Clearance height 0260 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which no collision between touch probe and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Traversing to clearance height O301 Definition of how the touch probe is to move between the measuring points 0 Move at measuring height between measuring points 1 Move at clearance height between measuring points SET UPTCHPROBETP X Q320 Set to zero after alignment 0337 Definition of whether the TNC should set
252. of the first subcontour The first subcontour must always be the deepest pocket Confirm with the ENT key Specify via soft key whether the next subcontour is a pocket or an island Confirm with the ENT key Enter the name of the second subcontour Confirm with the ENT key If needed enter the depth of the second subcontour Confirm with the ENT key Carry on with the dialog as described above until you have entered all subcontours As a rule always start the list of subcontours with the deepest pocket If the contour is defined as an island the TNC interprets the entered depth as the island height The entered value without an algebraic sign then refers to the workpiece top surface If the depth is entered as O then for pockets the depth defined in the Cycle 20 is effective Islands then rise up to the workpiece top surface Contour machining with SL Cycles The complete contour is machined with the SL Cycles 20 to 24 see Overview on page170 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 9 2 SL uu Simple Contour Formula B d 9 2 SL cycle Simple Contour Formula 224 Fixed Cycles Contour Pocket with Contour Formula il 10 1 Fundamentals 10 1 Fundamentals Overview The TNC offers four cycles for machining surfaces with the following characteristics Flat rectangular surfaces Flat oblique angled surfaces Surfaces that are inclined in any way Twisted surfaces 230 MULTIPASS MILLING 230 Page 227
253. off Keep in mind that the TNC reverses the calculation for pre positioning when a positive depth is entered This means that the tool moves at rapid traverse in the tool axis to setup clearance below the workpiece surface HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 G206 4 2 TAPPING NEW with a Floating Tap Holder Cycle 206 Au B E G206 4 2 TAPPING NEW with a Floating Tap Holder Cycle 206 nso Cycle parameters 205 gt Setup clearance Q200 incremental Distance between tool tip at starting position and workpiece surface Standard value approx 4 times the thread pitch Input range O to 99999 9999 gt Total hole depth 0201 thread length incremental Distance between workpiece surface and end of thread Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Feed rate F O206 Traversing speed of the tool during tapping Input range 0 to 99999 999 alternatively FAUTO Dwell time at bottom 0211 Enter a value between 0 and 0 5 seconds to avoid wedging of the tool during retraction Input range 0 to 3600 0000 gt Workpiece surface coordinate O203 absolute Coordinate of the workpiece surface Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 2nd setup clearance O204 incremental Coordinate in the spindle axis at which no collision between tool and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range O to 99999 9999 The feed rate is calculated as follows F S x p F Feed rate mm min S Spindle speed rpm p Thread pitch mm Retracting afte
254. og the TNC saves the log file TCHPR431 TXT by default in the directory TNCX 2 Interrupt the program run and display the measuring log on the screen Resume program run with NC Start HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 G431 Example NC blocks NH MEASURE PLANE Cycle 431 DIN ISO K i 16 14 Programming Examples Program sequence E Roughing with 0 5 mm finishing allowance Measuring Rectangular stud finishing in accordance with the measured values 16 14 Programming Examples Prepare tool call Retract the tool Pocket length in X roughing dimension Pocket length in Y roughing dimension Call subprogram for machining Retract the tool change the tool Call the touch probe Measure the rough milled rectangle Nominal length in X final dimension Nominal length in Y final dimension Input values for tolerance checking not required 08 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Workpiece Inspection i JI HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 No measuring log transmission Do not output an error message No tool monitoring Calculate length in X including the measured deviation Calculate length in Y including the measured deviation Retract the touch probe change the tool Tool call for finishing Call subprogram for machining Retract in the tool axis end program Subprogram with fixed cycle for rectangular studs Length in X variable for roughing and finishing Length in Y variable for roughing and finishing
255. ogramming 406 Cycle parameters 406 16 14 Programming Examples 408 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 17 1 Fundamentals 414 Overview 414 17 2 MEASURING Cycle 3 415 Cycle run 415 Please note while programming 415 Cycle parameters 416 32 18 1 Fundamentals 418 Overview 418 Differences between Cycles 31 to 33 and Cycles 481 to 483 419 Setting the machine parameters 420 Entries in the tool table TOOL T 421 18 2 Calibrating the TT Cycle 30 or 480 DIN ISO G480 423 Cycle run 423 Please note while programming 423 Cycle parameters 423 18 3 Measuring the Tool Length Cycle 31 or 481 DIN ISO G481 424 Cycle run 424 Please note while programming 425 Cycle parameters 425 18 4 Measuring the Tool Radius Cycle 32 or 482 ISO G482 426 Cycle run 426 Please note while programming 426 Cycle parameters 427 18 5 Measuring Tool Length and Radius Cycle 33 or 483 ISO G483 428 Cycle run 428 Please note while programming 428 Cycle parameters 429 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 33 i a 1 1 Introduction Frequently recurring machining cycles that comprise several working steps are stored in the TNC memory as standard cycles Coordinate transformations and several special functions are also available as cycles Most cycles use O parameters as transfer parameters Parameters with s
256. oint 4 in the spindle axis Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Number of cuts 0240 Number of passes to be made between points 1 and 4 2 and 3 Input range O to 99999 Feed rate for milling O207 Traversing speed of the tool in mm min while milling The TNC performs the first step at half the programmed feed rate Input range O to 99999 999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ m X D 3 p D c O T 9 T Fixed Cycles Multipass Milling i 10 4 FACE MILLING Cycle 232 DIN ISO G232 Advanced Programming Features Software Option Cycle run Cycle 232 is used to face mill a level surface in multiple infeeds while taking the finishing allowance into account Three machining strategies are available Strategy Q389z0 Meander machining stepover outside the surface being machined Strategy Q389z1 Meander machining stepover within the surface being machined Strategy Q389z2 Line by line machining retraction and stepover at the positioning feed rate From the current position the TNC positions the tool at rapid traverse FMAX to the starting position 1 using positioning logic If the current position in the spindle axis is greater than the 2nd setup clearance the TNC positions the tool first in the machining plane and then in the spindle axis Otherwise it first moves to the 2nd setup clearance and then in the machining plane The starting point in the machining plane is offset fro
257. ol file in the active coordinate system or as the case may be the shifted or and rotated tilted coordinate system HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 rer c E O c LL Wr e q i G55 16 2 REF PLANE Cycle 0 DIN ISO 16 2 REF PLANE Cycle 0 DIN ISO Cycle run G55 1 The touch probe moves at rapid traverse value from FMAX column to the starting position 1 programmed in the cycle 2 Then the touch probe runs the probing process at the probing feed rate column F The probing direction is to be defined in the cycle 3 After the TNC has saved the position the probe retracts to the starting point and saves the measured coordinate in a O parameter The TNC also stores the coordinates of the touch probe position at the time of the triggering signal in the parameters 0115 to Q119 For the values in these parameters the TNC does not account for the stylus length and radius Please note while programming Danger of collision Pre position the touch probe in order to avoid a collision when the programmed pre positioning point is approached Cycle parameters UE 370 Parameter number for result Enter the number of the Q parameter to which you want to assign the coordinate Input range O to 1999 Probing axis Probing direction Enter the probing axis with the axis selection keys or ASCII keyboard and the algebraic sign for the probing direction Confirm your entry with the ENT key Input range All NC
258. on is not taken into account The slot position is determined from the entered pitch circle center and the starting angle 1 Tool position 2 Center of left slot circle Starting angle Q376 refers to this position The entered pitch circle center is not taken into account 2 Tool position Center of center line Starting angle Q376 refers to this position The entered pitch circle center is not taken into account 3 Tool position 2 Center of right slot circle Starting angle 0376 refers to this position The entered pitch circle center is not taken into account Center in 1st axis 0216 absolute Center of the pitch circle in the reference axis of the working plane Only effective if Q367 z 0 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Center in 2nd axis O217 absolute Center of the pitch circle in the minor axis of the working plane Only effective if Q367 0 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Starting angle O376 absolute Enter the polar angle of the starting point Input range 360 000 to 360 000 Angular length O248 incremental Enter the angular length of the slot Input range 0 to 360 000 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 rogramming ware Option aie cw Sz oZ qo LL LO N g 5 5 CIRCULAR SLOT Cycle 254 DIN ISO b d Programming T Fun O o Sum d o Sum a o LL c gt lt LO N 9 5 5 CIRCULAR SLOT Cycle 254 DIN ISO 144 Angle inc
259. or up cut Then the tool moves tangentially on a helical path to the thread diameter and mills the thread with a 360 helical motion 10 After this the tool departs the contour tangentially and returns to the starting point in the working plane 11 At the end of the cycle the TNC retracts the tool at rapid traverse to setup clearance or if programmed to the 2nd setup clearance 106 Fixed Cycles Tapping Thread Milling il amos 925 OSI NIG 92 21249 ONDINISYS LNNOD ONITIHA QV38HL Z t 107 Please note while programming HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 ion g G263 Q Y Advanced Programming Features Software Opt 4 7 THREAD MILLING COUNTERSINKING Cycle 263 D 108 Cycle parameters Nominal diameter 0335 Nominal thread diameter Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Thread pitch O239 Pitch of the thread The algebraic sign differentiates between right hand and left hand threads right hand thread left hand thread Input range 99 9999 to 99 9999 Thread depth Q201 incremental Distance between workpiece surface and root of thread Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Countersinking depth 0356 incremental Distance between tool point and the top surface of the workpiece Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Feed rate for pre positioning 0253 Traversing speed of the tool in mm min when plunging into the workpiece or when retracting from the workpiece Input range 0 to 99999
260. ored the element also jumps to another location Reset Program the MIRROR IMAGE cycle once again with NO ENT Please note while programming reversed for the milling cycles Cycles 2xx Exception Cycle 208 in which the direction defined in the cycle applies e If you mirror only one axis the machining direction is 250 Cycles Coordinate Transformations il Cycle parameters G28 gt Mirrored axis Enter the axis to be mirrored You can Example NC blocks mirror all axes including rotary axes except for the spindle axis and its auxiliary axes You can enter up to 79 CYCL DEF 8 0 MIRROR IMAGE three axes Input range Up to three NC axes X Y Z 80 CYCL DEF 8 1 XYZ 0 U V W A B C O A Z e co a o gt 2 LLI Q T Cc 11 5 M HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 251 i G73 nMoranon Cycle 10 DIN ISO 11 6 ROTATION Cycle 10 DIN ISO G73 Effect The TNC can rotate the coordinate system about the active datum in the working plane within a program The ROTATION cycle becomes effective as soon asitis defined in the program It is also effective in the Positioning with MDI mode of operation The active rotation angle is shown in the additional status display Reference axis for the rotation angle X Y plane X axis Y Z plane Y axis Z X plane Z axis Reset Program the ROTATION cycle once again with a rotation angle of 0 Please note while programming Cycle 10 and must there
261. ormula i HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Definition of workpiece blank Tool definition of roughing cutter Tool definition of finishing cutter Tool call of roughing cutter Retract the tool Specify contour definition program Define general machining parameters 219 Complex Contour Formula T o D Q l Y o Complex Contour Formula 9 1 SL Cycles O 2 O c mn o D y ct O 2 TD O Ke TS Oo E D Q 2 O c na h O p N 20 Cycle definition Rough out Cycle call Rough out Tool call of finishing cutter Cycle definition Floor finishing Cycle call Floor finishing Cycle definition Side finishing Cycle call Side finishing Retract in the tool axis end program Contour Definition Program Definition of the contour designator for the program CIRCLE1 Assignment of values for parameters used in PGM CIRCLE31XY Definition of the contour designator for the program CIRCLE31XY Definition of the contour designator for the program TRIANGLE Definition of the contour designator for the program SQUARE Contour formula Fixed Cycles Contour Pocket with Contour Formula i I O m O O a O A I o D o 2 A Z E O O D D ES ES O Q D 3 o Contour description program circle at right Contour description program circle at left Contour des
262. ou can use these parameters in your program Note the table of result parameters that are listed with every cycle description 312 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Datum Setting il 15 2 SLOT CENTER REF PT Cycle 408 DIN ISO G408 Cycle run Touch Probe Cycle 408 finds the center of a slot and defines its center as datum If desired the TNC can also enter the coordinates into a datum table or the preset table 1 The TNC positions the touch probe to the starting point 1 at rapid traverse value from FMAX column following the positioning logic see Executing touch probe cycles on page 283 The TNC calculates the touch points from the data in the cycle and the safety clearance from the SET UP column of the touch probe table 2 Then the touch probe moves to the entered measuring height and probes the first touch point at the probing feed rate column F 3 Then the touch probe moves either paraxially at the measuring height or linearly at the clearance height to the next starting point 2 and probes the second touch point 4 Finally the TNC returns the touch probe to the clearance height and processes the determined datum depending on the cycle parameters Q303 and Q305 see Saving the calculated datum on page 312 and saves the actual values in the Q parameters listed below 5 li desired the TNC subsequently measures the datum in the touch probe axis in a separate probing Q166 Actual value of measured slot width Q157 A
263. pecific functions that are required in several cycles always have the same number For example Q200 is always assigned the setup clearance Q202 the plunging depth etc 1 1 Introduct 36 Fundamentals Overviews 1 2 Available Cycle Groups Overview of fixed cycles The soft key row shows the available groups of zd cycles Cycles for pecking reaming boring and counterboring Cycles for tapping thread cutting and thread milling Cycles for milling pockets studs and slots Cycles for producing point patterns such as circular or linear hole patterns SL Subcontour List cycles which allow the contour parallel machining of relatively complex contours consisting of several overlapping subcontours cylinder surface interpolation Cycles for multipass milling of flat or twisted surfaces Coordinate transformation cycles which enable datum shift rotation mirror image enlarging and reducing for various contours Special cycles such as dwell time program call oriented spindle stop and tolerance 5 If required switch to machine specific fixed cycles These fixed cycles can be integrated by your machine tool builder HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 1 2 Available Cycle cron Page 58 Ea Page 92 rockers Page 126 Fe Page 158 eum Page 170 Bes Page 226 Pd Page 242 E Page 268 1 2 Available Cycle nlii Overview of touch probe cycles The soft key row shows the available groups of s cycles Cycles for automatic measu
264. point pattern Retract the tool Call the tapping tool radius 3 Move tool to clearance height Cycle definition for tapping Call the cycle in connection with point pattern Retract in the tool axis end program Fixed Cycles Drilling il EL rer C O 4 1 Fundamentals Overview The TNC offers 8 cycles for all types of threading operations 206 TAPPING NEW 206 Page 93 With a floating tap holder with automatic a pre positioning 2nd setup clearance 207 RIGID TAPPING NEW 207 RT Page 95 Without a floating tap holder with AD automatic pre positioning 2nd set up clearance 209 TAPPING W CHIP BREAKING es RT Page 98 Without a floating tap holder with ap automatic pre positioning 2nd set up clearance chip breaking 262 THREAD MILLING 262 Page 103 Cycle for milling a thread in pre drilled 7 material 263 THREAD MILLING CNTSNKG 253 Page 106 Cycle for milling a thread in pre drilled zz material and machining a countersunk chamfer 264 THREAD DRILLING MILLING 254 Page 110 Cycle for drilling into the solid material 2 with subsequent milling of the thread with a tool 265 HEL THREAD DRILLING MILLING 255 Page 114 Cycle for milling the thread into the solid 22 material 267 OUTSIDE THREAD MILLING Page 114 Cycle for milling an external thread and machining a countersunk chamfer 92 Fixed Cycles Tapping Thread Milling il 4 2 TAPPING NEW with a Floating Tap Holder Cycle 206 DIN
265. position in the spindle axis at which there is no danger of collision with the workpiece or fixtures The clearance height is referenced to the active workpiece datum If you enter such a small clearance height that the tool tip would lie below the level of the probe contact the TNC automatically positions the tool above the level of the probe contact safety zone from safetyDistStylus Inout range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Cutter measurement 0 No 1 Yes Choose whether the control is also to measure the individual teeth maximum of 20 teeth HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Example Measuring a rotating tool for the first time old format Example Inspecting a tool and measuring the individual teeth and saving the status in Q5 old format Example NC blocks in new format Tool Length and Radius Cycle 33 or 483 ISO S i G483 O c 18 5 995 OSI ESP 10 91949 snipey pue u35ue1 joo Bunn 88L Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Tool Measurement il 430 Symbole 3 D touch probes 36 278 A Angle of a plane measuring 405 Angle measuring in a plane 405 Automatic tool measurement 421 Axis specific scaling 256 B Back boring 73 Basic rotation Measuring during program run 288 Setting directly 302 Bolt hole circle 159 Bolt hole circle measuring 401 Bore milling 81 Boring 65 C Centering 59 Circle measuring from inside 376 Circl
266. probe by the safety clearance in the direction opposite the respective traverse direction Then the touch probe moves to the entered measuring height and probes the first touch point at the probing feed rate column F The TNC derives the probing direction automatically from the programmed 3rd measuring point Then the touch probe moves to the next starting position 2 and probes the second position The TNC positions the probe to starting point 3 and then to starting point 4 to probe the third and fourth touch points Finally the TNC returns the touch probe to the clearance height and processes the determined datum depending on the cycle parameters Q303 and Q305 see Saving the calculated datum on page 312 and saves the coordinates of the determined corner in the Q parameters listed below If desired the TNC subsequently measures the datum in the touch probe axis in a separate probing Q151 Actual value of corner in reference axis Q152 Actual value of corner in minor axis 336 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Datum Setting il Please note while programming Before a cycle definition you must have programmed a tool call to define the touch probe axis The TNC always measures the first line in the direction of the minor axis of the working plane By defining the positions of the measuring points 1 and 3 you also determine the corner at which the TNC sets the datum see figure at right and table at lower right A
267. probe to the programmed starting point 1 at rapid traverse value from FMAX column following the positioning logic see Executing touch probe cycles on page 283 The TNC offsets the touch probe by the safety clearance in the positive direction of the touch probe axis 2 Then the touch probe moves in its own axis to the coordinate entered as starting point 1 and measures the actual position with a simple probing movement 3 Finally the TNC returns the touch probe to the clearance height and processes the determined datum depending on the cycle parameters Q303 and Q305 see Saving the calculated datum on page 312 and saves the actual values in the O parameters listed below Q160 Actual value of measured point Please note while programming tool call to define the touch probe axis The TNC then sets e Before a cycle definition you must have programmed a the datum in this axis TOUCH PROBE AXIS Cycle 417 DIN ISO E t LO 5 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 349 il m Cycle parameters er 217 gt 1st meas point 1st axis 0263 absolute Coordinate g e of the first touch point in the reference axis of the D working plane Input range 99999 9999 to Y 99999 9999 Ist meas point 2nd axis 0264 absolute Coordinate of the first touch point in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt 1st meas point 3rd axis 0294 absolute Coordinate of the first touch point in the touch pro
268. r a program interruption If you interrupt program run during tapping with the machine stop button the TNC will display a soft key with which you can retract the tool 94 Example NC blocks Fixed Cycles Tapping Thread Milling i 4 3 RIGID TAPPING without a Floating Tap Holder NEW Cycle 207 DIN ISO G207 Cycle run The TNC cuts the thread without a floating tap holder in one or more passes 1 The INC positions the tool in the spindle axis to the entered setup clearance above the workpiece surface at rapid traverse FMAX 2 The tool drills to the total hole depth in one movement 3 Once the tool has reached the total hole depth the direction of spindle rotation is reversed and the tool is retracted to the setup clearance at the end of the dwell time If programmed the tool moves to the 2nd setup clearance at FMAX 4 The TNC stops the spindle turning at setup clearance HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 G207 Cycle 207 SO DI Tap Holder NE 4 3 RIGID TAPPING without a Floating E SO G207 4 3 RIGID TAPPING without a Floating Tap Holder NEW Cycle 207 D Please note while programming 96 Fixed Cycles Tapping Thread Milling i Cycle parameters Setup clearance 0200 incremental Distance 207 RT p between tool tip at starting position and workpiece surface Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Total hole depth O201 incremental Distance between workpiece surface and end of thread
269. r arc EF 0 then this value is effective in addition to the workpiece e If you have defined a workpiece surface in Z not equal to surface Q203 that you defined in the machining cycle PITCH CIR gt Bolt hole circle center X absolute Coordinate of Example NC blocks the circle center in the X axis LLI E A gt Bolt hole circle center Y absolute Coordinate of the circle center in the Y axis Bolt hole circle diameter Diameter of the bolt hole circle INITION Starting angle Polar angle of the first machining Manual operation IBrogramming position Reference axis Major axis of the active Bolt hole circle center X machining plane e g X for tool axis Z You can enter a positive or negative value BEGIN PGM PAT MM ES a Dre Stepping angle end angle Incremental polar angle ee EN UAL between two machining positions You can enter a positive or negative value As an alternative you can enter the end angle switch via soft key Number of positions Total number of machining positions on the circle 2 2 Pattern Def Workpiece surface coordinate absolute Enter Z coordinate at which machining is to begin HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 51 2 3 Point Miles 2 3 Point Tables Application You should create a point table whenever you want to run a cycle or several cycles in sequence on an irregular point pattern If you are using drilling cycles the coordinates of the working plane i
270. r axis at which the TNC should set the calculated corner Default setting 0 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Measured value transfer 0 1 O303 Specify whether the determined datum is to be saved in the datum table or in the preset table 1 Do not use Is entered by the TNC when old programs are read in see Saving the calculated datum on page 312 0 Write determined datum in the active datum table The reference system is the active workpiece coordinate system 1 Write determined datum in the preset table The reference system is the machine coordinate system REF system HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 G414 15 8 DATUM OC OF CORNER Cycle 414 DIN ISO j d G414 15 8 DATUM UTSiDE OF CORNER Cycle 414 DIN ISO 340 Probe in TS axis 0381 Specify whether the TNC should also set the datum in the touch probe axis 0 Do not set datum in the touch probe axis 1 Set datum in the touch probe axis Probe TS axis Coord 1st axis 0382 absolute Coordinate of the probe point in the reference axis of the working plane at which point the reference point is to be set in the touch probe axis Only effective if 0381 1 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Probe TS axis Coord 2nd axis 0383 absolute Coordinate of the probe point in the minor axis of the working plane at which point the reference point is to be set in the touch probe axis Only effective if 0381 1 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999
271. r pattern definitions PATTERN DEF is to be used only in connection with the tool AN axis Z The following machining patterns are available POINT POINT Page 46 Definition of up to any 9 machining positions ROW ROU Page 47 Definition of a single frame straight or rotated PATTERN Page 48 Definition of a single pattern straight rotated or distorted FRAME FRAME Page A9 Definition of a single frame straight rotated or distorted CIRCLE en Definition of a full circle PITCH CIRCLE PITCH CIR Page 51 Definition of a pitch circle 44 Using Fixed Cycles il Entering PATTERN DEF definitions Select the Programming and Editing operating mode Press the Special Functions key FCT contour Select the functions for contour and point machining mum Open a PATTERN DEF block Rou Select the desired machining pattern e g a single en row Enter the required definitions and confirm each entry with the ENT key Using PATTERN DEF As soon as you have entered a pattern definition you can call it with the CYCL CALL PAT function see Calling a cycle with CYCL CALL PAT on page43 The TNC then performs the most recently defined machining cycle on the machining pattern you defined A machining pattern remains active until you define a new one or select a point table with the SEL PATTERN function You can use the mid program startup function to select any point at which you want to start or continue machining
272. r retracted from the bore hole Input range 360 0000 to 360 0000 Fixed Cycles Drilling i 3 8 UNIVERSAL PECKING Cycle 205 DIN ISO G205 Advanced Programming Features Software Option 5 r we Cycle run o S 1 The TNC positions the tool in the spindle axis to the entered setup c clearance above the workpiece surface at rapid traverse FMAX a o 2 lf you enter a deepened starting point the TNC moves at the o defined positioning feed rate to the setup clearance above the I 2 deepened starting point S l es 3 The tool drills to the first plunging depth at the programmed feed Oo 2 rate F t e 4 f you have programmed chip breaking the tool then retracts by the entered retraction value If you are working without chip LO LL breaking the tool is moved at rapid traverse to the setup clearance and then at FMAX to the entered starting position above the first plunging depth g 5 The tool then advances with another infeed at the programmed feed rate If programmed the plunging depth is decreased after each infeed by the decrement 6 The TNC repeats this process 2 to 4 until the programmed total hole depth is reached 7 The tool remains at the hole bottom if programmed for the entered dwell time to cut free and then retracts to the setup clearance at the retraction feed rate If programmed the tool moves to the 2nd setup clearance at FMAX d me 3 8 UNIVERSAL PECKING
273. r the value from cycle parameter Q204 as the safety clearance If you want to move at reduced feed rate when pre positioning in the spindle axis use the miscellaneous function M103 Effect of the point tables with SL cycles and Cycle 12 The TNC interprets the points as an additional datum shift Effect of the point tables with Cycles 200 to 208 and 262 to 267 The TNC interprets the points of the working plane as coordinates of the hole centers If you want to use the coordinate defined in the point table for the spindle axis as the starting point coordinate you must define the workpiece surface coordinate 0203 as O Effect of the point tables with Cycles 210 to 215 The TNC interprets the points as an additional datum shift If you want to use the points defined in the point table as starting point coordinates you must define the starting points and the workpiece surface coordinate O203 in the respective milling cycle as O Effect of the point tables with Cycles 251 to 254 The TNC interprets the points of the working plane as coordinates of the cycle starting point If you want to use the coordinate defined in the point table for the spindle axis as the starting point coordinate you must define the workpiece surface coordinate 0203 as O HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 2 3 Point 2 3 point bic 56 Using Fixed Cycles il Drilling o O gt Q o X LL 3 1 Fundamentals Overview The TNC offers 9 cy
274. red the TNC should output an error message on or not off Keep in mind that the TNC reverses the calculation for pre positioning when a positive depth is entered This means that the tool moves at rapid traverse in the tool axis to setup clearance below the workpiece surface If you call the cycle with machining operation 2 only finishing then the TNC positions the tool to the first plunging depth at rapid traverse Fixed Cycles Pocket Milling Stud Milling Slot Milling il Cycle parameters 254 EJ 1 gt Machining operation 0 1 2 0215 Define the machining operation 0 Roughing and finishing 1 Only roughing 2 Only finishing Side finishing and floor finishing are only executed if the finishing allowances 0368 0369 have been defined Slot width O219 value parallel to the secondary axis of the working plane Enter the slot width If you enter a slot width that equals the tool diameter the TNC will carry out the roughing process only slot milling Maximum slot width for roughing Twice the tool diameter Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Finishing allowance for side 0368 incremental Finishing allowance in the working plane Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Pitch circle diameter Q375 Enter the diameter of the pitch circle Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Reference for slot position 0 1 2 3 O367 Position of the slot in reference to the position of the tool when the cycle is called 0 The tool positi
275. red as desired either in degrees or in mm or inches Specify with O17 in the cycle definition 1 The TNC positions the tool over the cutter infeed point taking the allowance for side into account 2 Atthe first plunging depth the tool mills along the programmed contour at the milling feed rate O12 3 Atthe end of the contour the TNC returns the tool to the setup clearance and returns to the point of penetration 4 Steps 1 to 3 are repeated until the programmed milling depth O1 Is reached 5 Then the tool moves to the setup clearance HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 8 2 CYLINDER SURFACE Cycle 27 PINS QE 127 Software Option 1 d 8 2 CYLINDER SURFACE Cycle 27 DIN IS G127 Software Option 1 Please note while programming 198 Fixed Cycles Cylindrical Surface i Cycle parameters Milling depth O1 incremental Distance between the cylindrical surface and the floor of the contour Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Finishing allowance for side O3 incremental Finishing allowance in the plane of the unrolled cylindrical surface This allowance is effective in the direction of the radius compensation Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Setup clearance O6 incremental Distance between the tool tip and the cylinder surface Input range O to 99999 9999 Plunging depth O10 incremental Infeed per cut Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Feed rate for plunging O11 Traversing spe
276. red depth at the programmed feed rate F 3 lfprogrammed the tool remains at the hole bottom for the entered dwell time 4 Thetoolthen retracts to the setup clearance at the feed rate F and from there if programmed to the 2nd setup clearance at FMAX Please note while programming Program a positioning block for the starting point hole center in the working plane with radius compensation RO The algebraic sign for the cycle parameter DEPTH determines the working direction If you program DEPTH O the cycle will not be executed Danger of collision Use the machine parameter displayDepthErr to define whether if a positive depth is entered the TNC should output an error message on or not off Keep in mind that the TNC reverses the calculation for pre positioning when a positive depth is entered This means that the tool moves at rapid traverse in the tool axis to setup clearance below the workpiece surface HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 tures ption um Softwa In G201 Advanced Programmi 3 4 REAMING Cycle 201 DIN ISO E atures ption g Fe Softwa In G201 Advanced Programmi 3 4 REAMING Cycle 201 DIN ISO m X D 3 c O T 9 T 64 Cycle parameters Setup clearance O200 incremental Distance between tool tip and workpiece surface Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Depth O201 incremental Distance between workpiece surface and bottom of hole Inpu
277. rement Q378 incremental Angle by which the entire slot is rotated The center of rotation is at the center of the pitch circle Input range 360 000 to 360 000 Number of repetitions Q377 Number of machining operations on a pitch circle Input range 1 to 99999 Feed rate for milling 0207 Traversing speed of the tool during milling in mm min Input range 0 to 99999 999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ Climb or up cut 0351 Type of milling operation with M3 1 climb milling 1 up cut milling Depth Q201 incremental Distance between workpiece surface and bottom of slot Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Plunging depth O202 incremental Infeed per cut Enter a value greater than O Input range O to 99999 9999 Finishing allowance for floor 0369 incremental Finishing allowance in the tool axis Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Feed rate for plunging O206 Traversing speed of the tool while moving to depth in mm min Input range 0 to 99999 999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ Infeed for finishing O338 incremental Infeed per cut Q33820 Finishing in one infeed Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Fixed Cycles Pocket Milling Stud Milling Slot Milling il Setup clearance O200 incremental Distance between tool tip and workpiece surface Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Workpiece surface coordinate O203 absolute Absolute coordinate of the workpiece surface Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 2nd setup c
278. rement and compensation of workpiece misalignment Cycles for automatic workpiece presetting Cycles for automatic workpiece inspection Calibration cycles special cycles Cycles for automatic tool measurement enabled by the machine tool builder i If required switch to machine specific touch probe cycles These touch probe cycles can be integrated by your machine tool builder 38 Page 288 Page 310 El Page 364 Ci SPECIAL Page 414 B Page 418 Fundamentals Overviews il th Fixed M ing wi 2 1 Work 2 1 Working with Fixed Cycles Machine specific cycles Advanced programming features software option In addition to the HEIDENHAIN cycles many machine tool builders offer their own cycles in the TNC These cycles are available in a separate cycle number range Cycles 300 to 399 Machine specific cycles that are to be defined through the CYCLE DEF key Cycles 500 to 599 Machine specific touch probe cycles that are to be defined through the TOUCH PROBE key Refer to your machine manual for a description of the e specific function Sometimes machine specific cycles also use transfer parameters that HEIDENHAIN already used in the standard cycles The TNC executes DEF active cycles as soon as they are defined see also Calling cycles on page 42 It executes CALL active cycles only after they have been called see also Calling cycles on page 42 When DEF active cycles and CALL active cycles
279. res can occur Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Traversing to clearance height O301 Definition of how the touch probe is to move between the measuring points 0 Move at measuring height between measuring points 1 Move at clearance height between measuring points Axis for compensation motion Q312 assignment of the rotary axis in which the TNC is to compensate the measured misalignment 4 Compensate misalignment with rotary axis A 5 Compensate misalignment with rotary axis B 6 Compensate misalignment with rotary axis C Set to zero after alignment O337 Definition of whether the TNC should set the display of the aligned rotary axis to zero 0 Do not reset the display of the rotary axis to O after alignment 1 Reset the display of the rotary axis to O after alignment gt Number in table Q305 Enter the number in the preset table datum table in which the TNC is to set the rotary axis to zero Only effective if Q337 is set to 1 Input range O to 2999 Measured value transfer 0 1 0303 Specify if the determined basic rotation is to be saved in the datum table or in the preset table 0 Write the measured basic rotation as a datum shift in the active datum table The reference system is the active workpiece coordinate system 1 Write the measured basic rotation into the preset table The reference system is the machine coordinate system REF system Reference angle Ozref axis O380 Angle with
280. rface Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 2nd setup clearance O204 incremental Coordinate in the spindle axis at which no collision between tool and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range O to 99999 9999 Deepened starting point 0379 incremental with respect to the workpiece surface Starting position for actual drilling operation The TNC moves at the feed rate for pre positioning from the setup clearance to the deepened starting point Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Feed rate for pre positioning Q253 Traversing velocity of the tool during positioning from the setup clearance to the deepened starting point in mm min Effective only if 0379 is entered not equal to 0 Input range 0 to 99999 999 alternatively FMAX FAUTO Retraction feed rate 0208 Traversing speed of the tool in mm min when retracting from the hole If you enter 0208 0 the TNC retracts the tool at the feed rate in Q206 Input range 0 to 99999 999 alternatively FMAX FAUTO HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 anced ption T 2441 Programming Features Softwa 3 10 SINGLE LIP D H DRLNG Cycle 241 DIN ISO E anced ption Be G241 Programming Features Softwa 3 10 SINGLE LIP D H DRLNG Cycle 241 DIN ISO 86 Rotat dir of entry exit 3 4 5 0426 Desired direction of spindle rotation when tool moves into and retracts from the hole Input range 3 Spindle rotation with M3 4 Spindle rotation with M4 5 Movement with stationary spi
281. rface coordinate Q203 absolute Coordinate of the workpiece surface Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt 2nd setup clearance Q204 incremental Coordinate in the spindle axis at which no collision between tool and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range O to 99999 9999 Feed rate for countersinking O254 Traversing speed of the tool during countersinking in mm min Input range 0 to 99999 999 alternatively FAUTO FU Feed rate for milling O207 Traversing speed of the tool during milling in mm min Input range O to 99999 998 alternatively FAUTO 4 10 OUTSIDE THREAD MILLING Cycle 267 DIN ISO Y o O du T o LL o du O na Q HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 12 I ES uh O Q 3 2 5 e ITI x Q 3 D o The drill hole coordinates are stored in the point table TAB1 PNT and are called by the TNC with CYCL CALL PAT The tool radii are selected so that all work steps can be seen in the test graphics Program sequence E Centering Drilling Tapping 4 11 Programmi Examples Definition of workpiece blank Tool call of centering drill Move tool to clearance height enter a value for F The TNC positions to the clearance height after every cycle Defining point tables Cycle definition CENTERING 0 must be entered here effective as defined in point table 0 must be entered here effective as define
282. ring log 0 No measuring log 1 Generate measuring log the TNC saves the log file TCHPR427 TXT by default in the directory TNCX 2 Interrupt the program run and display the measuring log on the screen Resume program run with NC Start Maximum limit of size 0288 Maximum permissible measured value Input range 0 to 99999 9999 G427 Minimum limit of size 0289 Minimum permissible measured value Input range 0 to 99999 9999 PGM stop if tolerance error O309 Definition of whether in the event of a violation of tolerance limits the TNC is to interrupt the program run and output an error message 0 Do not interrupt program run no error message 1 Interrupt program run output an error message m X D 3 c O T 9 T Tool number for monitoring O330 Definition of whether the TNC is to monitor the tool see Tool monitoring on page 369 Input range 0 to 32767 9 alternatively tool name with max 16 characters 0 Monitoring not active 20 Tool number in the tool table TOOL T EASURE COORDINATE Cycle 427 DIN ISO 16 400 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Workpiece Inspection i 16 12 MEAS BOLT HOLE CIRC Cycle 430 DIN ISO G430 G430 Cycle run Touch Probe Cycle 430 finds the center and diameter of a bolt hole circle by probing three holes If you define the corresponding tolerance values in the cycle the TNC makes a nominal to actual value comparison and
283. rites the tool radius R in the central tool file TOOL T by the delta value DR O If you wish to inspect a tool the TNC compares the measured radius with the tool radius R that is stored in TOOL T It then calculates the positive or negative deviation from the stored value and enters it into TOOL T as the delta value DR The deviation can also be used for O parameter Q116 If the delta value is greater than the permissible tool radius tolerance for wear or break detection the TNC will lock the tool status L in TOOL T Parameter number for result Parameter number in which the TNC stores the status of the measurement 0 0 Tool is within the tolerance 1 0 Tool is worn RTOL exceeded 2 0 Tool is broken RBREAK exceeded If you do not wish to use the result of measurement within the program answer the dialog prompt with NO ENT Clearance height Enter the position in the spindle axis at which there is no danger of collision with the workpiece or fixtures The clearance height is referenced to the active workpiece datum If you enter such a small clearance height that the tool tip would lie below the level of the probe contact the TNC automatically positions the tool above the level of the probe contact safety zone from safetyDistStylus Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Cutter measurement 0 No 1 Yes Choose whether the control is also to measure the individual teeth maximum of 20 teeth HEIDENHAIN TN
284. rking plane is defined in the first coordinate block of the subprogram Characteristics of the fixed cycles The TNC automatically positions the tool to the setup clearance before a cycle E Each level of infeed depth is milled without interruptions since the cutter traverses around islands instead of over them The radius of inside corners can be programmed the tool keeps moving to prevent surface blemishes at inside corners this applies for the outermost pass in the Rough out and Side Finishing cycles The contour is approached on a tangential arc for side finishing For floor finishing the tool again approaches the workpiece on a tangential arc for tool axis Z for example the arc may be in the Z X plane The contour is machined throughout in either climb or up cut milling The machining data such as milling depth finishing allowance and setup clearance are entered as CONTOUR DATA in Cycle 20 222 Fixed Cycles Contour Pocket with Contour Formula i Entering a simple contour formula You can use soft keys to interlink various contours in a mathematical formula SPEC FCT CONTOUR POINT MRCHINING CONTOUR DEF ISLRND Mas o Show the soft key row with special functions Select the menu for functions for contour and point machining Press the CONTOUR DEF soft key The TNC opens the dialog for entering the contour formula Enter the name
285. robe cycles no cycles must be active for coordinate transformation Cycle 7 DATUM Cycle 8 MIRROR IMAGE Cycle 10 ROTATION Cycles 11 and 26 SCALING and Cycle 19 WORKING PLANE or 3D ROT You can also run the Touch Probe Cycles 408 to 419 during an active basic rotation Make sure however that the basic rotation angle does not change when you use Cycle 7 DATUM SHIFT with datum tables after the measuring cycle Touch probe cycles with a number greater than 400 position the touch probe according to a positioning logic If the current coordinate of the south pole of the stylus is less than the coordinate of the clearance height defined in the cycle the TNC retracts the touch probe in the probe axis to the clearance height and then positions it in the working plane to the first starting position If the current coordinate of the south pole of the stylus is greater than the coordinate of the clearance height the TNC first positions the probe in the working plane to the first starting position and then moves it immediately to the measuring height in the touch probe axis HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 13 2 Setor Start Working with Touch Probe Cycles 7 d H 2 cum A Ka o x eo q 13 3 Touch Probe Table General information Various data is stored in the touch probe table that defines behavior with the probe process If you run several touch probes on your machine tool you can save separate data for
286. rom point 1 to point 2 parallel to the direction of the steeper inclination If you are using a spherical cutter for the machining operation you can optimize the surface finish in the following way When milling twisted surfaces program the main cutting direction from point 1 to point 2 perpendicular to the direction of the steepest inclination Please note while programming linear 3 D movement to the starting point 1 Pre position the tool in such a way that no collision between tool and fixtures can occur e From the current position the TNC positions the tool in a The TNC moves the tool with radius compensation RO to the programmed positions If required use a center cut end mill ISO 1641 230 Fixed Cycles Multipass Milling il Cycle parameters 231 6 Starting point in 1st axis O225 absolute Starting point coordinate of the surface to be multipass milled in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Starting point in 2nd axis 0226 absolute Starting point coordinate of the surface to be multipass milled in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Starting point in 3rd axis O227 absolute Starting point coordinate of the surface to be multipass milled in the tool axis Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 2nd point in 1st axis O228 absolute End point coordinate of the surface to be multipass milled in the refere
287. rom the drill hole Input range 0 0001 to 10 rpm is increased at most to the maximum speed of the active gear range Retracting after a program interruption If you interrupt program run during thread cutting with the machine stop button the TNC will display the MANUAL OPERATION soft key If you press the MANUAL OPERATION key you can retract the tool under program control Simply press the positive axis direction button of the active spindle axis Ree Dy Q yyy e a IN Example NC blocks Fixed Cycles Tapping Thread Milling i 4 5 Fundamentals of Thread Milling Prerequisites Your machine tool should feature internal spindle cooling cooling lubricant at least 30 bars compressed air supply at least 6 bars Thread milling usually leads to distortions of the thread profile To correct this effect you need tool specific compensation values which are given in the tool catalog or are available from the tool manufacturer You program the compensation with the delta value for the tool radius DR in the TOOL CALL The Cycles 262 263 264 and 267 can only be used with rightward rotating tools For Cycle 265 you can use rightward and leftward rotating tools The working direction is determined by the following input parameters Algebraic sign Q239 right hand thread left hand thread and milling method Q351 1 climb 1 up cut The table below illustrates the interr
288. rse to the pocket center This process is repeated until the programmed pocket depth is reached Finishing 5 Inasmuch as finishing allowances are defined the TNC then finishes the pocket walls in multiple infeeds if so specified The pocket wall is approached tangentially 6 Then the TNC finishes the floor of the pocket from the inside out The pocket floor is approached tangentially HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 1 Advanced ware Option 5 g Programming Features 5 2 RECTANGULAR POCKET Cycle 251 DIN ISO i d G251 Advanced Programming Features Software Option 5 2 RECTANGULAR POCKET Cycle 251 DIN ISO Please note while programming o 128 With an inactive tool table you must always plunge vertically Q366 0 because you cannot define a plunging angle Pre position the tool in the machining plane to the starting position with radius compensation R0 Note Parameter 0367 pocket position The TNC automatically pre positions the tool in the tool axis Note Parameter Q204 2nd setup clearance The algebraic sign for the cycle parameter DEPTH determines the working direction If you program DEPTH 0 the cycle will not be executed At the end of the cycle the TNC returns the tool to the starting position At the end of a roughing operation the TNC positions the tool back to the pocket center at rapid traverse The tool is above the current pecking depth by the setup clearance Enter the set
289. rse to touch point DIST in touch probe table 281 Setup clearance to touch point SET UP in touch probe table 281 Orient the infrared touch probe to the programmed probe direction TRACK in touch probe table 281 Touch trigger probe probing feed rate F in touch probe table 282 Touch trigger probe rapid traverse for positioning FMAX 282 Touch trigger probe rapid traverse for positioning F PREPOS in touch probe table 282 Multiple measurements 282 Confidence range for multiple measurement 282 Executing touch probe cycles 283 13 3 Touch Probe Table 284 General information 284 Editing touch probe tables 284 Touch probe data 285 26 14 1 Fundamentals 288 Overview 288 Characteristics common to all touch probe cycles for measuring workpiece misalignment 289 14 2 BASIC ROTATION Cycle 400 DIN ISO G400 290 Cycle run 290 Please note while programming 290 Cycle parameters 291 14 3 BASIC ROTATION from Two Holes Cycle 401 DIN ISO G401 293 Cycle run 293 Please note while programming 293 Cycle parameters 294 14 4 BASIC ROTATION over Two Studs Cycle 402 DIN ISO G402 296 Cycle run 296 Please note while programming 296 Cycle parameters 297 14 5 BASIC ROTATION Compensation via Rotary Axis Cycle 403 DIN ISO G403 299 Cycle run 299 Please note while programming
290. rsed Z value Then the TNC moves the tool in all three axes from point 1 in the direction of point 4 to the next line From this point the tool moves to the stopping point on this pass The TNC calculates the end point from point 2 and a movement in the direction of point 3 Multipass milling is repeated until the programmed surface has been completed At the end of the cycle the tool is positioned above the highest programmed point in the spindle axis offset by the tool diameter HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 229 ing Features Software Option G231 Advanced Programm me 10 3 RULED SURFACE Cycle 231 E OZ c 22 dud cR cO m L o s A oo ow cn De TE qo e LL 10 3 RULED SURFACE Cycle 231 DIN ISO G23 Cutting motion The starting point and therefore the milling direction is selectable because the TNC always moves from point 1 to point 2 and in the total movement from point 1 2 to point 3 4 You can program point 1 at any corner of the surface to be machined If you are using an end mill for the machining operation you can optimize the surface finish in the following ways A shaping cut spindle axis coordinate of point 1 greater than spindle axis coordinate of point 2 for slightly inclined surfaces A drawing cut spindle axis coordinate of point 1 smaller than spindle axis coordinate of point 2 for steep surfaces When milling twisted surfaces program the main cutting direction f
291. s O332 absolute Coordinate in the minor axis at which the TNC should set the calculated intersection of the connecting lines Default setting 0 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Measured value transfer 0 1 O303 Specify whether the determined datum is to be saved in the datum table or in the preset table 1 Do not use Is entered by the TNC when old programs are read in see Saving the calculated datum on page 312 0 Write determined datum in the active datum table The reference system is the active workpiece coordinate system 1 Write determined datum in the preset table The reference system is the machine coordinate system REF system O Y e 00 T Q gt Y LLI al O I LL O Cc LLI I c LLI 15 12 DATUM HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 353 il G418 ENTER OF 4 HOLES Cycle 418 DIN ISO lt e eN T LO e 354 Probe in TS axis 0381 Specify whether the TNC should also set the datum in the touch probe axis 0 Do not set datum in the touch probe axis 1 Set datum in the touch probe axis Probe TS axis Coord 1st axis 0382 absolute Coordinate of the probe point in the reference axis of the working plane at which point the reference point is to be set in the touch probe axis Only effective if Q381 1 gt Probe TS axis Coord 2nd axis 0383 absolute Coordinate of the probe point in the minor axis of the working plane at which point the reference poi
292. s from the data in the cycle and the safety clearance from the SET UP column of the touch probe table 2 Then the touch probe moves to the entered measuring height and probes the first touch point at the probing feed rate column F 3 Then the touch probe moves either paraxially at the measuring height or linearly at the clearance height to the next starting point 2 and probes the second touch point 4 The TNC positions the probe to starting point 3 and then to starting point 4 to probe the third and fourth touch points 5 Finally the TNC returns the touch probe to the clearance height and saves the actual values and the deviations in the following O parameters _Parameternumber Meaning 0151 Actual value of center in reference axis Q152 Actual value of center in minor axis 0154 Actual value of length in the reference axis 0155 Actual value of length in the minor axis Q161 Deviation at center of reference axis Q162 Deviation at center of minor axis Q164 Deviation of side length in reference axis 0165 Deviation of side length in minor axis 388 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Workpiece Inspection il Please note while programming G424 tool call to define the touch probe axis 6 8 MEAS RECTAN OUTSIDE Cycle 424 ISO e Before a cycle definition you must have programmed a Cycle parameters aza Center in 1st axis 0273 absolute Center of the stud IE in the reference axis of the working plan
293. s from the outside of the angle and defining the intersection as datum 415 DATUM INSIDE CORNER a15 Page 341 Measuring two lines from within the angle and defining the intersection as datum 416 DATUM CIRCLE CENTER 2nd soft Page 345 key level Measuring any three holes on a bolt hole circle and defining the bolt hole center as datum 417 DATUM IN TS AXIS 2nd soft key a17 Page 349 row Measuring any position in the touch probe axis and defining it as datum 418 DATUM FROM 4 HOLES 2nd soft Page 351 key row Measuring 4 holes crosswise and defining the intersection of the lines between them as datum 419 DATUM IN ONE AXIS 2nd soft key Mmi Page 355 level Measuring any position in any axis re and defining it as datum Characteristics common to all touch probe cycles for datum setting You can also run the Touch Probe Cycles 408 to 419 during an active basic rotation The tilting the working plane function is not permitted in combination with Cycles 408 to 419 Datum point and touch probe axis From the touch probe axis that you have defined in the measuring program the TNC determines the working plane for the datum Z X and Y Y Z and X X Y and Z HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 15 1 Fundamentals i d Saving the calculated datum In all cycles for datum setting you can use the input parameters 0303 and Q305 to define how the TNC is to save the calculated datum Q305 z 0 Q303 z any value The TNC sets
294. s to be set in the touch probe axis Only effective if Q381 1 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Probe TS axis Coord 2nd axis 0383 absolute Coordinate of the probe point in the minor axis of the working plane at which point the reference point is to be set in the touch probe axis Only effective if 0381 1 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Probe TS axis Coord 3rd axis 0384 absolute Coordinate of the probe point in the touch probe axis at which point the reference point is to be set in the touch probe axis Only effective if 0381 1 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 New datum in TS axis 0333 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which the TNC should set the datum Default setting 0 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 m X D 3 D c O za o a T G410 15 4 DATUM de OF RECTANGLE Cycle 410 DIN ISO j i 15 5 DATUM FROM OUTSIDE OF RECTANGLE Cycle 411 DIN ISO G411 G411 Cycle run Touch Probe Cycle 411 finds the center of a rectangular stud and defines its center as datum If desired the TNC can also enter the coordinates into a datum table or the preset table 1 The TNC positions the touch probe to the starting point 1 at rapid traverse value from FMAX column following the positioning logic see Executing touch probe cycles on page 283 The TNC calculates the touch points from the data in the cycle and the safety clearance from
295. se tool diameter is smaller than the contact plate diameter of the TT R offset required because tool diameter is larger that the contact plate diameter of the TT 0 no offset required because the south pole of the ball is to be measured O no additional offset required for radius calibration offset from offsetToolAxis is used O no additional offset required for radius calibration offset from offsetToolAxis is used 5 always define the tool radius as the offset so that the diameter is not measured in the radius Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Tool Measurement il 18 2 Calibrating the TT Cycle 30 or 480 DIN ISO G480 Cycle run The TT is calibrated with the measuring cycle TCH PROBE 30 or TCH PROBE 480 see also Differences between Cycles 31 to 33 and Cycles 481 to 483 on page 419 The calibration process is automatic The TNC also measures the center misalignment of the calibrating tool automatically by rotating the spindle by 180 after the first half of the calibration cycle The calibrating tool must be a precisely cylindrical part for example a cylinder pin The resulting calibration values are stored in the TNC memory and are accounted for during subsequent tool measurement Please note while programming machine parameter CfgToolMeasurement Refer to your e The functioning of the calibration cycle is dependent on machine tool manual Before calibrating the touch probe you must enter the
296. slot Program the midpoint path of the contour together with the tool radius compensation With the radius compensation you specify whether the TNC cuts the slot with climb milling or up cut milling 1 The INC positions the tool over the cutter infeed point 2 Atthe first plunging depth the tool mills along the programmed slot wall at the milling feed rate O12 while respecting the finishing allowance for the side 3 Atthe end of the contour the TNC moves the tool to the opposite wall and returns to the infeed point 4 Steps 2 and3 are repeated until the programmed milling depth O1 Is reached 5 Ifyou have defined the tolerance in Q21 the TNC then remachines the slot walls to be as parallel as possible 6 Finally the tool retracts in the tool axis to the clearance height or to the position last programmed before the cycle 200 Fixed Cycles Cylindrical Surface il L UOHdO 918MHOS 8ZLD OSI NIG 82 21 Please note while programming Mon 10 S 19V14NS H3QNITAOD 8 m 201 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 G128 Software Option 1 8 3 CYLINDER SURFACE Slot Milling Cycle 28 DIN ISO Cycle parameters Au CO 202 Milling depth O1 incremental Distance between the cylindrical surface and the floor of the contour Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Finishing allowance for side O3 incremental Finishing allowance on the slot wall The finishing allowance reduces the slot width by twice t
297. speed of the tool while moving from setup clearance to the milling depth in mm min Input range O to 99999 9999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ Feed rate for milling O207 Traversing speed of the tool during milling in mm min Input range O to 99999 9999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ gt Stepover feed rate O209 Traversing speed of the tool in mm min when moving to the next pass If you are moving the tool transversely in the material enter Q209 to be smaller than Q207 If you are moving it transversely in the open Q209 may be greater than Q207 Input range 0 to 99999 9999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ gt Setup clearance Q200 incremental Distance between tool tip and milling depth for positioning at the start and end of the cycle Input range 0 to 99999 9999 10 2 MULTIPASS MILLING Cycle 230 DIN ISO G230 Advanced Program z 228 MIE 2207 Fixed Cycles Multipass Milling i 10 3 RULED SURFACE Cycle 231 DIN ISO G231 Advanced Programming Features Software Option Cycle run 1 2 From the current position the TNC positions the tool in a linear 3 D movement to the starting point 1 The tool subsequently advances to the stopping point 2 at the feed rate for milling From this point the tool moves at rapid traverse FMAX by the tool diameter in the positive tool axis direction and then back to starting point 1 At the starting point 1 the TNC moves the tool back to the last trave
298. st and second measuring points in the reference axis of the working plane Input range O to 99999 9999 Spacing in 2nd axis Q327 incremental Distance between third and fourth measuring points in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Corner Q308 Number identifying the corner which the TNC is to set as datum Input range 1 to 4 Sele UPnP ROS eal Measuring height in the touch probe axis 0261 absolute Coordinate of the ball tip center touch point in the touch probe axis in which the measurement Is to be made Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Setup clearance 0320 incremental Additional distance between measuring point and ball tip 0320 is added to SET_UP touch probe table Inout range 0 to 99999 9999 Clearance height 0260 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which no collision between touch probe and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Datum Setting il Traversing to clearance height 0301 Definition of how the touch probe is to move between the E measuring points 0 Move at measuring height between measuring 9 points 1 Move at clearance height between measuring m points Execute basic rotation 0304 Definition of whether the TNC should compensate workpiece misalignment with a basic rotation 0 No basic rotation 1 Basic rotation Datum number in table 0305 Enter the datum number in t
299. start of the cycle Cycle parameters 25 Milling depth O1 incremental Distance between workpiece surface and contour floor Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Finishing allowance for side O3 incremental Finishing allowance in the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Workpiece surface coordinate O5 absolute Absolute coordinate of the workpiece surface referenced to the workpiece datum Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Clearance height O7 absolute Absolute height at which the tool cannot collide with the workpiece Position for tool retraction at the end of the cycle Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Plunging depth O10 incremental Infeed per cut Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Feed rate for plunging O11 Traversing speed of the tool in the spindle axis Input range 0 to 99999 9999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ Feed rate for milling O12 Traversing speed of the tool in the working plane Input range O to 99999 9999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ gt Climb or up cut Up cut 1 O15 Climb milling Input value 1 Up cut milling Input value 1 To enable climb milling and up cut milling alternately in several infeeds Input value O HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Example NC blocks 79 CONTOUR TRAIN Cycle 25 DIN ISO 18 OZ c 22 m oO D 2 O LS Of go ow ew gt iP lt LO LL N q
300. t in the touch probe axis O261 absolute Coordinate of the ball tip center 2 touch point in the touch probe axis in which the measurement is to be made Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Setup clearance 0320 incremental Additional distance between measuring point and ball tip 0320 is added to SET UP touch probe table Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Clearance height O260 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which no collision between touch probe and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Traversing to clearance height O301 Definition of how the touch probe is to move between the measuring points 0 Move at measuring height between measuring points 1 Move at clearance height between measuring points Datum number in table O305 Enter the datum number in the table in which the TNC is to save the coordinates of the pocket center If you enter Q30520 the TNC automatically sets the display so that the new datum is on the stud center Input range 0 to 2999 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Sle Ula THES D E ESTE Q320 X 333 G413 15 7 DATUM es OF CIRCLE Cycle 413 DIN ISO G413 15 7 DATUM ilium OF CIRCLE Cycle 413 DIN ISO 334 New datum for reference axis O331 absolute Coordinate in the reference axis at which the TNC should set the stud center Default setting O Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 New datum for minor axis O332 absolute
301. t range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Feed rate for plunging O206 Traversing speed of the tool during reaming in mm min Input range O to 99999 999 alternatively FAUTO FU Dwell time at depth 0211 Time in seconds that the tool remains at the hole bottom Input range 0 to 3600 0000 Retraction feed rate O208 Traversing speed of the tool in mm min when retracting from the hole If you enter Q208 O the tool retracts at the reaming feed rate Input range O to 99999 999 Workpiece surface coordinate O203 absolute Coordinate of the workpiece surface Input range 0 to 99999 9999 gt 2nd setup clearance O204 incremental Coordinate in the spindle axis at which no collision between tool and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range O to 99999 9999 Fixed Cycles Drilling i 3 5 BORING Cycle 202 DIN ISO G202 Advanced Programming Features Software Option Cycle run 1 2 The TNC positions the tool in the spindle axis at rapid traverse FMAX to the setup clearance above the workpiece surface The tool drills to the programmed depth at the feed rate for plunging If programmed the tool remains at the hole bottom for the entered dwell time with active spindle rotation for cutting free The TNC then orients the spindle to the position that is defined in parameter 0336 If retraction is selected the tool retracts in the programmed dir
302. tarting point Cycle call Retract in the tool axis end program 10 5 Programming Examples j i 10 5 Programming Examples 240 Fixed Cycles Multipass Milling il EL rer c E c LL T q q 11 1 Fundamentals Overview Once a contour has been programmed you can position it on the workpiece at various locations and in different sizes through the use of coordinate transformations The TNC provides the following coordinate transformation cycles 7 DATUM SHIFT O Page 243 For shifting contours directly within the program or from datum tables 247 DATUM SETTING 247 Page 249 Datum setting during program run 379 4 8 MIRROR IMAGE ME Page 250 Mirroring contours c9 10 ROTATION 1e Page 252 For rotating contours in the working Lot plane 11 SCALING FACTOR T Page 254 For increasing or reducing the size of contours 26 AXIS SPECIFIC SCALING FACTOR z8 cc Page 256 For increasing or reducing the size of P contours with scaling factors for each axis 19 WORKING PLANE Page 258 Machining in tilted coordinate system on Ce machines with swivel heads and or rotary tables Effect of coordinate transformations Beginning of effect coordinate transformation becomes effective as soon as it is defined t is not called It remains in effect until it is changed or canceled To cancel coordinate transformations Define cycles for basic behavior with a new value such as scaling factor 1 0
303. tation or with a tilted working plane The machine tool builder determines the probing feed rate in a machine parameter see Before You Start Working with Touch Probe Cycles later in this chapter When the probe stylus contacts the workpiece the 3 D touch probe transmits a signal to the TNC the coordinates of the probed position are stored the touch probe stops moving and returns to its starting position at rapid traverse l peser y OV If the stylus is not deflected within a defined distance the TNC displays an error message distance DIST from touch probe table 0 2 gt Q o le Pea Q Le E E le C run uum O Consider a basic rotation in the Manual Operation mode During probing the TNC considers an active basic rotation and approaches the workpiece at an angle Cycles in the Manual and El Handwheel Modes In the Manual Operation and El Handwheel modes the TNC provides touch probe cycles that allow you to Calibrate the touch probe Compensate workpiece misalignment Set reference points 278 Using Touch Probe Cycles il Touch probe cycles for automatic operation Besides the touch probe cycles which you can use in the Manual and El Handwheel modes the TNC provides numerous cycles for a wide variety of applications in automatic mode P B rb cete Programming 2nd hole center in 1st axis BEGIN PGM TCH MM BLK FO
304. ters are added to a previously performed rotated position of the entire pattern LLI E a Starting point in X absolute Coordinate of the Example NC blocks starting point of the frame in the X axis Starting point in Y absolute Coordinate of the starting point of the frame in the Y axis INITION Spacing of machining positions X incremental Distance between the machining positions in the X direction You can enter a positive or negative value Manual operation Programming Starting point in X Spacing of machining positions Y incremental Distance between the machining positions in the Y direction You can enter a positive or negative value BEGIN PGM PRT MM BLK FORM 0 1 Z X Z 25 M BLK FORM 0 2 X 150 Y 100 Z 0 TOOL CRLL 5 Z S3500 L Z 100 RO FMAX M3 PATTERN DEF FRAME1C EX RE END PGM PAT MM 3 D 4 ye i DIAGNOSIS SNS mA wN e O o Number of columns Total number of columns in the pattern 2 2 Pattern Def Number of lines Total number of rows in the pattern Rot position of entire pattern absolute Angle of rotation by which the entire pattern is rotated around the entered starting point Reference axis Major axis of the active machining plane e g X for tool axis Z You can enter a positive or negative value Rotary pos ref ax Angle of rotation around which only the principal axis of the machining plane is distorted with resp
305. the SET UP column of the touch probe table 2 Then the touch probe moves to the entered measuring height and probes the first touch point at the probing feed rate column F Then the touch probe moves either paraxially at the measuring height or linearly at the clearance height to the next starting point 2 and probes the second touch point 4 The TNC positions the probe to starting point 3 and then to starting point 4 to probe the third and fourth touch points 5 Finally the TNC returns the touch probe to the clearance height and processes the determined datum depending on the cycle parameters Q303 and Q305 see Saving the calculated datum on page 312 6 lfdesired the TNC subsequently measures the datum in the touch probe axis in a separate probing and saves the actual values in the following O parameters IDE OF RECTANGLE Cycle 411 DIN ISO Q151 Actual value of center in reference axis Q152 Actual value of center in minor axis Q154 Actual value of length in the reference axis 0155 Actual value of length in the minor axis 15 5 DATUM FROM O 324 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Datum Setting il Please note while programming Danger of collision To prevent a collision between the touch probe and workpiece enter high estimates for the lengths of the 1st and 2nd sides Before a cycle definition you must have programmed a tool call to define the touch probe axis Cycle parameters Center in 1st axis 0321
306. the TNC uses twice the tool diameter gt Feed rate for finishing Q385 Traversing speed of the tool during side and floor finishing in mm min Input range O to 99999 9999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 13 m X D 3 D c O 9 a T 5 2 RECTANGULAR POCKET Cycle 251 DIN ISO EI me 1 Advanced ware Option D 3 Programming Features 5 3 CIRCULAR POCKET Cycle 252 DIN ISO G252 Advanced Programming Features Software Option Cycle run Programming Use Cycle 252 CIRCULAR POCKET to completely machine circular pockets Depending on the cycle parameters the following machining alternatives are available Complete machining Roughing floor finishing side finishing Only roughing Only floor finishing and side finishing Only floor finishing Only side finishing T Fun O o S 0 o Sm ad o LL Roughing c gt lt N LO N 9 1 Ihe tool plunges into the workpiece at the pocket center and advances to the first plunging depth Specify the plunging strategy with Parameter 0366 2 The INC roughs out the pocket from the inside out taking the overlap factor Parameter 0370 and the finishing allowances parameters Q368 and Q369 into account 3 Atthe end of the roughing operation the TNC moves the tool tangentially away from the pocket wall then moves by the setup clearance above the current pecking depth and returns from
307. the display of the C axis to zero or write the angular offset in column C of the datum table 0 Set display of C to 0 gt 0 Write the angular misalignment including algebraic sign in the datum table Line number value of 0337 If a C axis shift is registered in the datum table the TNC adds the measured angular misalignment m X D 3 D c O T 9 T Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Measurement of Workpiece Misalignment i 14 7 Compensating NW IM HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Center of the 1st hole X coordinate Center of the 1st hole Y coordinate Center of the 2nd hole X coordinate Center of the 2nd hole Y coordinate Coordinate in the touch probe axis in which the measurement is made Height in the touch probe axis at which the probe can traverse without collision Angle of the reference line Compensate misalignment by rotating the rotary table Set the display to zero after the alignment Part program call n x 2 q oQ9 26 F0 o gt a ez so LO CL 592 Q T gt TASI c OO L A o d G0 9 OSI NIG S0t 21949 SIXV 9 oui funejoy Ag 1ueuiruBi esi y 2291d 4 oM Buljesusdwoy tL Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Measurement of Workpiece Misalignment il 308 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Datum Setting 15 1 Fundamentals Overview i Danger of collision When running touch probe cycles no cycles must be active for coordinate transformation Cycle 7 DATUM Cycle
308. the thread The algebraic sign differentiates between right hand and left hand threads right hand thread left hand thread Input range 99 9999 to 99 9999 Thread depth Q201 incremental Distance between workpiece surface and root of thread Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Feed rate for pre positioning 0253 Traversing speed of the tool in mm min when plunging into the workpiece or when retracting from the workpiece Input range 0 to 99999 999 alternatively FMAX FAUTO Depth at front 0358 incremental Distance between tool tip and the top surface of the workpiece for countersinking at the front of the tool Inout range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Countersinking offset at front 0359 incremental Distance by which the TNC moves the tool center away from the hole center Input range O to 99999 9999 Countersink 0360 Execution of the chamfer 0 before thread machining 1 after thread machining Setup clearance Q200 incremental Distance between tool tip and workpiece surface Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Fixed Cycles Tapping Thread Milling il gt Workpiece surface coordinate Q203 absolute Example NC blocks Coordinate of the workpiece surface Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt 2nd setup clearance 0204 incremental Coordinate in the spindle axis at which no collision between tool and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range O to 99999 9999 Feed rate for countersinking O254
309. ting motion of the tool axis is carried out in order to begin at the programmed starting plane for the thread path Depending on the setting of the parameter for the number of threads the tool mills the thread in one helical movement in several offset movements or in one continuous movement After this the tool departs the contour tangentially and returns to the starting point in the working plane At the end of the cycle the TNC retracts the tool at rapid traverse to the setup clearance or if programmed to the 2nd setup clearance HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 OP c O ER O D e oo O oy cuo S TE d c Q N LL Me N g 4 6 THREAD MILLING Cycle 262 DIN ISO d Please note while programming uondO oJ OS S9JnjeoJ Duruuuue4 pe ueApy 2929 OSI NIG 292 21249 5NITIIIN GVAYHL 9 r Fixed Cycles Tapping Thread Milling i 104 Cycle parameters 262 Nominal diameter 0335 Nominal thread diameter Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Thread pitch 0239 Pitch of the thread The algebraic sign differentiates between right hand and left hand threads right hand thread left hand thread Input range 99 9999 to 99 9999 gt Thread depth 0201 incremental Distance between workpiece surface and root of thread Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Threads per step Q355 Number of thread revolutions by which the tool is moved 0 one 360 helical line to t
310. to 99999 999 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 tures ption a eo Softwa In G202 Advanced Programmi 3 5 BORING Cycle 202 DIN ISO E Disengaging direction 0 1 2 3 4 0214 Determine the direction in which the TNC retracts the tool at the hole bottom after spindle orientation tures ption 0 Do not retract tool 1 Retract tool in the negative ref axis direction 2 Retract tool in the neg minor axis direction a 3 Fe c 3 Retract tool in the positive ref axis direction 2 4 Retract tool in the pos minor axis direction N gt Angle for spindle orientation 0336 absolute Angle Q at which the TNC positions the tool before retracting Y it Input range 360 000 to 360 000 Example G202 Advanced Programm 3 5 BORING Cycle 202 DIN ISO 68 Fixed Cycles Drilling i 3 6 UNIVERSAL DRILLING Cycle 203 DIN ISO G203 Advanced Programming Features Software Option Cycle run 1 2 The TNC positions the tool in the spindle axis to the entered setup clearance above the workpiece surface at rapid traverse FMAX The tool drills to the first plunging depth at the programmed feed rate F If you have programmed chip breaking the tool then retracts by the entered retraction value If you are working without chip breaking the tool retracts at the retraction feed rate to the setup clearance remains there if programmed for the entered dwell time and a
311. to 99999 9999 Finishing allowance for side O368 incremental Finishing allowance in the working plane is left over after machining Input range 0 to 99999 9999 run ad c gt O lt LO N g Angle of rotation 0224 absolute Angle by which the entire stud is rotated The center of rotation is the position at which the tool is located when the cycle is called Input range 360 000 to 360 000 Stud position 0367 Position of the stud in reference to the position of the tool when the cycle is called 0 Tool position 2 Center of stud 1 Tool position 2 Lower left corner 2 Tool position 2 Lower right corner 3 Tool position Upper right corner 4 Tool position 2 Upper left corner 5 6 RECTANGULAR STUD Cycle 256 DIN ISO 148 Fixed Cycles Pocket Milling Stud Milling Slot Milling il gt Feed rate for milling 0207 Traversing speed of the tool during milling in mm min Input range O to 99999 999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ Climb or up cut 0351 Type of milling operation with M3 1 climb milling 1 up cut milling ing Depth O201 incremental Distance between workpiece surface and bottom of stud Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Plunging depth O202 incremental Infeed per cut Enter a value greater than O Input range O to 99999 9999 ware Option Feed rate for plunging O206 Traversing speed of the tool while moving to depth in mm min Input range O to 99
312. to the programmed starting point 1 at rapid traverse value from FMAX column following the positioning logic see Executing touch probe cycles on page283 The TNC offsets the touch probe by the safety clearance in the direction opposite the defined traverse direction 2 Then the touch probe moves to the entered measuring height and probes the first touch point at the probing feed rate column F 3 Then the touch probe moves to the next starting position 2 and probes the second position 4 The TNC returns the touch probe to the clearance height and moves the rotary axis which was defined in the cycle by the measured value Optionally you can have the display set to O after alignment Please note while programming Danger of collision The TNC does not check whether touch points and compensation axis match This can result in compensation movements offset by 180 E JT gt 9 PL X lt A im rer CC il gt C a N C o Q Before a cycle definition you must have programmed a tool call to define the touch probe axis The TNC stores the measured angle in parameter Q150 14 5 BASIC ROT HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 299 il G403 ia Rotary Axis Cycle 403 DIN ISO 14 5 BASIC ROTATION Compensation v Cycle parameters 403 Cos 300 1st meas point 1st axis 0263 absolute Coordinate of the first touch point in the reference axis of the working plane
313. tool in mm min when retracting from the hole If you enter Q208 0 the TNC retracts the tool at the feed rate in 0206 Input range 0 to 99999 999 alternatively FMAX FAUTO gt Retraction rate for chip breaking 0256 incremental Value by which the TNC retracts the tool during chip breaking Input range 0 1000 to 99999 9999 anced ption ds G203 m X D 3 p D c O 9 o o T Programming Features Softwa 3 6 UNIVERSAL DRILLING Cycle 203 DIN ISO 72 Fixed Cycles Drilling i 3 7 BACK BORING Cycle 204 DIN ISO G204 Advanced Programming Features Software Option ra Cycle run o e D This cycle allows holes to be bored from the underside of the TO workpiece Ee T 0 1 Ihe TNC positions the tool in the spindle axis at rapid traverse z 7 FMAX to the setup clearance above the workpiece surface co 2 The INC then orients the spindle to the 0 position with an gt oriented spindle stop and displaces the tool by the off center v er distance t 4 3 The toolis then plunged into the already bored hole at the feed rate 7 2 E for pre positioning until the tooth has reached the setup clearance T D e on the underside of the workpiece LA A N 4 The TNC then centers the tool again over the bore hole switches 1 77 7 g on the spindle and the coolant and moves at the feed rate for T 8 Lis 2 boring to the depth of bore 5 Ifa dwell time is entered the tool wil
314. touch probe axis at which point the reference point is to be set in the touch probe axis Only effective if 0381 1 Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 New datum in TS axis 0333 absolute Coordinate in the touch probe axis at which the TNC should set the datum Basic setting 0 No of measuring points 4 3 0423 Specify whether the TNC should measure the stud with 4 or 3 probing points 4 Use 4 measuring points standard setting 3 Use 3 measuring points Type of traverse Line 0 Arc 1 0365 Definition of the path function with which the tool is to move between the measuring points if traverse to clearance height Q301 1 Is active 0 Move between operations on a straight line 1 Move between operations on the pitch circle HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 G413 m X D 3 D c O za a T 15 7 DATUM in ues OF CIRCLE Cycle 413 DIN ISO OO OO e G414 15 8 DATUM pa OF CORNER Cycle 414 DIN ISO 15 8 DATUM FROM OUTSIDE OF CORNER Cycle 414 DIN ISO G414 Cycle run Touch Probe Cycle 414 finds the intersection of two lines and defines itas the datum If desired the TNC can also enter the intersection into a datum table or preset table 1 Following the positioning logic see Executing touch probe cycles on page 283 the TNC positions the touch probe at rapid traverse value from FMAX column to the first touch point 1 see figure at upper right The TNC offsets the touch
315. tween machining processes 0 Move to the setup clearance between operations 1 Move to the 2nd setup clearance between machining operations Type of traverse Line 0 Arc 1 0365 Definition of the path function with which the tool is to move between machining operations 0 Move between operations on a straight line 1 Move between operations on the pitch circle nced Programming Example NC blocks G220 Adva Featu 6 2 CIRCULAR PATTERN Cycle 220 DIN ISO HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 o 6 3 LINEAR PATTERN Cycle 221 DIN ISO G221 Advanced Programming Features Software Option Cycle run 1 The TNC automatically moves the tool from its current position to the starting point for the first machining operation Sequence ed Programming Move to the 2nd set up clearance spindle axis Approach the starting point in the spindle axis Move to the setup clearance above the workpiece surface spindle axis 9 Jud O o Som S N m V wo Som J o LL 2 From this position the TNC executes the last defined fixed cycle 3 The tool then approaches the starting point for the next machining operation in the positive reference axis direction at the setup clearance or the 2nd setup clearance 4 This process 1 to 3 is repeated until all machining operations on the first line have been executed The tool is located above the last point on the first line 5 The tool subsequently
316. ual to 0 The TNC will otherwise display an error message Feed rate for finishing 0385 Traversing speed of the tool during side and floor finishing in mm min Input range 0 to 99999 9999 alternatively FAUTO FU FZ Fixed Cycles Pocket Milling Stud Milling Slot Milling i 5 5 CIRCULAR SLOT Cycle 254 DIN ISO G254 Advanced Programming Features Software Option Cycle run Use Cycle 254 to completely machine a circular slot Depending on the cycle parameters the following machining alternatives are available Complete machining Roughing floor finishing side finishing Only roughing Only floor finishing and side finishing Only floor finishing Only side finishing Roughing 1 The tool moves in a reciprocating motion in the slot center at the plunging angle defined in the tool table to the first infeed depth Specify the plunging strategy with Parameter 0366 2 The INC roughs out the slot from the inside out taking the finishing allowances parameters Q368 and Q369 into account 3 This process is repeated until the slot depth is reached Finishing 4 Inasmuch as finishing allowances are defined the TNC then finishes the slot walls in multiple infeeds if so specified The slot side is approached tangentially 5 Then the TNC finishes the floor of the slot from the inside out The slot floor is approached tangentially HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 rogramming ware Option at cw
317. uch as special drilling cycles or geometrical modules can be written as main programs and then called like fixed cycles Please note while programming 270 The program you are calling must be stored on the hard disk of your TNC If the program you are defining to be a cycle is located in the same directory as the program you are calling it from you need only to enter the program name If the program you are defining to be a cycle is not located in the same directory as the program you are calling it from you must enter the complete path for example TNC KLAR35 FK1 50 H If you want to define an ISO program to be a cycle enter the file type behind the program name As a rule O parameters are globally effective when called with Cycle 12 So please note that changes to O parameters in the called program can also influence the calling program CYCL DEF 12 0 PGM CALL CYCL DEF 12 1 LOT31 9 M99 ee eo we OF OR ORLO EOP OR Om ORO TO TOMTO OPO TONO 0 BEGIN PGM LOT31 MM END PGM AMONKCBIONIONIONCONONONOMCMOMONON NONO ee 8 8 Cycles Special Functions il Cycle parameters 12 Program name Enter the name of the program you PGM CALL want to call and if necessary the directory It is located in or activate the file select dialog with the SELECT soft key and select the program to be called Call the program with CYCL CALL separate block or M99 blockw
318. uide 264 Floor finishing 183 Workpiece measurement 364 Fundamentals 168 222 Overlapping contours 172 216 Pilot drilling 178 Rough out 180 Side finishing 184 SL Cycles with Complex Contour Formula SL cycles with simple contour formula 222 Slot width measuring 392 T Tapping With a floating tap holder 93 With chip breaking 98 Without floating tap holder 95 98 Thread drilling milling 110 Thread milling fundamentals 101 Thread milling internal 103 Thread milling countersinking 106 Tilting the working plane 258 Tolerance monitoring 368 Tool compensation 368 Tool measurement 421 Calibrating the TT 423 Machine parameters 420 Measuring tool length and radius 428 Tool length 424 Tool radius 426 Tool monitoring 368 Touch probe cycles Touch probe cycles for automatic operation 280 Touch probe data 285 Touch probe table 284 432 Overview Fixed Cycles 7 14 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 2d 32 200 201 Page 63 202 Page 65 203 204 205 Datum shift Dwell time Rotation Program call Contour definition Pilot drilling SL Il Contour train Cylinder surface Cylinder surface ridge Drill Reaming Boring Back boring HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Page 243 Mirror image Page 250 Page 269 Page 252 Page 254 Scaling factor Page 270 Oriented spindle
319. um preset table in which the TNC is to save the coordinates of the pocket center If you enter Q30520 the TNC automatically sets the display so that the new datum is at the center of the pocket Input range O to 2999 New datum for reference axis O331 absolute Coordinate in the reference axis at which the TNC should set the pocket center Default setting O Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 New datum for minor axis O332 absolute Coordinate in the minor axis at which the TNC should set the pocket center Default setting O Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Measured value transfer 0 1 O303 Specify whether the determined datum is to be saved in the datum table or in the preset table 1 Do not use Is entered by the TNC when old programs are read in see Saving the calculated datum on page 312 0 Write determined datum in the active datum table The reference system is the active workpiece coordinate system 1 Write determined datum in the preset table The reference system is the machine coordinate system REF system Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Datum Setting il Probe in TS axis 0381 Specify whether the TNC should also set the datum in the touch probe axis 0 Do not set datum in the touch probe axis 1 Set datum in the touch probe axis Probe TS axis Coord 1st axis 0382 absolute Coordinate of the probe point in the reference axis of the working plane at which point the reference point i
320. unning touch probe cycles no cycles must be active for coordinate transformation Cycle 7 DATUM Cycle 8 MIRROR IMAGE Cycle 10 ROTATION Cycles 11 and 26 SCALING and Cycle 19 WORKING PLANE or 3D ROT The TNC must be specially prepared by the machine tool F builder for the use of a 3 D touch probe The touch probe cycles are available only with the Touch probe function software option option number 17 The TNC provides five cycles that enable you to measure and compensate workpiece misalignment In addition you can reset a basic rotation with Cycle 404 400 BASIC ROTATION Automatic m Page 290 measurement using two points m Compensation via basic rotation 401 ROT OF 2 HOLES Automatic 401 Page 293 measurement using two holes Compensation via basic rotation 402 ROT OF 2 STUDS Automatic 202 Page 296 measurement using two studs Compensation via basic rotation 403 ROT IN ROTARY AXIS Automatic 203 Page 299 measurement using two points Compensation by turning the table 405 ROT IN C AXIS Automatic aes Page 303 alignment of an angular offset between o a hole center and the positive Y axis Compensation via table rotation 404 SET BASIC ROTATION Setting any f Page 302 404 basic rotation T 288 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Measurement of Workpiece Misalignment il Characteristics common to all touch probe cycles for measuring workpiece misalignment For Cycles 400 401 and 402 you can define through param
321. up clearance so that the tool cannot jam because of chips Danger of collision Use the machine parameter displayDepthErr to define whether if a positive depth is entered the TNC should output an error message on or not off Keep in mind that the TNC reverses the calculation for pre positioning when a positive depth is entered This means that the tool moves at rapid traverse in the tool axis to setup clearance below the workpiece surface If you call the cycle with machining operation 2 only finishing then the TNC positions the tool in the center of the pocket at rapid traverse to the first plunging depth Fixed Cycles Pocket Milling Stud Milling Slot Milling il Cycle parameters 251 Machining operation 0 1 2 0215 Define the machining operation 0 Roughing and finishing 1 Only roughing 2 Only finishing Side finishing and floor finishing are only executed if the finishing allowances 0368 0369 have been defined First side length O218 incremental Pocket length parallel to the reference axis of the working plane Input range 0 to 99999 9999 2nd side length O219 incremental Pocket length parallel to the minor axis of the working plane Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Corner radius 0220 Radius of the pocket corner If you have entered 0 here the TNC assumes that the corner radius is equal to the tool radius Input range O to 99999 9999 Finishing allowance for side O368 incremental Finis
322. urement results are within tolerance Q180 1 Rework is required 181 1 Scrap Q182 1 The TNC sets the rework or scrap marker as soon as one of the measuring values falls outside of tolerance To determine which of the measuring results lies outside of tolerance check the measuring log or compare the respective measuring results 0150 to Q160 with their limit values In Cycle 427 the TNC assumes that you are measuring an outside dimension stud However you can correct the status of the measurement by entering the correct maximum and minimum dimension together with the probing direction defined any tolerance values or maximum minimum e The TNC also sets the status markers if you have not dimensions HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 367 EL rer C E c LL ME e q Tolerance monitoring For most of the cycles for workpiece inspection you can have the TNC perform tolerance monitoring This requires that you define the necessary limit values during cycle definition If you do not wish to monitor for tolerances simply leave the O the default value in the monitoring parameters Tool monitoring For some cycles for workpiece inspection you can have the TNC perform tool monitoring The TNC then monitors whether The tool radius should be compensated because of the deviations from the nominal value values in Q16x The deviations from the nominal value values in Q16x are greater than the tool breakage tolerance
323. us the tool used and the slot depth The smaller the tolerance is defined the more exact the slot is and the longer the remachining takes Recommendation Use a tolerance of 0 02 mm Function inactive Enter O default setting Input range O to 9 9999 Example NC blocks Fixed Cycles Cylindrical Surface i 8 4 CYLINDER SURFACE Ridge Milling Cycle 29 DIN ISO G129 Software Option 1 Cycle run This cycle enables you to program a ridge in two dimensions and then transfer it onto a cylindrical surface With this cycle the TNC adjusts the tool so that with radius compensation active the walls of the slot are always parallel Program the midpoint path of the ridge together with the tool radius compensation With the radius compensation you specify whether the TNC cuts the ridge with climb milling or up cut milling At the ends of the ridge the TNC always adds a semicircle whose radius is half the ridge width 1 The TNC positions the tool over the starting point of machining The TNC calculates the starting point from the ridge width and the tool diameter It is located next to the first point defined in the contour subprogram offset by half the ridge width and the tool diameter The radius compensation determines whether machining begins from the left 1 RL 2 climb milling or the right of the ridge 2 RR up cut milling After the TNC has positioned to the first plunging depth the tool moves o
324. utwuei6oig Please note while programming SoJnjeo ueApy 9629 OSI NIG 962 9149 anis HV INDNVLOAY 9 S pet 147 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Cycle parameters 256 First side length 0218 Stud length parallel to the YO reference axis of the working plane Input range O to 99999 9999 cC Workpiece blank side length 1 0424 Length of the Sem stud blank parallel to the reference axis of the working plane Enter Workpiece blank side length 1 2 greater than First side length The TNC performs o D Sem O O Programming multiple stepovers if the difference between blank dimension 1 and finished dimension 1 is greater than the permitted stepover tool radius multiplied by path overlap Q370 The TNC always calculates a constant stepover Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Second side length 0219 Stud length parallel to the minor axis of the working plane Enter Workpiece blank side length 2 greater than Second side length The TNC performs multiple LL stepovers if the difference between blank dimension 2 and finished dimension 2 is greater than the permitted stepover tool radius multiplied by path overlap Q370 The TNC always calculates a constant stepover Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Workpiece blank side length 2 0425 Length of the stud blank parallel to the minor axis of the working plane Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Corner radius 0220 Radius of the stud corner Input range 0
325. value from the corresponding input field To leave a datum table Select a different type of file in file management and choose the desired file Status displays After you have changed a value in a datum table you must save the change with the ENT key Otherwise the change may not be included during program run In the additional status display the TNC shows the values of the active datum shift 248 Program run full sequence Table editing X Cmm ile 1 100 334 5e 200 524 450 007 300 881 49 998 400 994 50 001 Oooo SBSssesseesegsgsgsgsgsgsggsggsggggggggg pir 990009000000 999909000000 999909090000 S Soo oS ooo o o ooo oocc9S 990009000090 S9eseseeceeeaegegggggggggggggg S9eseeseesgeqggggggggggg0 9g 990000000000 D PAGE INSERT DELETE FIND LINE LINE Cycles Coordinate Transformations 11 4 DATUM SETTING Cycle 247 DIN ISO G247 Effect With the Cycle DATUM SETTING you can activate as the new datum a preset defined in a preset table After a DATUM SETTING cycle definition all of the coordinate inputs and datum shifts absolute and incremental are referenced to the new preset Status display In the status display the TNC shows the active preset number behind the datum symbol Please note before programming resets the datum shift m
326. vement If the plunging depth is equal to the depth the plunging depth is greater than the depth and no chip breaking is defined Dwell time at top 0210 Time in seconds that the tool remains at setup clearance after having been retracted from the hole for chip release Input range O to 3600 0000 Workpiece surface coordinate O203 absolute Coordinate of the workpiece surface Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 2nd setup clearance O204 incremental Coordinate in the spindle axis at which no collision between tool and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range O to 99999 9999 Decrement O212 incremental Value by which the TNC decreases the plunging depth Q202 after each infeed Input range 0 to 99999 9999 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 anced ption x G203 Programming Features Softwa 3 6 UNIVERSAL DRILLING Cycle 203 DIN ISO Z No of breaks before retracting 0213 Number of chip breaks after which the TNC is to withdraw the tool from the hole for chip release For chip breaking the TNC retracts the tool each time by the value in Q256 Input range 0 to 99999 gt Minimum plunging depth Q205 incremental If you have entered a decrement the TNC limits the plunging depth to the value entered with Q205 Input range 0 to 99999 9999 gt Dwell time at depth O21 1 Time in seconds that the tool remains at the hole bottom Input range O to 3600 0000 Retraction feed rate O208 Traversing speed of the
327. vided into groups gt Select the desired probe cycle for example datum setting Cycles for automatic tool measurement are available only if your machine has been prepared for them gt Select a cycle e g datum setting at pocket The TNC initiates the programming dialog and asks for all required input values At the same time a graphic of the input parameters is displayed in the right screen window The parameter that is asked for in the dialog prompt is highlighted Enter all parameters requested by the TNC and conclude each entry with the ENT key The TNC ends the dialog when all required data has been entered Cycles for automatic measurement and Page 288 compensation of workpiece misalignment Cycles for automatic workpiece Page 310 presetting 4 Cycles for automatic workpiece Lo Page 364 inspection B ff Special cycles Dee Page 414 Cycles for automatic tool measurement Page 418 enabled by the machine tool builder m X D 3 c O T 9 T ral Information about Touch Probe Cycles OQ P o q 280 Using Touch Probe Cycles i 13 2 Before You Start Working with Touch Probe Cycles To make it possible to cover the widest possible range of applications machine parameters enable you to determine the behavior common to all touch probe cycles Maximum traverse to touch point DIST in touch probe table If the stylus is not
328. ween touch probe and workpiece fixtures can occur Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Measuring axis 1 3 1 reference axis O272 Axis in which the measurement is to be made 1 Reference axis measuring axis 2 Minor axis measuring axis 3 Touch probe axis 2 measuring axis SENSO ESSO ES Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Datum Setting il Traverse direction 0267 Direction in which the probe is to approach the workpiece 1 Negative traverse direction 1 Positive traverse direction Datum number in table O305 Enter the number in the datum or preset table in which the TNC is to save the coordinate If you enter Q305 20 the TNC automatically sets the display so that the new datum is on the probed surface Input range 0 to 2999 New datum 0333 absolute Coordinate at which the TNC should set the datum Default setting O Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 gt Measured value transfer 0 1 0303 Specify whether the determined datum is to be saved in the datum table or in the preset table 1 Do not use See Saving the calculated datum on page 312 0 Write determined datum in the active datum table The reference system is the active workpiece coordinate system 1 Write determined datum in the preset table The reference system is the machine coordinate system REF system HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 Example NC blocks G419 a es IN ONE AXIS Cycle 419 DIN ISO i i5 baum IN ONE AXI
329. while programming 198 Cycle parameters 199 8 3 CYLINDER SURFACE Slot Milling Cycle 28 DIN ISO G128 Software Option 1 200 Cycle run 200 Please note while programming 201 Cycle parameters 202 8 4 CYLINDER SURFACE Ridge Milling Cycle 29 DIN ISO G129 Software Option 1 209 Cycle run 203 Please note while programming 204 Cycle parameters 205 8 5 Programming Examples 206 20 9 1 SL Cycles with Complex Contour Formula 212 Fundamentals 212 Selecting a program with contour definitions 214 Defining contour descriptions 214 Entering a complex contour formula 215 Overlapping contours 216 Contour machining with SL Cycles 218 9 2 SL Cycles with Simple Contour Formula 222 Fundamentals 222 Entering a simple contour formula 223 Contour machining with SL Cycles 229 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 21 i 10 1 Fundamentals 226 Overview 226 10 2 MULTIPASS MILLING Cycle 230 DIN ISO G230 Advanced Programming Features Software Option 227 Cycle run 227 Please note while programming 227 Cycle parameters 228 10 3 RULED SURFACE Cycle 231 DIN ISO G231 Advanced Programming Features Software Option 229 Cycle run 229 Please note while programming 230 Cycle parameters 23 10 4 FACE MILLING Cycle 232 DIN ISO G232 Advanced Programming Features Software Option 2
330. with selection of a machining operation and reciprocal plunging 254 CIRCULAR SLOT 254 Page 141 Roughing finishing cycle with selectionof sa machining operation and reciprocal plunging 256 RECTANGULAR STUD 256 Page 146 Roughing finishing cycle with stepover if 2740 multiple passes are required 257 CIRCULAR STUD 257 Page 150 Roughing finishing cycle with stepover if 3720 multiple passes are required 126 Fixed Cycles Pocket Milling Stud Milling Slot Milling il 5 2 RECTANGULAR POCKET Cycle 251 DIN ISO G251 Advanced Programming Features Software Option Cycle run Use Cycle 251 RECTANGULAR POCKET to completely machine rectangular pockets Depending on the cycle parameters the following machining alternatives are available Complete machining Roughing floor finishing side finishing Only roughing Only floor finishing and side finishing Only floor finishing Only side finishing Roughing 1 The tool plunges into the workpiece at the pocket center and advances to the first plunging depth Specify the plunging strategy with Parameter 0366 The TNC roughs out the pocket from the inside out taking the overlap factor Parameter 0370 and the finishing allowances parameters Q368 and Q369 into account At the end of the roughing operation the TNC moves the tool tangentially away from the pocket wall then moves by the setup clearance above the current pecking depth and returns from there at rapid trave
331. xis 0165 Deviation of side length in minor axis 384 Touch Probe Cycles Automatic Workpiece Inspection il Please note while programming Before a cycle definition you must have programmed a tool call to define the touch probe axis If the dimensions of the pocket and the safety clearance do not permit pre positioning in the proximity of the touch points the TNC always starts probing from the center of the pocket In this case the touch probe does not return to the clearance height between the four measuring points Cycle parameters a23 Center in 1st axis 0273 absolute Center of the an pocket in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Center in 2nd axis Q274 absolute Center of the pocket in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 First side length O282 Pocket length parallel to the reference axis of the working plane Input range 0 to QU 99999 9999 2nd side length 0283 Pocket length parallel to the minor axis of the working plane Input range O to 99999 9999 Measuring height in the touch probe axis 0261 absolute Coordinate of the ball tip center 2 touch point in the touch probe axis in which the measurement is to be made Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 Q273 9279 HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 G423 MEAS RECTAN INSIDE Cycle 423 DIN ISO j il G423 Mueas RECTAN INSIDE Cycle 423 DIN ISO 386 Setup clearance
332. xtures can occur Input range 99999 9999 to 99999 9999 G430 Maximum limit of size O288 Maximum permissible diameter of bolt hole circle Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Minimum limit of size O289 Minimum permissible diameter of bolt hole circle Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Tolerance for center 1st axis O279 Permissible position deviation in the reference axis of the working plane Input range 0 to 99999 9999 Tolerance for center 2nd axis 0280 Permissible position deviation in the minor axis of the working plane Input range 0 to 99999 9999 EAS BOLT HOLE CIRC Cycle 430 DIN ISO HEIDENHAIN TNC 620 403 il G430 EAS BOLT HOLE CIRC Cycle 430 DIN ISO Me q 404 Measuring log Q281 Definition of whether the TNC is to create a measuring log 0 No measuring log 1 Generate measuring log the TNC saves the log file TCHPR430 TXT by default in the directory TNCX 2 Interrupt the program run and display the measuring log on the screen Resume program run with NC Start gt PGM stop if tolerance error Q309 Definition of whether in the event of a violation of tolerance limits the TNC is to interrupt the program run and output an error message 0 Do not interrupt program run no error message 1 Interrupt program run output an error message gt Tool number for monitoring 0330 Definition of whether the TNC is to monitor for tool breakage see Tool monitoring on page 368 Input range

TNC 620 - heidenhain

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents